Hamm HD+ 90-110 (H185) Roller Service Training Manual - PDF DOWNLOAD by www.heydownloads.com

Service Training

HD 90-110 (H185)

Release 2011-12-02

SERVICE TRAINING +

H185 H185

EN EN EN

2165852 2165852 2165852

HD 90-110

SERVICE TRAINING +

H185

01 - View 02 - Operator´s manual / maintenance 03 - Illustrations - mechanics 04 - Illustrations - electrics 05 - Illustrations hydraulics 06 - Electric circuit diagrams 07 - Hydraulic circuit diagrams 08 - Manuals 09 - Suppliers documentation 10 - Machine data 11 - Transportation data 12 - Appendix

View HD+ 90-110 – H185 # 2165839

Type overview HD+ series

H185 +

HD 90 VV +

HD 90 VV-S

H184 +

HD 120 VV +

HD 140 VV

OSCILLATION

HD 110 VV

View

HD 90 VO +

HD 90 VO-S

HD 120 VO +

HD 140 VO

HD 110 VO

1 / 36

View HD+ 90-110 – H185 # 2165839

Left side view – cab version

View

2 / 36

View HD+ 90-110 – H185 # 2165839

Drum suspension

View

3 / 36

View HD+ 90-110 – H185 # 2165839

Center pivot assembly with crab offset Crab offset cylinder

Steering pivot

Parallelogram

Steering cylinder View

4 / 36

View HD+ 90-110 – H185 # 2165839

Center pivot assembly with crab offset

Fixing point pendulum rear frame Crab offset cylinder Locks Steering cylinder View

5 / 36

View HD+ 90-110 – H185 # 2165839

Front frame with water system

Balancing hose Drain plug – water tank View

6 / 36

View HD+ 90-110 – H185 # 2165839

Rear frame with water sprinkling system Water pumps Hoses for steering cylinder and water sprinkling system Articulated joint Steering cylinder

Suction line Pressure line Rear sprinkler bars Front sprinkler bars Drain plug with water filter View

7 / 36

View HD+ 90-110 – H185 # 2165839

Engine compartment (left side) Twin fuel filter Alternator

Oil dip stick

Starter RPM-sensor - crankshaft Engine oil filler neck Engine oil filter Water cooler View

8 / 36

View HD+ 90-110 – H185 # 2165839

Engine compartment (right side)

Air filter Condenser

Fuel pre-filter Hydraulic oil filter Hydraulic oil cooler Combination valve brake, gear shift Battery View

9 / 36

View HD+ 90-110 – H185 # 2165839

Engine compartment (right side) Gear pump for feeding pressure, fan and chip spreader Combination valve edge cutting – Y13 up, Y14 down crab offset – Y10 left, Y11 right Main fuses

High power relays

Battery isolation switch

Drive pump + vibration pump front + vibration pump rear View

10 / 36

View HD+ 90-110 – H185 # 2165839

Engine compartment (right side) Emergency stop solenoid – Y5 Combination valve brakes - Y3 gear shifting - Y4

Distributor and scavenvge block drive system Drive reverse – Y2 Drive forward – Y1 Small amplitude front – Y6 Big amplitude front – Y7 Small amplitude rear – Y8 Big amplitude rear – Y9 View

11 / 36

View HD+ 90-110 – H185 # 2165839

Engine compartment right side with cooler assembly

Fan with hydraulic motor Hydraulic oil cooler

Intercooler Water radiator

View

12 / 36

View HD+ 90-110 – H185 # 2165839

Drive and vibration motors (left side) front

rear High pressure, R Leakage oil, 1 Gear shifting, Y High pressure, A Brake opening, X Speed sensor

VV, VO

VV, VO, VO-S High pressure, R Gear shifting, Y High pressure, A Speed sensor Acceleration sensor (HCQ) Leakage oil, 1

VV-S, VO-S View

ASC-Valve

13 / 36

View HD+ 90-110 – H185 # 2165839

Drive and vibration motors (right side) vorne

hinten

Vibration sensor Leakage oil High pressure High pressure

VV, VO, VO-S

VV, VO High pressure, A Gear shifting, Y High pressure, R Leakage oil, 1 Vibration sensor Leakage oil High pressure High pressure

View

VV-S, VO-S 14 / 36

View HD+ 90-110 – H185 # 2165839

Driver´s seat with operating elements

Seat rotatable by ±90°

Manual seat shifting

View

Adjustable steering column with memory function

15 / 36

View HD+ 90-110 – H185 # 2165839

ROPS

View

16 / 36

View HD+ 90-110 – H185 # 2165839

Steering column Seat turning Seat shifting

Emergency stop switch View

17 / 36

View HD+ 90-110 – H185 # 2165839

Position of electronic components

EMR 3

ASC (option) CAN B

Drive

Mainboard

CAN A

Add. circ. board series (p. 31)

CAN A

View

Add. circ. board options (p. 32)

CAN B

18 / 36

View HD+ 90-110 – H185 # 2165839

Position of electronic components

Mainboard

ASC controller Drive controller View

19 / 36

View HD+ 90-110 – H185 # 2165839

Operating elements fixed dashboard

Reserve

Reserve for chip spreader

Warning beacon

12V-power outlet

Lighting Flasher Warning lights View

Key switch Engine management off Water pump 1/2 (326) 20 / 36

View HD+ 90-110 – H185 # 2165839

Mobile dashboard (view)

View

21 / 36

View HD+ 90-110 – H185 # 2165839

Operating and indicating elements – drive system, diesel engine, hydraulic system warning and control lamps

free

speed indicator pushbutton brake fuel level indicator

Combination instrument (hourmeter, service functions)

Signal horn Crab offset with indication LEDs Pre-selection max. speed View

22 / 36

View HD+ 90-110 – H185 # 2165839

Operating and indicating elements – vibration system front

Activation of vibration

rear

Frequ. indication (option) Ampl. preselection

HMV / impactmeter (option) View

Automatic / manual

Asphalt temperature

Frequency adjustment (Option) 23 / 36

View HD+ 90-110 – H185 # 2165839

Operating and indicating elements – water sprinkling system Fuel level indicator water tank Operation indicator water pump

Indication of sprinkling level

Auto water sprinkling on/off/continuous operation

Additive sprinkling Water amount View

24 / 36

View HD+ 90-110 – H185 # 2165839

Water sprinkling Two water pumps ensure the reliability of the water sprinkling system. Depending on the switch setting (326) pump 1 or pump 2 will be used. We recommend to alternate the pumps in certain time intervals to prevent malfunctions by corrosion. Sprinkling settings Interval sprinkling is only working while machine is driving. 1 water sprinkling on for 1 revolution, off for 4 revolutions 2 water sprinkling on for 1 revolution, off for 3 revolutions 3 water sprinkling on for 1 revolution, off for 2 revolutions 4 water sprinkling on for 1 revolution, off for 1 revolutions 5 continuous operation In addition to that the water pump can be activated at any time. Checking the sprinkling nozzles when machine is standing Pre-conditions for 3 minutes of continuous operation: • Diesel engine not running • 0-Position lock / parking brake (502) ................ ACTIVATED • Electric system / Ignition (310) ................................ ON • Pushbutton (317) – water sprinkling on/off.............. ON • Pushbutton + and - (373) for 3 seconds .......... PRESS & HOLD Switching off: • Pushbutton(317) – water sprinkling on/off................. OFF

View

25 / 36

View HD+ 90-110 – H185 # 2165839

Starting the machine Drive lever in brake position Em. Stop not pressed

Engine can be started

Drive lever not in brake position or Em. Stop pressed

Starter does not turn

Dieselmanagement RPM selection via pushbutton in fixed dashboard 1. ECO (engine management) Adjustable range: 1500 – 2300 rpm The diesel rpm is calculated depending on the adjusted vibration frequency and the adjusted maximum speed. Vibration: Curve depending on the frequency, curve via sampling points Drive: Curve depending on the adjusted max. speed, curve via sampling points 2. Maximum rpm Diesel engine is operated at maximum rpm all the time. Prior to stopping the engine idle speed must be adjusted by re-activating the ECO-Mode!!!

216 Control lamp cold start system (option) 310 Key switch electric system / engine start 349 Rocker switch engine management automatic – high speed

View

26 / 36

View HD+ 90-110 – H185 # 2165839

Drive control Start blocking Blocked components: •Both drive solenoids •Emergency stop solenoid •Brake control Release of start blocking when: •Signal from generator D+ or diesel rpm >500 are present for more than 5s •Drive lever in brake position •Emergency stop not activated •Seat contact switch activated

Display Preselection max. speed

Drive lever The potentiometer value is sent to the drive controller via 2 independent CAN buses.

View

Drive controller •Calculation of the pump setpoint •Calculation of the ramp •Speed controller or •Power metering regulation (as soon as the diesel engine is pulled down the speed setpoint will also be decreased)

Pump

27 / 36

View HD+ 90-110 – H185 # 2165839

Drive control Gear shifting (via drum drive motors)

Brake / Emergency stop solenoid

The gear selection is operated by the max. speed selection:

Drive lever is in brake position: Brake solenoid not powered.

Adjusted max. speed

< 7km/h → 1st gear

Adjusted max. speed

≥ 7km/h → 2nd gear

Adjusting the max. speed while driving is only possible within limits of the present gear. This means: Gear shifting only possible while machine is standing still! If the drive pump is piloted and no signal from the speed sensors is received for 5s the machine will switch to 1st gear.

Drive lever is put in brake position: •Pump goes back to zero position by a steep ramp •After the machine is standing still or after 5s the brake solenoid is no longer activated Drive lever in drive position:: •Brake solenoid and Em. Stop solenoid are activated •After standing still for 10s the brake solenoid is no longer activated

Display of the drive speed The present drive speed is shown in the display. As soon as the +/- pushbutton is pressed the changed maximum speed will be displayed for 3s.

If the speed signal from the wheel speed sensors is missing the calculated speed will be displayed.

View

28 / 36

View HD+ 90-110 – H185 # 2165839

Safety functions EMERGENCY STOP When operating the Emergency Stop Switch following actions are released: •Diesel engine → min. rpm •Control signal of drive pump → 0 •Poclain-Motor → 1st gear (decreased brake distance) •Brake solenoid → not activated (spring operated parking brake will be activated) •Emergency Stop Solenoid → not powered •Diesel engine → shutdown

EMERGENCY HALT ...is activated if: •The drive lever was pulled too fast against the present driving direction (faster than a certain value)

...means: •The drive pump will go back to zero position by a steep ramp. •The drive motors will be set back to 1st gear to increase the brake torque. •This function will be reset after the drive lever was kept in zero position for at least 300ms

Seat contact switch Logic: Seat contact switch not activated, drive lever in any position Seat contact switch activated, drive lever in brake position Seat contact switch activated, drive lever unlocked

 Brake remains active, emergency stop solenoid is not powered.  Brake remains active, emergency stop solenoid is not powered.  Brake is released, emergency stop is powered

Seat contact switch no longer activated while driving: After 1s After 2.5s View

 Alarm signal is activated  Machine is stopped by a steep ramp of the drive pump, emergency stop solenoid no longer powered

29 / 36

View HD+ 90-110 – H185 # 2165839

Mainboard (installed) - view from front side

Wire harness for fixed dashboard

Additional circuit board (series) 2072100

Additional circuit board (option) 2072101 View

30 / 36

View HD+ 90-110 – H185 # 2165839

Mainboard (rear) – plug overview X1 X2 X4 X5 X6 X7 X8 X11 X12 X13 X14 X15 X16 X19 X20 X21 X22 X24 X25 X26 X31 X32 X33 X34 X35 X36 X38 X39 X40 X44 View

Front frame Front frame Front frame Engine compartment Engine compartment Engine compartment Engine compartment Rear frame Rear frame Rear frame Rear frame Driver´s seat console Cabin/ROPS Cabin/ROPS Diesel engine controller Diesel engine controller MC1 MC1 MC1 MC ASC MC ASC Reserve HCM HCM HCM Diesel engine controller Emergency stop control External drive controller

31 / 36

View HD+ 90-110 – H185 # 2165839

Fuses F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8

F9 F10 F11 F12 F13 F14

F15 F16

View

RC-power element, drive Add. circuit board stdandard Diesel engine control (EMR) Cabin (Kl. 30) Electric system (Kl. 15) Warning light, parking light (Kl. 30) free Sensors: Drum drive motors FL, RL Water level Brake pressure switch RC-power element, ASC free RC-control element, drive RC-control element, ASC Sensors: Drum drive motors FR, RR Sensors: Crab offset R, L Vibration motor front, rear Hydraulic oil filter Asphalt temperature HCQ Indicator Add. circuit board option

K15

15A 15A 25A 15A 15A

K14

10A K9

CAN A

CAN B

K13

K10

K6 K5

1A 15A 1A 1A

3A 7,5A 15A

Relays K3 K4 K5 K6 K8 K9 K10 K13 K14 K15

Diesel engine controller EMR3 Water pumps Flasher unit Driving light Engine switch off Backup-Alarm Signal horn Additive sprinkling Zero position drive lever Free

32 / 36

View HD+ 90-110 – H185 # 2165839

Fuses F17 F18 F19 F20 F21 F22 F23 F24 F25 F26 F27 F28 F29 F30 F31 F32 F33 F34

Operating elements seat Flashers, lighting Pump for water sprinkling Pump for additive sprinkling Signal horn Wipers F/R Wind screen washer system Cabin (Kl. 15) Heating, AC (Kl. 15) Free Warning beacon Back-up lights Working lights Drum lighting Driving lights (left) Driving lights (right) Parking lights (right) Parking lights (left) WIDIAG interface

Fuse tester

LED is glowing ; If=>green fuse is OK

View

K15

5A 10A 15A 15A 15A

K14

30A 30A 15A

CAN A

10A 15A 25A 15A 10A 10A 5A 5A 2A

CAN B K4

K13

K10

K6 K5

Service interfaces X37 Diesel engine control X41 CAN-Bus A X42 CAN-Bus B X100 Kl. 31 (Ground) X101 MC Drive X102 Flash-memory drive X103 MC ASC X104 Flash-memory ASC

33 / 36

View HD+ 90-110 – H185 # 2165839

Additional circuit board - series

Functions: • Open loop control for vibration system (front / rear; big / small Amplitude) (if no closed loop control is integrated) • Crab offset (valve control, positioning sensors) • Output emergency stop (drive pump) • Output warning buzzer • Output horn • Output backup alarm • Output additive sprinkling • Output KAG sprinkling • Output KAG up / down • Input hydraulic oil filter pollution • Memory for machine parameters (roller type; vibration type; ramps; setpoints for pump currents) is automatically set by machine type - switch on backside of display

Communicationi via 2 CAN buses (redundancy upon a breakdown)

View

34 / 36

View HD+ 90-110 – H185 # 2165839

Additional circuit board - option

Functions: • Closed loop control for vibration system (front / rear; big / small amplitude) • Input vibration sensors (front / rear) • Input asphalt temperature sensors (front / rear) • Output tachograph (big / small amplitude) • Output chip spreader (quantity) • Output chip spreader (open / close) • Input chip spreader (quantity) • Input chip spreader (on / off) • Input chip spreader (open / close) • Input chip spreader type • Output flow divider • Output tire heating • Double-KAG: KAG selection

Communicationi via 2 CAN buses (redundancy upon a breakdown)

View

• Memory for machine parameters (roller type; vibration type; ramps; setpoints for frequencies, min. / max. frequency front / rear) is automatically set by machine type - switch on backside of display

35 / 36

View HD+ 90-110 – H185 # 2165839

Additional circuit boards •The additional circuit board „series“ and „option“ are redundantly controlled via 2 CAN buses. All signals are sent on both buses at the same time. CAN A is analyzed first. If an error occurs the CAN messages from CAN B are used. There is a permanent data interchange between the circuit boards and both CAN buses are permanently checked by the circuit boards to assure a high level of data integrity. •If there is no frequency controller installed the vibration pumps are controlled by the additional circuit board „series“. The PWM signal is always matched to the nominal frequency for big / small amplitude, rear / front drum. The vibration system is controlled via ramps. Vibration frequency is not measured and not displayed. •If the additional circuit board „option“ is installed the circuit board „series“ receives a CAN message and the open loop vibration control is switched off. The circuit board „option“ takes over frequency control. This closed loop control only works with vibration sensors installed. The measured frequency for every drum will be displayed in the dashboard. This means if vibration is off „0“ appears in the display. •The values for amplitudes, frequencies, vibration type and roller type which were adjusted before the engine-stop are saved to a non-volatile memory. This means the values can still be used when starting the machine for the next time. •If a vibration sensor is defective the vibration system will be operated by a limited current. The vibration frequency will be reduced by 8-10%. The frequency display is blinking and an error is shown in the display. •The additional circuit boards are programmed once. A field update is not intended. •The machine parameters are set automatically according to the informations about roller type and vibration type which are provided by the mobile dashboard. •As soon as the vibration system is activated a message is sent to the drive controller. According to this message the controller will increase the engine rpm.

View

36 / 36

OPERATING MANUAL HD+ 90 ● HD+ 110 H185 Series

0001 valid from Serial No.

01.04.2010 Date of first issue

Order number

Language

15268

2137875

Version 01.1

Publisher HAMM AG Postfach 1160 95633 Tirschenreuth Germany Phone: +49 (0) 96 31 / 80-0 http://www.hamm.eu Name of the document 2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en Original operating manual Date of first issue 01.04.2010 Date of change 01.08.2010 Copyright © HAMM AG 2010 The disclosure as well as the duplication of this document, the use and the forwarding of its contents, are forbidden as far as not expressively permitted. Violations will cause indemnities. With respect to patent, utility sample or design patent registration all rights reserved. 612-01

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

This operating manual is valid for the following roller types:

TANDEM ROLLER

HD+ 90 VV HD+ 90 VV-HV HD+ 90 VO HD+ 90 VV-S HD+ 90 VO-S HD+ 110 VV HD+ 110 VV-HV HD+ 110 VO

COMBINATION ROLLER

HD+ 90 VT HD+ 110 VT

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

TABLE OF CONTENTS 1

General..................................................................................................................... 9

1.00

Introduction........................................................................................................9

1.00.01

Preface to the operating manual...........................................................................................9

1.00.02

Product information............................................................................................................... 9

1.00.03

Guarantee............................................................................................................................ 10

1.00.04

Modifications / reservations................................................................................................. 10

1.00.05

Packaging and storage....................................................................................................... 10

1.00.06

Signs and symbols.............................................................................................................. 10

1.00.07

Signal words........................................................................................................................ 11

1.01

Documentation.................................................................................................12

1.02

Use.................................................................................................................... 13

1.02.01

Intended use........................................................................................................................13

1.02.02

Reasonably forseeable misuse........................................................................................... 14

1.02.03

Residual risks...................................................................................................................... 14

1.02.04

Climatic conditions...............................................................................................................15

1.03

Environmental protection............................................................................... 16

1.04

Disposal............................................................................................................16

1.05

EC confirmity................................................................................................... 17

1.06

Type plate......................................................................................................... 18

1.07

Noise and vibration requirements.................................................................19

1.08

Personnel......................................................................................................... 21

1.08.01

Qualification and duties....................................................................................................... 21

1.09

General safety instructions............................................................................22

1.10

Danger zone.....................................................................................................23

1.11

Loading and transport.................................................................................... 24

1.12

Stickers on the machine................................................................................ 26

1.12.01

Warning labels..................................................................................................................... 26

1.12.02

Information sign................................................................................................................... 31

2 2.00

Description............................................................................................................. 35 Technical characteristics of the machine.....................................................35

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

2.01

General view of machine................................................................................36

2.01.01

Chassis / safety devices......................................................................................................36

2.01.02

Control stand....................................................................................................................... 37

2.01.04

Drive unit / diesel engine.....................................................................................................38

2.01.05

Hydraulic oil supply............................................................................................................. 40

2.01.06

Electrical equipment............................................................................................................ 41

2.01.08

Drive.....................................................................................................................................42

2.01.09

Steering system...................................................................................................................42

2.01.12

Water system.......................................................................................................................43

2.01.26

Vibration / oscillation............................................................................................................44

2.02

General view of instruments and operating elements................................ 45

2.02.02

Control stand....................................................................................................................... 45

2.02.04

Drive unit / diesel engine.....................................................................................................51

2.02.08

Drive.....................................................................................................................................52

Operation................................................................................................................53

3.00

Instruments and operating elements............................................................ 53

3.00.01

Indicators, displays.............................................................................................................. 53

3.00.02

Pilot lights............................................................................................................................ 56

3.00.03

Switch.................................................................................................................................. 62

3.00.04

Sockets, lights..................................................................................................................... 71

3.00.05

Operation levers, adjustment handles.................................................................................72

3.01

Prior to machine start.....................................................................................80

3.02

Engine start......................................................................................................83

3.03

Driving.............................................................................................................. 85

3.04

Driving with vibration / oscillation................................................................ 89

3.05

Stopping, switching off engine, leaving machine........................................92

3.06

Operation monitoring......................................................................................94

3.07

Sprinkling......................................................................................................... 95

3.08

Additive sprinkling.......................................................................................... 97

3.09

Scraper............................................................................................................. 98

3.09.01

Scraper of roller drum......................................................................................................... 99

3.09.02

Scrapper tyres................................................................................................................... 100

3.10

Starting with jump leads.............................................................................. 101

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

3.11

Towing.............................................................................................................102

3.12

Heating / ventilation / cooling...................................................................... 105

3.13

*Asphalt thermometer...................................................................................106

Maintenance......................................................................................................... 107

4.00

General maintenance instructions.............................................................. 107

4.00.01

Operation monitoring......................................................................................................... 107

4.00.02

Maintenance overview.......................................................................................................108

4.00.03

Running-in regulations.......................................................................................................109

4.00.04

Required maintenance parts............................................................................................. 110

4.00.05

Important information about maintenance works.............................................................. 111

4.00.06

Safety strut........................................................................................................................ 113

4.00.07

Welding works on the machine.........................................................................................114

4.01

Chassis / safety features.............................................................................. 115

4.01.01

General.............................................................................................................................. 115

4.01.02

Checking the function of the parking brake...................................................................... 115

4.01.03

Checking the EMERGENCY STOP function.................................................................... 116

4.02

Control stand................................................................................................. 118

4.02.01

*Air conditioning.................................................................................................................118

4.02.02

Replacing fresh air filter of the operator's cabin............................................................... 119

4.04

Drive unit - diesel engine............................................................................. 120

4.04.01

General.............................................................................................................................. 120

4.04.02

Maintenance points at the engine for engine oil change.................................................. 121

4.04.03

Changing the filter cartridge for the fuel pre-filter............................................................. 122

4.04.04

*Draining water separator..................................................................................................123

4.04.05

*Changing the filter insert of the dirt and water separator................................................ 124

4.04.06

Checking and cleaning dust discharge valve....................................................................125

4.04.07

Checking and replacing the air filter................................................................................. 126

4.04.08

Changing the safety cartridge........................................................................................... 127

4.04.09

Checking the radiator........................................................................................................ 128

4.04.10

Checking coolant level...................................................................................................... 128

4.04.11

Changing the coolant........................................................................................................ 129

4.05

Hydraulic oil supply...................................................................................... 130

4.05.01

General.............................................................................................................................. 130

4.05.02

Checking filling level hydraulic oil..................................................................................... 130

4.05.03

Changing hydraulic oil and ventilation filter...................................................................... 131

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

4.05.04

4.08

Replacing filter insert of pressure filter for hydraulic system............................................ 132

Drive................................................................................................................133

4.08.01

Checking the roller drum scraper......................................................................................133

4.08.02

Checking scraper tyre....................................................................................................... 134

4.08.03

Checking the wheel nuts / wheel bolts for tightness.........................................................135

4.08.09

Checking the air pressure in the tyres..............................................................................135

4.08.10

Changing the tyres............................................................................................................ 136

4.09

Steering system.............................................................................................137

4.09.01

General.............................................................................................................................. 137

4.09.02

Lubricating the pivoted bearing.........................................................................................137

4.09.03

Lubricating the steering cylinder bolt................................................................................ 138

4.12

Sprinkling....................................................................................................... 139

4.12.01

General.............................................................................................................................. 139

4.12.02

Cleaning the water sprinkling unit.....................................................................................139

4.12.03

Cleaning the filter for sprinkling........................................................................................ 140

4.12.04

Cleaning the spay nozzles................................................................................................ 140

4.26

Vibration / oscillation.................................................................................... 141

4.26.01

General.............................................................................................................................. 141

4.26.02

Checking vibrator oil filling level........................................................................................141

4.26.03

Changing vibrator oil......................................................................................................... 142

4.26.04

Checking the damping elements.......................................................................................143

4.26.05

Changing the toothed belt for the oscillation drive............................................................143

4.26.06

Lubricating the rotary connection of the roller drum......................................................... 144

Tables....................................................................................................................145

5.00

Technical data................................................................................................145

5.00.01

Lubrication indications....................................................................................................... 145

5.00.02

Use of biologic hydraulic oil.............................................................................................. 146

5.00.03

Coolant conditioning.......................................................................................................... 147

5.00.04

Fuel.................................................................................................................................... 148

5.00.05

Starting torques................................................................................................................. 149

5.01

Technical data................................................................................................150

5.01.01

HD+ 90 VV........................................................................................................................ 150

5.01.02

HD+ 90 VV-HV.................................................................................................................. 152

5.01.03

HD+ 90 VO........................................................................................................................154

5.01.04

HD+ 90 VV-S.....................................................................................................................156

5.01.05

HD+ 90 VO-S.................................................................................................................... 158

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

5.01.06

HD+ 90 VT........................................................................................................................ 160

5.01.07

HD+ 110 VV...................................................................................................................... 162

5.01.08

HD+ 110 VV-HV................................................................................................................ 164

5.01.09

HD+ 110 VO...................................................................................................................... 166

5.01.10

HD+ 110 VT.......................................................................................................................168

5.02

Dimension sheet............................................................................................170

5.02.01

HD+ 90 VV, HD+ 90 VV-HV, HD+ 90 VO, HD+ 90 VV-S, HD+ 90 VO-S,HD+ 110 VV, HD+ 110 VV-HV, HD+ 110 VO.................................................................................................. 170

5.02.02

HD+ 90 VT, HD+ 110 VT.................................................................................................. 170

5.03 6

Fuses and diagnostic interfaces................................................................. 171 Assembly instructions........................................................................................173

6.00

Instructions for installation and retrofitting............................................... 173

6.00.01

Safety device ROPS cabin................................................................................................173

6.00.02

Safety device ROPS roll-over bar.....................................................................................175

6.01

*Precision spreading roller (chip spreader)............................................... 177

6.01.01

Overview chip spreader.....................................................................................................178

6.01.02

General view of instruments and operating elements.......................................................179

6.01.03

Switch................................................................................................................................ 180

6.01.04

Operation........................................................................................................................... 181

6.01.05

Maintenance...................................................................................................................... 184

6.01.06

Assembly........................................................................................................................... 186

6.01.07

Technical data BS-WA 1700............................................................................................. 188

6.01.08

Dimension sheet BS-WA 1700..........................................................................................188

6.02

*Disk spreader (chip spreader)....................................................................189

6.02.01

Overview chip spreader.....................................................................................................190

6.02.02

General view of instruments and operating elements.......................................................191

6.02.03

Switch................................................................................................................................ 191

6.02.04

Operation........................................................................................................................... 192

6.02.05

Maintenance...................................................................................................................... 198

6.02.06

Assembly........................................................................................................................... 199

6.02.07

Technical data ZA-XS 602................................................................................................ 201

6.02.08

Dimension sheet ZA-XS 602.............................................................................................201

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

General Introduction

GENERAL When working at the machine please always adhere to the instructions given in your Safety instructions! 000-01

1.00

Introduction

1.00.01

Preface to the operating manual This chapter contains important instructions for the operating personnel on how to operate the machine and to use this operating manual. This operating manual helps you: to become familiar with the machine. to avoid malfunctions due to improper use. Adhering to this operating manual: helps to avoid risks. increases the reliability when working on the construction site. increases the life span. reduces maintenance costs and downtimes. It is absolutely necessary to adhere to this operating manual, the instructions given in the safety instructions, supplementary information and all regulations and provisions applying at the building site (e.g. accident prevention regulations). Maintenance and care of the diesel engine have to be performed according to these motor instructions. Any safety notes have to be followed. 609-08

1.00.02

Product information You have purchased a HAMM Quality product. All parts of this machine have been checked and tested carefully, thus corresponding to the quality you expect. The reliability of the machine is preserved through correct use and careful maintenance. This includes the use of the specified operating supply items and the use of original HAMM spare parts. Our representations will help you to keep your roller in perfect operating condition. Our representations will be at your disposal whenever you need consultation and service even after the warranty period. They will supply you with our original HAMM spare parts which do not only meet the technical requirements but also ensure exchangeability and quality. The safety, operating and maintenance instructions given in this operating manual are intended for the operating personnel. Thus, keep this manual always at hand! 609-06

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

General Introduction

1.00.03

Guarantee No guarantee claims with: operating errors. in the case the spare parts used are no original HAMM spare parts. in the case wrong operating supply items have been used. in the case any additional devices have been refitted an/or installed that have not been approved by HAMM. in the case of deficient maintenance. in the case of any processes that conflict with these operating manual. 609-07

1.00.04

Modifications / reservations We are committed to provide you with correct and updated operating manual. However, we cannot guarantee the correctness of all data given. To be able to keep pace with changing trends, it may be necessary to amend or modify the product and/or its operating console without prior notice. We assume no liability for malfunctions, downtimes and resulting damage. 609-09

1.00.05

Packaging and storage We have carefully packed our products to ensure proper protection in transit. Please check both packaging and the goods yourselv for any damage upon reception of your goods. In the case of damage, the devices must not be put into operation. Damged cables and connections are a safety risk and must not be used. In such a case, please contact your supplier. If the devices are not put into operation upon unpacking, they must be protected against humidity and dirt. 609-10

1.00.06

Signs and symbols The signs and symbols used in this operating manual are to help you use this operating manual and the device in a safe and fast manner. Note

Enumeration Operating steps

Option

Informs about application hints and useful information. No dangerous or harmful situation. Indicates a listing of issues or possibilities.

1. Are listed according to their succession each starting from 1 for each individual process.

Indicates special equipment which varies from the standard.

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

General Introduction

Directions Information on directions contained in these instructions such as left or right and/or front or rear always refer to the directions of the machine driving forwards. Cross-references Cross-references help you to find quickly sections in this operating manual which supply you with additional important information. The crossreference shows you the page of the relevant section. The abbreviation sqq. means "and the following pages". Example: (see page 134 sqq.) Positioning of illustrations The positions of illustrations are represented with letters and numbers. The positions identified with letters in alphabetical order are only explained in the corresponding text segment, beginning new for each single figure. The positions marked with numbers apply to operating elements, control units and switches. They are identical to the numbers in the section Overview of Instruments and Operating Elements (see page 45 sqq.). These numbers in squared brackets are used as a reference in the description of the elements. Amongst others, this ensures that important and additional information can be found immediately and without difficulties in the descriptions of the elements. The end of the positioning line is marked as dot or arrow. In the illustration the dot marks a visible element and an arrow an invisible element which is in arrow direction. Example

501

520

15270

Legend [A]

Driver

[B]

Engine compartment

Descriptive text The drive lever [501] determines the direction of travel and the speed. Using the lever [520] you can adjust the pretension of the attenuation system to the driver's weight. 609-11

1.00.07

Signal words A signal word identifies a source of dangers and residual risks. 609-12

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

General Documentation

DANGER! Identifies immediate danger. If this risk is not prevented, this causes death or severe personal injuries. 001-01

WARNING! Refers to situations that may be dangerous. If this situation is not avoided, fatality or very serious injuries may be caused. 002-01

CAUTION! Refers to situations that may be dangerous. If this situation is not avoided, minor or light injuries may be caused. 003-01

NOTICE Refers to a situation that may cause property damage. 004-01

1.01

Documentation This operating manual is intended to make the operating personnel familiar with basic work steps / activities of and with the machine. The entire operating manual consists of: Safety instructions Operating manual of the machine Operating manual of the diesel engine If necessary, additional information The entire operating manual must always be available at the machine and be accessible to the authorized operating personnel at all times. Prior to operating the machine, you must have carefully read und understood this operating manual. In case you do not understand this operating manual or individual chapters, please ask us prior to starting these activities. The operating manual includes valuable information in order to operate the machine safely, appropriately and economically. 613-00

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

General Use

1.02

Use

1.02.01

Intended use The machine represents state-of-the-art technology and complies with all valid safety regulations concerning its intended use at the time the machine was launched on the market. When designing the machine it was not possible to avoid forseeable misuse or residual risks without restricting the machine's intended functionality. The maschine's intended use is: pave roads and traffic areas. ramming and smoothing of loose earth, road bedding, pavement or similar ramable subgrade in layers. The machine may only be deployed on surfaces that can support it. Subgrade not capable of bearing is e.g. high fillings, batters, roadside ditches. The machine must not be used with explosive areas, on landfill sites and with mining. The machine is only intended for commercial applications within fenced construction sites. The machine must be operated by authorised operating personnel only if in proper technical condition and according to this operating manual. All unintended uses and/or all machine-related activities not described in this operating manual are to be deemed as unauthorised misuse outside the legal limits of indemnity of the manufacturer. 611-01

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

General Use

1.02.02

Reasonably forseeable misuse In the case of reasonably forseeable misuse and/or improper use of the machine, the manufacturer's warranty period will expire and the operator will solely be responsible. Reasonably forseeable misuse is: Non-compliance with this operating manual. Operating errors by operating personnel not qualified or instructed. Conveyance of passangers. Leaving the driver's position during operation. Starting, using the machine outside the driver's position. Errors due to "reflexive behaviour" and/or "chosing the easiest way". Operating the machine if it is not in a proper technical condition. Using the machine with improper ambient conditions (e.g. temperature, gradient, cross slope). Using the machine with the protective equipment removed. Spraying with high-pressure cleaners or fire extinguishing equipment. Towing trailing loads. Non-compliance with maintenance intervals. Omission of measurements and tests to detect damages early. Omission of replacing wear parts. In the case the spare parts used are no original HAMM spare parts. Omission of maintenance and repair works. Improper maintenance and repair works. Unauthorised modifications of the machine. 611-02

1.02.03

Residual risks Residual risks have been analysed and evaluated prior to starting the construction and planning the machine. Existing residual risks are referred to in the documentation. However, HAMM cannot forsee all situations that may pose a risk in practice. You can avoid existing residual risks if you comply with and implement the following instructions: Special warnings at the machine. General safety instrucitons in this operating manual and in the safety instructions. special warnings in this operating manual. Instructions contained in the safety instructions. Operating instructions of the operator.

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

General Use

Danger of life / risk of personal injury when operating the machine due to: Misuse. Improper operation. Transport. Missing protective equipment. Defective and/or damaged components. Operation / usage by personnel not trained and/or instructed. The machine may cause risk to the environment with: Improper operation. Operating supply items (lubricants etc.). Noise emission. Property damage may occur at the machine e.g. with: Improper operation. Non-compliance with operating and maintenance instructions. Improper operating supply items. Property damage may occur at additional assets within the machine's operating area e.g. with: Improper operation. Reduction in performance and/or the machine's functionality may occur at the machine with: Improper operation. Improper maintenance and/or repair works. Improper operating supply items. 611-03

1.02.04

Climatic conditions

Low ambient temperature The diesel engine's starting behaviour and the machine's operation depend on: The fuel used. The viscosity of the motor, gear and hydraulic oil. The battery's charge state. Please note: The acceleration and braking behaviour of the machine are influenced by viscous hydraulic oil. Prior to cold seasons (autumn, winter) please adjust all operating supply items (coolants, oils etc.) to low temperatures. Please use fuels suitable in winter or additives improving the flow with temperatures below 0 °C (32 °F) (see page 148 sqq.). Do not charge batteries with temperatures below 0 °C (32 °F) .

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

General Environmental protection

WARNING! Explosion! Risk of injury due to burns and moving parts. Do not use aerosol start-up aid (e.g. aether). Do not use any liquids as start-up aid (e.g. alcohol). 002-02

Extensive ambient See operating manual of diesel engine. temperature, extensive height

1.03

611-04

Environmental protection Packing materials, cleaning agents and used or residual operating supply items are to be disposed according to relevant environmental provisions at the building site using the recycling systems provided. 614-00

1.04

Disposal Conservation of nature is one of our major tasks. Properly disposed devices avoid negative impacts on human beings and the environment and allows re-using our precious resources. Operating supply items Please dispose all operating supply items according to relevant specifications and local regulations of the relevant country.

Materials (metal, plastics) To be able to dispose materials professionally, these materials need to be correctly sorted. Cleanse materials of adhesive impurities. Please dispose all materials as demanded by local provisions of the relevant country. Electical / electronical Electrical / electronical components are not subject to system / battery Directive 2002/96/EC and relevant national regulations (in Germany e.g. ElektroG). Dispose electrical / electronic components directly at a specialised recycling company. 615-00

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

General EC confirmity

1.05

EC confirmity The declaration of conformity is part of the documentation provided separately by HAMM and will be submitted to you togehter with the machine. The pictogram represents the machine's conformity with relevant EU Directives. The CE mark of the machine is part of the type plate. In case the machine has been modified in a way that has not been agreed by HAMM, the EC declaration of conformity expires. 616-00

EC declaration of confirmity

EC DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY according to CE Machinery Directive 2006/42/EG, Annex II A

Herewith we declare that the Designation of the machinery: Type: Seriel N°:

Translation of original EC declaration of conformity

Year of construction: complies with the following provisions: - EC Machinery directive 2006/42/EEC - EMC Directive 2004/108/EEC - EC Sound directive 2000/14/EC with evaluation form: Annex VIII notified body: Fachausschüsse Bau und Tiefbau 1 Power [kW]: measured LWA [dB(A)]: guaranteed LWA [dB(A)]: Applied harmonizied standards, in particular: - EN 500-1:

Mobile road construction machinery - Safety Part 1: Common requirements

- EN 500-4:

Mobile road construction machinery - Safety Part 4: Specific requirements for compaction machines

- EN 13309:

Construction machinery - Electromagnetic compatibility of machines with internal electrical power supply

- EN ISO 3744: Allocation of the sound capacity level of sound sources Authorised agent for the composition of the relevant technical documents: Mr. Fest, Hamm AG (CE representative) 1

Fachausschüsse Bau und Tiefbau Prüf- und Zertifizierungsstelle im BG-PRÜFZERT Landsberger Strasse 309 D-80687 München Notified Body number: 0515

Tirschenreuth,

_________________________________________ (Datum, Date) (Dr. A. Römer,

Technische Leitung, General Manager Technics)

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

General Type plate

1.06

Type plate The entire marking represents an official document and must not be altered or effaced. Please state the VIN and the type of your machine for every spare part order. Type plate of machine The type plate is fixed to the machine frame (see page 36).

A B C

D E F G H J K L

10214-1

[A]

Description

[B]

Homologation

[C]

Type

[D]

Year of construction

[E]

Chassis number

[F]

Engine power

[G]

Admissible total weight (only valid for public roads)

[H]

Admissible axle load, front / rear (only valid for public roads)

[J]

Basic weight

[K]

Operating weight

[L]

Maximum weight

The VIN [E] indicates the type series and the serial number of the machine e.g. H1841234. The first four characters represent the type series (H184), the following characters the serial number of this type series (1234).

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

General Noise and vibration requirements

Type plate roll-over protection The roll-over protection, ROPS, approved by the manufacturer for this ROPS machine is marked by a type plate attached at the cabin / roll-over bar (see page 37).

Gültig für Typ / Fz.Ident Nr. Valid for type / Serial No.

ROPS Ident Nr. ROPS Part No.

FOPS Ident Nr. FOPS Part No.

ROPS Seriennr.

ROPS Serial No.

Baujahr

Year of construction

ROPS - Eigengewicht

C E

kg kg

ROPS own weight

Geprüft bis Maschinenhöchstgewicht Tested to Maximum machine weight

ISO 3471:2008, DIN EN 13510:2000, EN ISO 3449:2006 02147131

15271

[A]

Type / type series (part of the VIN)

[B]

Cabin / ROPS identification number

[C]

Cabin / ROPS serial number

[D]

FOPS identification number

[E]

Year of construction

[F]

Cabin / ROPS own weight

[G]

Tested up to the machine's maximum speed 602-05

1.07

Noise and vibration requirements The sound emission of the machine was measured according to the EC Sound Emission Directive in the version 2000/14/EC. The sound and vibration indications on the driver's seat are in line with the requirements of the EC Machinery Directive in the version 2006/42/EC. Sound power level Sound indication of the machine The guaranteed sound power level is specified in the machine's Technical Details (see page 150 sqq.). Sound intensity level Sound indication on operator panel The noise level at the operator's seat is specified under Technical data (see page 150 sqq.) (measurement uncertainty in accordance with EN ISO 11201). However, when working in the immediate vicinity of the machine, values may exceed 85 dB(A). In this case wear always your personal noise protection (ear protection).

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

General Noise and vibration requirements

Vibration indication on the Whole body vibration operator panel The weighted rms values of the acceleration with whole body vibrations on the operator's seat have been accessed in accordance with EN1032 and do not exceed aw = 0.5 m/s². Hand arm vibrations The weighted rms values of the acceleration with hand arm vibrations have been accessed in accordance with EN 1032 and do not exceed ahw = 2.5 m/s². 602-06

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

General Personnel

1.08

Personnel

1.08.01

Qualification and duties Operating personnel All activities at the machine must be carried out by authorised operating personnel only. In this operating manual the term operating personnel refers to all authorised persons that are responsible for operating, maintaining, instaling, setting up, cleaning, repairing or transporting the machine. This comprises the following persons: Machine operator Maintenance personnel Persons are deemed as authorised that have been trained, qualified and instructed for carrying out relevant activities at the machine and that have proven their skills to the contractor. The operating personnel must be authorised by the contractor for those activities at the machine. In addition to the qualifications specified in the safety instructions, the operating personnel must: Have read and understood the operating manual. Be trained and instructed according to the rules of action in the case of perturbation. Please adhere to the following instructions: Please drive the machine only if you are entirely familiarised with the operating and control elements and the method of operation. Please use this machine only according to its intended purpose. In case you detect any defects, such as at the safety equipment, that may affect the safe operation of the machine, please immediately notify the supervising body. With defects that may endanger persons, please stop operating the machine immediately. Please ensure that the machine is compliant with all requirements concerning traffic law. Banksman Only persons are to marshal independently that: Have been trained in marshalling others (the machine). Have successfully proven their participation in such a course. Have proven their skills to the contractor. Fulfil their tasks in a reliable manner. Have been appointed by the contractor / company as a banksman. The meaning of signals must be unambiguous between driver and banksman. To avoid ambiguities, clarify hand signal, such as specified by the German BG Directive "Safety and Health Protection Signals at Work", should be used.

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

General General safety instructions

Please adhere to the following instructions: Please make yourself familiar with the machine's and the loading vehicle's dimensions. Wear reflective clothing. For marshalling please use voice radio (e.g when loading with a crane) or via hand signals (e.g. when reversing the machine). 602-07

1.09

General safety instructions Safety instructions The safety instrucions are part of the operating manual. Please make yourself familiar with these safety instructions prior to working with the machine.

Regulations and Provisions In addition to this operating manual, it is also necessary to adhere to all laws, standards, regulations and provisions applicable in the country of use and at the building site. The vandslism protection for the lighting is not permitted by the StVZO (Germany) and must be removed when travelling on public roads. Additional information In case you should obtain additional technical and/or safety-relevant information, they also must be adhered to and need to be attached to the operating manual. Electrical equipment During works at the electrical system, the machine must be de-energised at the battery isolating switch or by disconnecting the negative terminal (ground strap) at the battery. ROPS roll-over protection The machine frame must not be warped, bent or cracked in the ROPS fixing area (deformation). The reinforcement elements of the cabin / rollover bar must not show rust, damage, fissures or open fractures. All screwed connections of the reinforcement elements must comply with the given specifications and must be screwed tightly to each other. Observe starting torque values! Bolts and nuts must not be damaged, bent or deformed. It is absolutely forbidden to modify or repair / level the reinforcement elements in any way (see page 173 sqq.). 610-05

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

General Danger zone

1.10

Danger zone The machine's danger zone is divided into the areas inactive and moving. Zone "inactive"

15272

With the machine put out of operation and with the diesel engine switched off, an area 1 metre around the machine is defined as danger zone. Only authorised operating personnel is allowed to enter the danger zone. Zone "moving"

10197

For a moving machine the danger zone is defined as follows: 10 metres In front of and in the rear of the machine 1 metre To the left and right of the machine During compression and transport works no persons are allowed to be within the danger zone. 610-06

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

General Loading and transport

1.11

Loading and transport

Regulations and Provisions When loading rollers onto lorries, trailers or semitrailers, it is very important to secure the load properly. The duty for tie-down on street vehicles arises from StVO § 22, StVO § 23, HGB § 412 as well as from VDI guideline 2700 or other local requirements. Sufficient knowledge about the loading of vehicles as well as about their behaviour under load are required for loading and transporting the machine. The machine may only be loaded by trained loading staff. The machine must be fixed to the vehicle in an form-locked or friction-locked and transport-safe way. The machine must not change its position on the vehicle during normal traffic loads. Emergency braking, change manoeuvres and uneven grounds count among normal traffic loads. If it is impossible to secure the machine properly onto the vehicle, or if the loading vehicle shows visible defects which do not ensure safe transport, loading must not be performed. Basically, the relevant transport company is responsible for transporting the machine and accessory. Loading instructions When loading please observe the following instructions: Adhere to section Transport as specified in the safety instructions. Observe weight and dimensions (see page 150 sqq.). Only use approved gantries or planks that are provided with an antiskid coating. Never drive with metal on metal. Gantries, planks and loading areas must be swept clean and free of oil and ice. Clean roller drums and tyres prior to driving on the gantries. Please ensure a friction factor or ≥0.6, e.g. by use of anti-slide mats. Drive the machine slowly onto the loading area with ¾ diesel engine speed. On rubber wheeled rollers with tyre filling system, the tyre filling system must be set to 0.6 MPa (6 bar, 87 psi). In case of rollers with articulated steering, the safety strut must always be activated for transport. Lash the machine with appropriate lashing devices onto the loading area, using only the marked lashing lugs (see figure). In case of crane loading, only fix ropes to the marked lifting lugs. Remove wedges and lashing devices completely before unloading. Unblock steering system by unblocking the safety strut. Drive the roller slowly and carefully from the loading area. 716-07

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

General Loading and transport

Load securement example

2 m (78.74")

B 15397-1

Park machine on a loading area with two clean strips of anti-slide mats for each roller drum / tyre. Position 2 wedges at each axis - as far to the outside as possible flush with roller drum or tyre, and fix each of them with 5 nails (Ø 3.8 mm) to the loading area. The nail must at least reach into the loading area by 50 mm. The lashing devices A and B must be fixed to the lashing point of the machine and the vehicle. The arrangement of the lashing devices shown in the figure must be realised on both sides. The type of the lashing device, the number of lashing devices and the min. tractive force at the lashing point can be found in the table depending on the max. weight of the machine (type plate). Lashing devices must comply with the requirements according to EN 12195: Lashing straps according to EN 12195-2 Chains according to EN 12195-3, quality class 8 Max. weight (kg)

Type of lashing de- Number vice

0 - <5000

Lashing strap: LC=2000 daN

0 - <5000

Chain 6 mm: LC=2200 daN

5000 - <10000

Chain 8 mm: LC=4000 daN

10000 - <18000

Chain 8 mm: LC=4000 daN

18000 - <25000

Chain 10 mm: LC=6300 daN

25000 - 30000

Chain 10 mm: LC=6300 daN

716-08

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

General Stickers on the machine

1.12

Stickers on the machine Below you will find all used stickers. You will find the precise arrangement of stickers in the spare parts catalogue.

1.12.01

Warning labels Read documentation Read operating manual and safety instrucions before you start working with the machine or maintaining it. Ignoring this instructions can cause serious injuries or fatality.

Seat belt obligatory (only with ROPS cabin or ROPS roll-over bar) Risk of being thrown out of tipping machine can cause serious injuries or fatality. Put on safety belt.

Hearing protection Dangerous noise level! May cause damage to the hearing. Wear personal safety equipment.

Water jets Dangerous situation! Fluid may enter control units and cause injury and/ or damage to the machine. Do not spray components with water.

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

General Stickers on the machine

Motor Stop Hazard due to rotating parts! With the machine running, serious injuries or fatality may be caused. Prior to maintenance work, shut down engine and remove ignition key. Wait until all machine components have come to a standstill.

Hot surface Risk of burns! Surfaces can be very hot. Do not touch surface. Keep away.

Air conditioning Risk of burns! Coolant of the air-conditioning can cause serious injuries or fatality. Follow operating and maintenance instructions.

Chip spreader Hazard due to rotating parts! Moving machine components can cause serious injuries or fatality. Prior to maintenance and adjustment works, shut down machine and remove ignition key.

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

General Stickers on the machine

Edge pressing assembly Risk of crushing! Pinch point can cause serious injuries or fatality. Keep away. Prior to maintenance and adjustment works, shut down machine and remove ignition key.

Fan blade Hazard due to rotating parts! With the machine running, serious injuries or fatality may be caused. Prior to maintenance work, shut down engine and remove ignition key. Wait until all machine components have come to a standstill.

V-belt Risk of trapping! Open belts or chains. With the machine running, serious injuries or fatality may be caused. Prior to maintenance work, shut down engine and remove ignition key. Wait until all machine components have come to a standstill.

Accumulator Tank under pressure. System contains accumulator. Prior to starting service work, read operating and service manual.

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

General Stickers on the machine

Folding joint Risk of crushing! Pinch point can cause serious injuries. Keep away.

Running over hazard Machine movements can cause serious injuries or fatality. Keep away.

Danger of overturning Pay attention that there is sufficient stability when working with rollers of small roller drum width. Pay attention to permitted machine tilt.

Risk of crushing Pinch point can cause serious injuries. Keep away.

Lashing not allowed Dangerous situation! Do not use as a lashing or lifting point. Lifting not allowed.

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

General Stickers on the machine

Battery isolating switch Dangerous situation. Actuate the battery isolating switch only with the enginge stopped. Before you start with service works, read the operating and maintenance instructions.

12 V fuses

Diesel Diesel tank! Use diesel with a sulphur content of less than 0.5%. Pay attention to standards.

Safety strut Marking of a safety strut.

Towing loop for crane loading

Lashing point

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

General Stickers on the machine

Read documentation Read operating manual before you start working with the machine or maintaining it.

First-aid kit

Panolin Biodegradable hydraulic oil in use.

1.12.02

Information sign In the following you will find a list of all information signs. Illustrations and values of the signs may vary depending on the machine type. Put parking brake into / out of operation

Drive lever function

All-wheel lock

Engine speed

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

General Stickers on the machine

Sprinkling

Water tank outlet

Additive sprinkling

Water tank inlet of additive sprinkling

Water tank outlet of additive sprinkling

Water pump

Hydraulic oil filling level

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

General Stickers on the machine

Hydraulic oil reservoir inlet

Hydraulic oil reservoir outlet

Engine oil outlet

Water sump fuel filter outlet

Coolant filling level

Coolant inlet

Inflation pressure Tyre without water filling

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

General Stickers on the machine

Inflation pressure Tyre with water filling

Guaranteed sound power level

Maintenance overview

2000 h 1000 h

500 h

250 h

P A

10 h

B C

B G

D B F E

E B B D

(OSZI)

E D

C C

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Description Technical characteristics of the machine

DESCRIPTION When working at the machine please always adhere to the instructions given in your Safety instructions! 000-01

2.00

Technical characteristics of the machine Drive Hydrostatic all-wheel drive Infinitely variable Single lever operation Vibration / oscillation Direct hydrostatic drive Steering Hydrostatic servo-assisted steering via centre pivot assembly Large steering angle to both sides Oscillation upwards and downwards Track offset Hydrostatic track offset, infinitely variable Offset to both sides Service brake During operation, the machine is braked with the hydrostatic drive. Wear-free brakes Parking brake Spring-operated brake acting upon each hydromotor of the drive Manually and automatically

EMERGENCY STOP brake Machine is braked with spring-operated brakes and hydrostatic drive. Sprinkling Pressure sprinkling Manual operation and automatic interval system Additive sprinkling Pressure sprinkling Manual actuation Electrical system Operating voltage 12 Volt 100-08

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Description General view of machine

2.01

General view of machine This operating manual applies to several types of this series. Therefore it is possible that these instructions include descriptions of operating elements not installed on your machine. 000-03

2.01.01

Chassis / safety devices B

F K G

H M

15398

[A]

Stickers indicating dangers

[B]

Towing loop for crane loading

[C]

Towing loop

[D]

Lashing point

[E]

Safety strut

[F]

Steps

[G]

Engine room door

[H]

Chassis

[J]

Chassis number

[K]

Type plate of machine

[L]

Operation mirror / rear-view mirror

[M]

Step

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Description General view of machine

2.01.02

Control stand ROPS cabin

A D G E B A C

F 15663

[A]

Handholds

[B]

Operator's seat console

[C]

Operator's cabin

[D]

Steering column

[E]

Compartment for operating manual / first aid kit

[F]

ROPS cabin type plate

[G]

Position of *fire-extinguisher

ROPS roll-over bar

D F A

15664

[A]

Handholds

[B]

Compartment for operating manual / first aid kit

[C]

Steering column

[D]

Operator's seat console

[E]

Roll-over bar

[F]

ROPS roll-over bar type plate

[G]

Sun roof / roof

[H]

Position of *fire-extinguisher

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Description General view of machine

2.01.04

Drive unit / diesel engine A B

C D

E 10200

[A]

Fuel system

[B]

Oil dip stick

[C]

Oil inlet

[D]

Diesel engine with drive units

[E]

Oil outlet

[F]

Exhaust system

[G]

Cooling system

15399

[A]

Air filter

[B]

Dust discharge valve

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Description General view of machine

15400

[A]

Coolant inlet

[B]

Coolant level indicator

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Description General view of machine

2.01.05

Hydraulic oil supply A

10202

[A]

Oil inlet

[B]

Level indicator

[C]

Hydraulic oil reservoir

[D]

Oil outlet

15401

[A]

Hydraulic oil filter

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Description General view of machine

2.01.06

Electrical equipment Engine compartment

15402

[A]

Battery isolating switch

[B]

Battery

Fuses

15265

[A]

Fuses

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Description General view of machine

2.01.08

Drive

Scraper for roller drum and tyres

A [A]

2.01.09

15403

Scraper

Steering system

A [A]

Steering cylinder

B [B]

15404

Centre pivot assembly

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Description General view of machine

2.01.12

Water system G, H, J

[A]

Sprinkler nozzles of sprinkling unit

[B]

Inlet water tank

[C]

Water tank

[D]

Water outlet

[E]

Water filter

[F]

Water pump

[G]

Sprinkler nozzles of additive sprinkling

[H]

Additive tank

[J]

Water pump for additive sprinkling

[K]

Outlet additive tank

K D

C B A

B C

15405

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Description General view of machine

2.01.26

Vibration / oscillation

B C E 15406

[A]

Oil inlet for vibrator

[B]

Roller drum with vibrator

[C]

Level indicator of vibrator

[D]

Vibration drive motor

[E]

Oil outlet for vibrator

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Description General view of instruments and operating elements

2.02

General view of instruments and operating elements All instruments and operating elements are marked by numbers. You will find a description in chapter 3 under the corresponding element. 000-04

2.02.02

Control stand Steering column

525

302

528 A 528 B

501, 502, 503

[302] Switch EMERGENCY STOP

[501] Drive lever

[502] 0-position lock

[503] Multifunction handle

[524] Seat adjustment rotation

[525] Seat adjustment left - right

[528] Adjustment steering panel

[A]

[B]

524

10152

Foot lever

Toggle

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Description General view of instruments and operating elements

Switch console front

311

307

303

305

326

349

216

310

406

10153

[216] Pilot light cold start assistance [303] Switch blinker [305] Switch warning flasher

[307] Switch lighting

[310] Switch electrical system / engine start

[*311] Switch rotating light

[326] Switch preselection water pump

[349] Switch for automatic engine management - high speed

[406] Cigarette lighter / Socket 12 V

Operator's cabin roof section

338

332

534

535

333

330

410

361

347

15244

[330] Switch cabin-heating

[332] Switch windshield wiper front

[333] Switch windshield wiper rear

[338] Switch window washer

[347] Switch cabin temperature reg- [*361] Switch air conditioning temperulation ature [410] Cab lighting

[534] Actuation element roof hatch

[535] Limitation pin cabin door

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Description General view of instruments and operating elements

Operator's seat

520

523 522 10154

[520] Seat adjustment weight / height

[522] Seat adjustment backrest

[523] Seat adjustment armrest

Control unit normal mode

353

375

101

237

301

113

[101] Display system info

[*113] Display asphalt temperature

[237] Pilot light fuel

[301] Switch signal horn

15597

[353] Switch parking brake monitor- [375] Switch system info ing

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Description General view of instruments and operating elements

Control unit vibration / Version: comfort oscillation 374 109 312

110

376

110

312

STOP

221 235 313

222

319 222 313

235 221

15598

[*109] Display compression HMV / Impact per foot

[*110] Display vibration / oscillation frequency

[221] Pilot light amplitude small

[222] Pilot light amplitude large

[*235] Pilot light oscillation

[312] Switch vibration / oscillation

[*313] Switch frequency regulation

[319] Switch vibration mode manual-automatic

[*374] Switch compression HMV / Im- [376] Switch preselection amplitude pact per foot small / large

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Description General view of instruments and operating elements

Version: standard 374

109

312

110

312

STOP

221 235 376

222

319 222 313

235 221

15665

[*109] Display compression HMV / Impact per foot

[*110] Display vibration / oscillation frequency

[221] Pilot light amplitude small

[222] Pilot light amplitude large

[*235] Pilot light oscillation

[312] Switch vibration / oscillation

[*313] Switch frequency regulation

[319] Switch vibration mode manual-automatic

[*374] Switch compression HMV / Im- [376] Switch preselection amplitude pact per foot small / large

Control unit travelling

108

STOP

357

377

[108] Display driving speed

15599

[357] Switch preselection final speed

[377] Switch track offset rear roller drum left / right

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Description General view of instruments and operating elements

Control unit sprinkling

207

238

207

232

317

318

373

STOP

[207] Pilot light sprinkling

15600

[232] Pilot light sprinkling stage

[238] Pilot light filling level sprinkling [317] Switch sprinkling [318] Switch additive sprinkling (on- [373] Switch sprinkling stage ly if with combination roller equipped)

Control unit warning lamp

234 202 203 206 228 204 220 227 229 214 205 201 236

15601

[201] Pilot light charge current

[202] Pilot light oil pressure

[203] Pilot light air filter

[204] Pilot light parking brake

[*205] Pilot light all-wheel lock / ASC [206] Pilot light coolant level [214] Pilot light hydraulic oil filter

[220] Pilot light STOP

[227] Pilot light water sump fuel pre- [228] Pilot light engine temperature filter [229] Pilot light oil temperature, hydraulic system

[234] Pilot light diesel engine

[236] Function not existing

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Description General view of instruments and operating elements

2.02.04

Drive unit / diesel engine Engine compartment

531

530

356

15409

[356] Battery isolating switch

[530] Manual pump

[531] Operating lever

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Description General view of instruments and operating elements

2.02.08

Drive

Scraper of roller drum Version: spring-loaded

536

10230

[536] Locking device of scraper

Scrapper tyres

536

15410

[536] Locking device scraper

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Operation Instruments and operating elements

OPERATION

3.00

Instruments and operating elements The instruments and operating elements are arranged in this section in ascending order according to their number. These numbers in squared brackets are used as a reference in the description of the elements. 000-05

3.00.01

Indicators, displays Electrical equipment When switching on the electrical system with the switch [310] all pilot lights and indicators are activated for ca 2 seconds . Check whether all elements are operable. You find further explanations in the section Operational monitoring (see page 94 sqq.). 100-06

101 System info The driver gets the information about machine condition, settings and system messages via the indicator. The corresponding display can be selected with switch [375]. Operating hours After the electrical system is switched on, the operating hours of the machine are shown in the display field. Maintenance work has to be carried out according to the accumulated operating hours. 0101-204

Limit for asphalt temperature The upper or lower limit for the asphalt temperature is displayed only if a measuring system is installed. If the machine is equipped without measuring system no indicator appears. Upper limit — TEMP_HI Lower limit — TEMP_LO If you want to see or change the limit, the corresponding preselection must be entered in the indicator. Diagnostic Codes The diagnostic code consists of letters and numbers. The letters mark the group; the numbers mark the number of malfunction. It is differentiated between: ERR_xxx - Malfunction of machine components e. g. display, travelling, ASC. ENGINE-xx - Diesel engine malfunction. The malfunction messages on hand are numbered e. g. ENGINE_3. If a diagnostic code is displayed, write down all messages and contact your HAMM Customer Service. The diagnostic codes can only be interpreted by a HAMM service partner. 101-04

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Operation Instruments and operating elements

108 Driving speed Display of the driving speed in km/h or mph. When the selected speed is adjusted with the switches ± [357], the value for the rated speed appears in the display. After 3 seconds the current engine speed is displayed again.

mph km/h

108-09

0108-202

109 Compression HMV / Impact per foot 160 140 120 100 80 60 40 20

HMV

Impact /foot

20 18 16 14 12 10 8 6 0109-202

With the switch [374] the display can be switched to the values HMV and Impact per foot. HMV The magnitude of the indicated value depends on the material to be compressed. During compacting work with the vibration switched on increasing HMV-values show an increasing material densification or carrying capacity. If the value remains constant at a pre-compressed place, this place cannot be compressed further. The left scale indicates the values for HMV. Both display bars move synchronously. In addition, the exact value is shown in figures. The use is only permitted in earth-moving works. Impact per foot The display of the compression strokes per foot depend on the driving speed and the vibrator frequency. The right skale indicates the values for Impact per foot. The left display bar shows the value for the front roller drum, the right one for the rear roller drum. If the machine is not equipped with a computer unit for HMVImpact, no display appears. 109-03

110 Vibration / oscillation frequency Indication of the current frequency. When the selected frequency is adjusted with the switch [313], the value for the rated frequency appears in the display. After 3 seconds the current frequency is displayed again.

00 Hz vpm

110-09

0110-204

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Operation Instruments and operating elements

113 Asphalt temperature If the machine is equipped without measuring system no indicator appears.

°F °C 0113-203

Asphalt temperature display under the machine in °C or °F. Limit for asphalt temperature If on the display [101] a limit for the asphalt temperature is selected, the corresponding temperature value is displayed. You can change the settings with the switches [313].

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

113-02

Operation Instruments and operating elements

3.00.02

Pilot lights The colours of the pilot lights mark the value of the incident. Meaning of the colours: Red

Danger, important reminder

Yellow

Warning, notice, malfunction

Green

Switch-in check 000-06

201 Charge current Flashing during operation indicates missing charging current. 201-06

0201-204

202 Engine oil pressure Flashing during operation indicates insufficient oil pressure. 202-07

0202-204

203 Air filter Flashing during operation indicates a clogged air filter cartridge. 203-04

0203-204

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Operation Instruments and operating elements

204 Parking brake The pilot light flashes when the parking brake is applied and after the actuation of the EMERGENCY STOP switch [302]. A flashing pilot light when driving indicates that the oil pressure is not sufficiant for opening the parking brake. 204-06

0204-206

205 All-wheel lock / ASC

0205-202

All-wheel lock — lights up YELLOW If the four-wheel blocking is switched on, the display is illuminated and indicates full tractive force for each drive side. Malfunction ASC — module flashes RED 1. Stop machine. 2. Shut down the diesel engine. 3. Switch off the electrical system. 4. Restart the diesel engine. If the pilot light still flashes after a re-start, a malfunction of the ASCsystem is on hand. Call the customer service! 205-04

206 Coolant level Flashing during operation indicates that the coolant level in the cooling system of the diesel engine is not sufficiant. 206-02

0206-206

207 Sprinkling The pilot light illuminates when the water pump runs during sprinkling. 207-02

0207-204

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Operation Instruments and operating elements

214 Hydraulic oil filter Flashing during operation indicates a clogged filter cartridge of the hydraulic oil filter. 214-01

0214-202

216 Cold start assistance When the electrical system is switched on (switch [310] position I) the pilot light illuminates. After reaching start temperature, the indicator switches off; then start the diesel engine. 216-04

0216-201

220 STOP Flashing during operation indicates a serious malfunction of the machine. At the same time an acoustic signals sounds. Further operation is inadmissible! 1. Shut down machine out of the danger zone. 2. Shut down diesel engine immediately . 3. Rectify the cause immediately.

STOP

220-02 0220-202

221 Amplitude small The pilot light illuminates if working with roller drum vibration and preselected small amplitude. 221-03

0221-201

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Operation Instruments and operating elements

222 Amplitude large The pilot light illuminates if working with roller drum vibration and preselected large amplitude. 222-04

0222-201

227 Fuel pre-filter water sump Flashing during operation indicates an excessively high water sump in the fuel pre-filter. 227-03

0227-207

228 Engine temperature Lighting up during operation indicates improper engine temperature. Warm-up phase — lights up YELLOW Elevated — lights up RED Overheating — flashes RED 228-02

0228-202

229 Oil temperature of hydraulic system Lighting up during operation indicates improper hydraulic oil temperature. Warm-up phase — lights up YELLOW Elevated — lights up RED Overheating — flashes RED

0229-200

229-02

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Operation Instruments and operating elements

232 Sprinkling stage The sprinkling stage is displayed by the pilot lights. A luminous point shows the pre-selected sprinkling stage. 232-01

0232-201

234 Diesel engine Lighting up during operation indicates a malfunction of the diesel engine. 1. Stop machine. 2. Select the diagnostic code by the switch [375] in the indicator [101] and write it down. 3. Contact your HAMM customer service. 0234-204

As long as the engine works with normal speed, the machine can be operated further. Only if the diesel engine automatically limits its speed to emergency operation, the machine must be parked outside of the danger area. 1. Stop machine. 2. Select the diagnostic code by the switch [375] in the indicator [101] and write it down. 3. Shut down the diesel engine. 4. Contact your HAMM customer service. 234-01

235 Oscillation The pilot light illuminates when working with roller drum oscillation version. 235-01

0235-201

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Operation Instruments and operating elements

237 Fuel filling level The fuel tank filling level is displayed by an illuminated pilot light. According to the filling level, the luminous point moves between 2/3, 1/3 and 1/10. If the level drops below 1/10 the luminous point flashes. At the same time an acoustic signals sounds. The notice DIESEL is displayed in the indicator [101] for approx. 5 seconds . Topping up is necessary!

2/3 1/3

237-00

1/10 0237-200

238 Sprinkling filling level The water tank filling level is displayed by an illuminated pilot light. According to the filling level, the luminous point moves between 2/3, 1/3 and 1/10. If the level drops below 1/10 the luminous point flashes for approx. 15 minutes. At the same time an acoustic signals sounds. The notice WATER is displayed in the indicator [101] for approx. 5 seconds. Refuelling is necessary!

2/3 1/3

238-00

1/10 0238-200

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Operation Instruments and operating elements

3.00.03

Switch 301 Signal horn The signal horn sounds as long as this switch is pressed. 301-03

0301-202

302 EMERGENCY STOP

WARNING! Full braking! Danger of injuries due to strong braking force. Activate EMERGENCY STOP only in the event of danger. Do not use the EMERGENCY STOP as operation brake. 002-03 0302-205

Pressing the switch: Stops the hydraulic drive, Switches off the diesel engine, Activates the hydraulic brakes And the notice STOP is displayed in the indication [101]. On — position DOWN To disengage EMERGENCY STOP, turn push button clockwise. Off — position UP After actuating the EMERGENCY STOP switch, the machine must be brought into its start position. Start position: 1. Switch off the electrical system [310]. 2. Latch drive lever [501] in 0-position. 3. Release EMERGENCY STOP switch. 4. Start the diesel engine. 302-21

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Operation Instruments and operating elements

303 Blinkers Turn indication Curve right — position I (push button flashes) Off — position 0 Curve left — position II (push button flashes)

I 0 II

303-09 0303-205

305 Warning flashers On — position I (push button flashes) Off — position 0

305-02

0305-201

307 Lighting

II I 0

0307-202

When the electrical system is switched off (switch [310] in 0-position) and the switch is in position I, only the parking lights are switched on. When the electrical system is switched on (switch [310] in position I) and the switch is in position I, the driving lights are switched on (push button alight). If the switch is in position II, the working spotlights are switched on. Working spotlights — position II Driving light — position I Off — position 0 307-06

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Operation Instruments and operating elements

310 Electrical system / Engine start

I II III

0310-200

The switch (ignition key) supplies the electrical components with power, and starts and stops the diesel engine. 0-position Electrical system — OFF Diesel engine — STOP (key released) Position I Electrical system — ON Position II — PREHEAT Position III — ENGINE START Key turns back to position I after starting. When the engine is at a standstill and the electrical system is switched on for a longer period (position I), the battery discharges rapidly. If the engine is started with the EMERGENCY STOP switch pressed, the engine will not start for safety reasons. To activate the machine: 1. Latch drive lever [501] in 0-position. 2. Release EMERGENCY STOP switch [302]. 310-06

311 Rotating light On — position I (push button lights up) Off — position 0

311-06

0311-203

312 Vibration / oscillation Pressing the switch activates or deactivates the vibration / oscillation system. Activation — PRESS (switch lights up) Deactivation — PRESS again When the vibration / oscillation system is activated, the vibrator / oscillator can be switched on or off at the multifunctional handle [503]. 0312-208

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

312-11

Operation Instruments and operating elements

313 Frequency regulation With the switches, the frequency of the vibrator / oscillator is changed so that the desired value at the frequency display [110] can be seen. Frequency can also be regulated during the vibration. Increasing the frequency — PRESS + Reducing the frequency — PRESS -

0313-205

If the machine is equipped with an asphalt thermometer, you can change the asphalt temperature limits with the right switch pair. The desired value is then displayed on the indicator [113]. To do that, select either the upper limit (TEMP_HI) or the lower limit (TEMP_LO) in the indicator [101]. Increasing the limit — PRESS + Reducing the limit — PRESS 313-06

317 Sprinkling

0317-206

The switch turns the sprinkling on or off. Water consumption is optimized via a multi-stage automatic interval system. The sprinkling stage can be selected with the switches [373]. On — PRESS Off — PRESS again Continuous pressing of the switch will cause permanent sprinkling. As long as the switch is pressed, the pump runs in continuous operation. Continuous operation — PRESS continuously Inspection of sprinkling see page 95 sq. When the machine is at a standstill, the sprinkling is without function. 317-05

318 Additive sprinkling The sprinkling is activated as long as this switch is pressed. 318-04

0318-200

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Operation Instruments and operating elements

319 Vibration mode manual-automatic

0319-206

The operating mode for the vibration / oscillation is set with the switch. The vibrator / oscillator can be switched on or off manually or automatically. Manual — PRESS (upper control light lights up) The vibration / oscillation can be switched on or off at any time with the switch on the multifunction handle [503]. Automatic — PRESS again (lower control light lights up) Switching on and off of the vibration / oscillation is coupled to the road speed. Vibration / Oscillation is switched off when at low or high speed. The automatic mode must be activated with the switch on the multifunctional handle [503] after initial switching on. The vibration / oscillation can be switched on or off at any time with the switch on the multifunctional handle. 319-08

326 Preselection of water pump The operational safety of the pressure sprinkling is ensured by two water pumps. Depending on the switch position, the sprinkling is supplied by pump 1 or pump 2. Pump 1 — position I Pump 2 — position II

We recommend, to run the pumps alternately in defined intervals in order to prevent breadowns due to corrosion.

0326-203

326-03

330 Cabin heating The switch regulates the blower for the cabin-heating. Air current Off — position OFF Air current stage 1— position 1 Air current stage 2 — position 2 Air current stage 3 — position 3

3 2 1

330-06

OFF 0330-206

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Operation Instruments and operating elements

332 Windshield wiper front On — position I Off — position 0

332-04

0332-202

333 Windshield wiper rear On — position I Off — position 0

333-03

0333-201

338 Windshield washer By pressing the switch up or down, the delivery pump of the windshield washer is switched on. Only as long as the switch is pressed a moistening of the windscreen takes place. Washing windscreen — position I Off — position 0 Washing rear pane— position II

I 0 II

338-02 0338-201

347 Cabin-heating temperature regulation The heat exchanger for the cabin-heating is connected to the diesel engine cooling circuit. The heat exchanger temperature is continously adjustable with the switch. Temperature min. — stop LEFT Temperature max. — stop RIGHT 347-02

0347-202

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Operation Instruments and operating elements

349 Engine management automatic - high speed

0349-200

With the switch you can select whether the engine speed is regulated automatically or a max. speed is pre-set. Automatic — position II After the engine start, automatic is always preselected. The optimal speed of the diesel engine is continuously calculated by the electronic control according to the currently required engine load and is automatically adjusted to changing conditions. High speed — position I The diesel engine continuously runs at max. speed. 349-06

353 Parking brake inspection

WARNING! Full braking! Danger of injuries due to strong braking force. Only inspect the parking brake when the engine is at a standstill.

CHECK

Do not use the parking brake as the service brake. 002-04 0353-203

The parking brake is applied only as long as the switch is pressed (pilot light [204] flashes). 353-20

356 Battery isolating switch

NOTICE

0 I

Voltage spikes! Damage or destruction of electrical components. Only interrupt the circuit at the battery isolating switch when the engine is at a standstill and when the electrical system is switched off!

I 0

004-03 0356-200

The circuit to the minus terminal of the battery is interrupted at the battery isolation switch. All electric components will be off. Electrical circuit interupted — position 0 (key released) Electrical circuit closed — position I (key latched) 356-01

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Operation Instruments and operating elements

357 Preselection final speed

0357-202

The actuation of the switches displays or changes the pre-set final speed. Display value — PRESS + or Increase the value — + PRESS several times Reduce the value — - PRESS several times When the final speed is adjusted, a value for the target speed appears in the display [108]. After 3 seconds the current engine speed is displayed again. The final speed can be adjusted also during travelling up to the max. final speed (see page 150 sqq.) . 357-04

361 Air conditioning temperature The cooling system is switched on with the switch. The air flow is cooled down through the heat exchanger of the air conditioning system. On — position ON Off — position OFF

361-03

OFF 0361-202

373 Sprinkling stage When the sprinkling [317] is switched on, the water consumption can be selected from several sprinkling stages. Each actuation of the switch causes a stage increment. An illuminated pilot light [232] indicates the selected level. Increasing the stage — PRESS + Reduce the state — PRESS 373-01 0373-201

374 Compression HMV / Impact per foot By pressing the switch, the indicator[109] changes from HMV to Impact per foot. Impact per foot — PRESS HMV — PRESS again 374-01

0374-200

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Operation Instruments and operating elements

375 System info By pressing the switch, the display system info [101] changes. Each actuation of the switch switches one step ahead. Operation hours — PRESS Engine speed — PRESS again Upper asphalt temperature limit — PRESS again Lower asphalt temperature limit — PRESS again Diagnostic Code — PRESS again 375-01

0374-200

376 Preselection amplitude small / large Only when working with roller drum vibration is activated.

0376-200

By pressing the switch, the amplitude with the corresponding frequency range is pre-selected. Each actuation of the switch switches one step ahead. Amplitude small — PRESS (pilot light [221] lights up) Amplitude large — PRESS again (pilot light [221] lights up) 376-01

377 Track offset of rear roller drum left / right

0377-200

With the switches, the track offset for the rear roller drum is adjusted. Pilot lights indicate the direction of the track offset. Track offset to the left — PRESS switch to the left (pilot light left lights up) Track offset to the right — PRESS switch to the right (pilot light right lights up) Shortly press both switches at the same time for an automatical return. Neutral — PRESS both switches (pilot light goes out) 377-01

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Operation Instruments and operating elements

3.00.04

Sockets, lights 406 Socket 12 V / cigarette lighter Cigarette lighter Press the cigarette lighter until it engages (spiral-wound filament is heated). After a short time the lighter springs out and can be removed from the socket. Socket 12 V Power can be taken off from the cigarette lighter socket using the special plug. The maximum load on the socket is 100 W (8 A). 406-01

0406-200

410 Cab lighting This works even if the electrical system is switched off. 410-00

0410-200

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Operation Instruments and operating elements

3.00.05

Operation levers, adjustment handles 501 Drive lever The machine can be equipped with a second drive lever (option). Both drive levers are coupled to each other. The following description applies for both drive levers.

0501-212

The drive lever determines the driving direction and speed. Forwards travelling — push lever FORWARD Reverse travelling — push lever BACK Braking — lever to CENTRE Stop — lever in CENTRE The driving speed is proportional to the magnitude of the lever rash. However, it is dependent on the pre-selected final speed [357]. If the drive lever is held in the central position for longer than 10 seconds, the parking brake is activated automatically. If the machine is equipped with a back-up alarm, an acoustic signal sounds when travelling reverse. The machine is equipped with a STOP function. A jerky movement of the drive lever in the opposite direction to the driving direction past the mid position is interpreted as an emergency situation. The drive is stopped without decelerating. The drive must be activated again after an interruption: 1. Switch drive lever to central position. If there is danger, the machine can also be brought to a standstill with the EMERGENCY STOP switch [302]. 501-13

502 0 position lock / parking brake

0 0502-206

For latching, the right drive lever must be pushed in central position into the 0 position lock. Two functions are assigned to this position. For unlatching, press the drive lever in the direction of the driver's seat. 0-position lock The 0 position lock is a safety device. It avoids unintended movement of the machine. Latched — drive lever position 0 (drive lever [501] is latched in central position) Unlatched — drive lever position I (drive lever is free) Parking brake If the drive lever is latched in the 0 position lock, the parking brake is applied. If the parking brake is applied, the pillot light [204] flashes. After unlatching the drive lever, the parking brake is released only when the machine starts to move. The pilot light goes out. 502-08

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Operation Instruments and operating elements

503 Multifunctional handle Vibration If the vibration system is activated, the vibrator can be switched on or off at switch [A] at any time. Vibrator on — PRESS Vibrator off — PRESS again

B A

0503-200

KAG The edge pressing and cutting equipment (KAG) is lifted and lowered as long as one side of the switch [B] is pressed. KAG up — UP KAG down — DOWN If equipped with KAG on both sides, the switch of the relevant side is pressed. KAG left — DRIVE LEVER LEFT KAG right— DRIVE LEVER RIGHT 503-15

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Operation Instruments and operating elements

520 Seat adjustment weight / height In order to absorb impulsive machine movements using the installed attenuation system, this must be adjusted to the weight of the driver. The pretension of the attenuation system can be adjusted continuously to the driver's weight by turning the lever to the left or right between 50 kg and 130 kg . The adjusted weight is displayed in the adjacent window.

0520-203

The seat height can be adjusted to several levels. The seat latches to the next higher level by lifting it manually by approximately 30 mm . For lowering, the seat must first be lifted to the stop. After that it can be lowered to the lowest level. 520-04

10015

522 Seat adjustment backrest The inclination of the backrest can be adjusted in forward or backward direction by lifting the lever. 522-03

0522-200

523 Seat adjustment elbow-rest The inclination of the elbow-rest can be adjusted in upward or downward direction by turning the handwheel A. The height of the elbow-rest can be adjusted after loosing the clamping screw B. 523-02

0523-200

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Operation Instruments and operating elements

524 Seat adjustment rotation

WARNING!

0 524

Uncontrolled movements! Risk of injury by uncontrolled movements when changing the seat pedestral position. Operate the machine only in an admissable seat position. Only drive the machine with latched seat pedestal.

0524-202

Do not adjust the seat pedestal during driving. Adjust the seat pedestal only on an even surface. Use it for transporting only if the driver doors are closed and the seat is in central position of the cabin. 002-05

NOTICE Damage to property on the operator platform! Damage due to shocks or strokes. Before turning, the seat console must be displaced to the centre of the cabin. 004-02

After releasing the lock with the hand lever, the complete seat console can be turned into further rest positions by 90 ° to the left or the right. Latched — hand lever position 0 Unlatched — hand lever position I 524-03

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Operation Instruments and operating elements

525 Seat adjustment left - right

WARNING!

Uncontrolled movements! Risk of injury by uncontrolled movements when changing the seat pedestral position. Operate the machine only in an admissable seat position.

525

Only drive the machine with latched seat pedestal. 0525-208

Normal seat position After releasing the lock with the hand lever, the complete seat console can be displaced into further rest positions to the left or the right. Latched — hand lever position 0 Unlatched — hand lever position I Outer seat position

NOTICE Damage to property on the operator platform! Damage due to strokes or shocks. Before moving the seat pedestal the cabin door must be opened completely. 004-04 525-05

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Operation Instruments and operating elements

528 Adjustment steering console

WARNING! Uncontrolled movements! Risk of injury due to uncontrolled movements when changing the steering console position. Only drive the machine with latched steering console.

Do not adjust the steering console when the machine is driving.

0528-202

Adjust the steering console only on an even surface. 002-25

Access to the operator's seat After releasing the locking device with the foot lever A, the complete steering console can be rotated to the front. Locking device released — PRESS foot lever Before moving, the steering console must be turned into the latch position in the direction of the operator's seat. Adjustment to seat position Adjust the steering console as follows: 1. Loosen toggle [B]. 2. Adjust the steering console to the desired seat position by inclining it. 3. Loosen toggle [B]. 528-04

530 Hand pump When towing the machine, the spring-operated brakes must be released with the hand pump on breakdown of the feeding pressure. Release the brake— lever position I Without function — lever position 0

530-06

0 0530-203

531 Operating lever The manual pump (530) is actuated with the operating lever. 531-03

0531-207

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Operation Instruments and operating elements

534 Actuation of sun roof 1. Press locking knob [A]. 2. Open or close the sun roof with the deflexion lever [B]. Locking is also possible in intermediate positions. A

534-01

B 0534-200

535 Limitation cabin door When the cabin door is to be opened completely: 1. Pull down limitation pin [B] at the actuation button [A].

535-01

0535-200

536 Locking device of scraper

0536-202

Version: spring-loaded for roller drum The scraper is adjusted with the stop lever [A]. Depending on the position of the distance screw [B] on the stop [C] the scraper is in contact with the roller drum or released from it. Scraper released — position UP Scraper contacts roller — position CENTRE Scraper pressed against roller — position DOWN Turning the distance screw 1. Lift scraper console. 2. Turn the distance screw with the stop lever to the corresponding gap at the stop. 3. Put the scraper console down such that the distance screw has contact with the gap. If the distance screw is turned further than the to the stop, the scraper is pressed against the roller drum with the spring force. 536-01

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Operation Instruments and operating elements

536 Locking device of scraper

I 0 0536-203

Version: tyres Depending on the position of the stop lever the scraper rubs against the tyre or not. Scraper attached — position I Scraper released — position 0 Switch stop lever: 1. Lift scraper console. 2. Turn stop lever. 536-03

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Operation Prior to machine start

3.01

Prior to machine start General

DANGER! Uncontrolled driving behaviour! Risk of fatal injury due to the machine's own driving movements. It is essential to perform a setup after working on the electronic components associated with the control. It is not admitted to operate the machine without setup. 001-02

After working on electronic components associated with the control such as adjustable resistors (potentiometers), sensors, switches, etc., or their replacement, an electronic system setup must be performed. This adjusts the control unit to the changed data information. Operation of the machine without a setup is not permitted since the machine can react with uncontrolled driving movements. This work may only be carried out by trained personnel.

WARNING! Operating errors! Risk of injury due to improper use. Prior to every start-up: Check the machine for operational and traffic safety. Read and adhere to the Operating manual and the Safety instructions. Ensure that no persons or objects are in the danger zones of the machine. 002-07 701-05

What must be done prior to 1. Battery isolating switch [356] — position I start of work? 2. Perform inspection and maintenance works (see page 107 sqq.). 3. Check the flasher [303] and warning flasher system [305], the signal horn [301], back-up alarm [501] and the lighting [307]. 4. Check the parking brake [304]. 5. Adjust the operator's seat. 6. Adjust the rear and operation mirrors so that you see the traffic in the rear. Fuel 1. Never drive the machine until the fuel tank is empty. Check the filling level of the fuel tank in time. Fill up the fuel tank already in the evening. This avoids the formation of condensed water in the fuel tank. 2. Fill up to the lower edge of the filler neck. Only use clean fuel! Advice about fuel see page 148 sqq. See also Safety instructions.

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Operation Prior to machine start

Water 1. Check the filling level of the water tank. 2. Fill up to the lower edge of the filler neck. Use clean water only! *Additiv 1. Check the filling level of the additive tank. 2. Fill up to the lower edge of the filler neck. *Air 1. Check the air pressure in the tyres. 701-06

Control stand

WARNING! Uncontrolled movements! Risk of injury by uncontrolled movements when changing the seat pedestral position. Operate the machine only in an admissable seat position. Only drive the machine with latched seat pedestal. Do not adjust the seat pedestal during driving. Adjust the seat pedestal only on an even surface. Use it for transporting only if the driver doors are closed and the seat is in central position of the cabin. 002-05

Operator platform Machine may only be operated from the operator platform. If the driver rises off the operator's seat, the machine is stopped with a short delay. In order to be able to continue driving, the driver must sit down again and bring the machine to its start position. Start position: 1. Drive lever [501] — CENTRE 2. 0-position lock [502] — position 0

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Operation Prior to machine start

NO!

OK!

15277

WARNING! Collision with items and vehicles driving past! Risk of injury due to shocks or crushing. When on outer seat position, no parts of the steering console or seat pedestal may protrude on the side of the cabin / ROPS. 002-23

Inadmissable seat position It is not admissable to operate the machine if parts protrude the steering console or the seat pedestal on the side of the cabin / ROPS. Admissable seat position Use it for transportation and for earth moving work only if the seat position is in the centre of the operator platform. The outer seat position in or opposite to the direction of travelling is admissable only when working on asphalt. 701-07

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Operation Engine start

3.02

Engine start General The starting process may last 20 seconds as a maximum; otherwise, the starting motor will be overheated and destroyed. There must be pauses between the individual starting processes in order to allow the staring motor to cool down. If the engine doesn't start after two starting attempts, find out and eliminate the cause. Observe the operating manual of the engine. The engine cannot be started by means of towing. Drive component damage would be the consequence. When the battery is unloaded, the egine can be restarted by starting with an external power source (see page 101 sqq.). 703-04

Start position before starting

310

302

501

502

15274

Set the operating elements to their start position prior to the start of the engine. 1. Drive lever [501] — CENTRE 2. 0-position lock / parking brake [502] — position 0 3. EMERGENCY STOP [302] — position UP Only when the 0-position lock is latched, is the starting motor connected to the switch [310] via the starter protection device. This is the only way to start the engine. 702-24

Engine start 1. Key [310] — 0 → I (electrical system ON) If the key is turned to position I, all pilot lights light up shortly for function control purposes. 2. Key [310] — I → III After the start of the engine, the working gear is always activated additionally, the final speed is limited. 704-20

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Operation Engine start

Before driveaway

WARNING! Long stopping distance! Risk of fatal injury due to braking delay with viscous hydraulic oil. In case of low external temperatures, in particular when below freezing, wait a few minutes after starting the engine until driveaway. Warm up the machine during the warming phase with moderate speed and low load until the oil in the hydraulic system has heated to approx. +20 °C (68 °F) . 002-15

The acceleration and braking behaviour of the machine are influenced by viscous hydraulic oil. If the machine is frozen to the ground, take care that no clods of earth stick to the roller drum / tyre, since these could damage the scrapers. Therefore, park the machine on planks or dry gravel if frost is likely! 705-05

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Operation Driving

3.03

Driving General The machine is equipped with Hammtronic. The operation system that is controlled by micro processes ensures an optimal rolling result through automatic control and regulation routines as well as ultimate safety for driver and machine. Monitoring and regulation features cover the diesel engine, drive and vibration drive. Drive The hydraulic drive is optimized by Hammtronic. Features such as preselection of the final speed, constant speed function, limited load control etc. guarantee the best traction. Constant speed function The driving speed which is set with the drive lever [501] is held constant in normal operation by the constant speed function. Factors such as an increase or reduction in the load are monitored and included in the calculation of the road speed. Limited load control If the speed of the diesel engine drops below a certain value as a result of an increased load (uphill driving), the control device will automatically switch over to limited load control. At the same time, the driving speed is reduced to such an extent as to prevent an overloading of the diesel engine. If the load is reduced (level ground), the driving speed is increased back up to the original value. 733-09

Driveaway

204

302

310

501

502

15275

1. 0-position lock / parking brake [502] — position I The parking brake is only released when the machine starts to move. Pilot light [204] goes out. 2. Drive lever [501] — FORWARD or — BACK If the machine is equipped with a back-up alarm, an acoustic signal sounds when travelling reverse.

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Operation Driving

Do not switch off the switch [310] when the machine is driving (0-position). The machine is equipped with a STOP function. A jerky movement of the drive lever in the opposite direction to the driving direction past the mid position is interpreted as an emergency situation. The drive is stopped without decelerating. If there is danger, the machine can also be brought to a standstill with the EMERGENCY STOP switch [302]. A further possibility to bring the machine to a standstill is to switch off the electrical system with the switch [310]. 706-20

Final speed

108

357

15602

The final speed is preselected with the switches [357]. During the adjustment the value for the target speed appears on the display [108]. After 3 seconds the current engine speed is displayed again. 742-01

Gear shifting

WARNING! Full braking! Danger of injuries due to strong braking force. Use transportion gear only to manoeuver on paved roads. In case of visible obstacles reduce speed in good time. Longer uphill or downhill slopes must always be driven in working speed. Work may only be performed in the working gear. 002-16

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Operation Driving

357

501

15603

Changing over from working gear to transportation gear is done only when the machine is at standstill and depends on the preselected final speed [357]. The machine has a working gear and a transportation gear. A maximum final speed is defined for every range (see page 150 sqq.). The final speed for on-site operation can be reduced by the switches [357]. When the drive lever [501] is pushed to the stop, the driving speed is limited to the pre-selected final speed. After the start of the engine, the working gear is always activated and the preselected final speed is limited to 2 km/h. The value can be increased to the maximum final speed when working. If you want to operate the machine in the transportation gear, the preselected final speed must be above the maximum final speed of the working gear when the machine is at standstill. If the preselected value is set to a value lower than the maximum final speed of the working gear, the electronic system switches to the working gear only after the next standstill. Toggling during driving is not possible. 708-06

Pilot light ASC

WARNING! Malfunction in ASC-module Risk of injury due to uncontrolled propulsive force of the hydraulic motors. Stop the machine when the red pilot light illuminates. 002-17

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Operation Driving

220

15607

Flashing during operation shows a malfunction in the ASC module. Stop machine, switch off diesel engine and electrical system! When switching the electrical system on again, the data of the electronic unit are reset to their initial setting. If the pilot light [205] even after a restart flashes, a malfunction of the ASC-system is on hand. Drive machine slowly and carefully to a save place and shut down. Call the customer service! 734-02

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Operation Driving with vibration / oscillation

3.04

Driving with vibration / oscillation General

WARNING! Collapse or damage! Risk of collaps or damage at buildings or on the pipe system in the ground. Do not switch on the vibration system near buildings! Prior to switching on the vibration function, ensure that there are no lines (e.g. gas, water, electricity, sewage lines) are laid in the underground. 002-18

WARNING! Explosion! Risk of injury due to burns and moving parts. Prior to switching on the vibration function, it must be ensured that there are no lines laid in the underground. 002-19

WARNING! Reduced road adhesion! Risk of falling or tipping due to reduced lateral stability when having switched in vibration. Do not switch in vibration function when driving across inclines or on hard underground. 002-20

When the vibration system is switched on, the roller drum will vibrate according to the speed of the vibrator. This hammering will increase the compacting force of the machine several times over. Two amplitudes with aligned frequency ranges can be selected for vibration. In the oscillation mode the roller drum is shifted to tangential oscillations. The compression of the material to be compacted is conducted by flexing movements. The oscillation works with a tangential amplitude and one frequency range. If the machine is equipped with an Ecomatic system, the hydraulic drive is controlled by the Hammtronic system. It ensures that the selected frequency during operation remains constant. Occurring disturbances such as speed variation of the Diesel engine, that are caused by variable energy absorption of the ground or drive, are compensated by a comparison of the actual and the target value. An elastic suspension of the roller drums prevents the transfer of vibration oscillations to the machine frame.

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Operation Driving with vibration / oscillation

Vibrations Vibration oscillations can spread in the ground over a wide area. They are generated in circles around the roller drum and effect also the deeper ground. This may cause a damage to buildings or pipe systems under the machine. Oscillation vibrations are developed predominantly on the surface of the ground and spread only in front of the roller drum and on its rear. Thus the damaging force is reduced considerably. 712-31

Vibration / oscillation

312

110

376

STOP

313

319

503

15605

Version: comfort

312

110

STOP

376

319

313

503

15606

Version: standard

The vibration / oscillation is activated / deactivated at the switch [312]. When working with roller drum version vibration, the amplitude is pre-selected with the switch [376]. The vibration works with small or big amplitude, according to the pre-selection. When the vibration / oscillation system is activated, the vibrator / oscillator can be switched on or off at the multifunctional handle [503]. 712-25

Manual-automatic operating The operating mode for the vibration / oscillation is set with the switch mode [319]. The vibrator can be switched on or off manually or automatically. 712-26

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Operation Driving with vibration / oscillation

Ecomatik The ECOMATIC system has been specially developed to keep the frequency of the vibrator / oscillator on the constant level desired. You can change the frequency of the vibrator / oscillator by means of the switch [313]. The desired value is displayed on the indicator [110]. 712-27

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Operation Stopping, switching off engine, leaving machine

3.05

Stopping, switching off engine, leaving machine WARNING! Uncontrolled driving behaviour! Risk of fatal injury due to the machine's own driving movements. Switch off diesel engine even if you leave the operator platform only for short time. 002-22

Stop

349

503

501, 503

15291

1. Vibration [503] — OFF 2. Drive lever [501] — CENTRE The hydrostatic drive brings the machine to a stop. In the engine management [349] AUTOMATIC the Hammtronic slows down the diesel engine to no-load speed. Before switching off the engine

312

310

502

15279

1. Vibration (312) — OFF 2. 0-position lock / parking brake (502) — position 0 3. Fully lower attached accessory equipment.

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Operation Stopping, switching off engine, leaving machine

Switch off engine Do not switch off engine directly after full load operation. Instead, let it run for 1-2 minutes with no-load speed for temperature compensation purposes. 1. Key [310] — I → 0 The battery discharges rapidly if the engine is at a standstill and the electrical system is switched on (switch [310] in position I). 000-02

Leaving the machine The driver may only leave the machine when orderly parked. Traffic regulations have to be observed as well. Before leaving the machine, the driver must ensure that The driver's seat console is latched in the centre of the machine. The ignition key is disconnected. The machine is switched off at the battery isolating switch and the key is removed. The cabin doors resp. the instrument panel covering, as well as all cladding covers are locked. 713-26

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Operation Operation monitoring

3.06

Operation monitoring 220

15607

Keep an eye on the control and indication instruments on the instrument board during operation. Pilot lights inform the driver about the operating stages of the individual machine components and indicate faults. The urgancy of taking action is subdivided into three stages. Danger, important reminder The pilot light STOP [220] is active. In addition, you hear an permanent acoustic signal. Further operation of the machine is inadmissible. The cause of the fault is displayed by further active pilot lights. 1. Park the machine out of the danger zone and switch off the diesel engine. 2. Rectify the cause immediately. Warning, notice, malfunction A pilot light displays the fault. In addition you hear an acoustic signal for a short time. Further operation of the machine is admissible for a short period of time. 1. Rectify the caus of the fault without delay, at least at the end of the working shift. Switch-in check A pilot light indicates that a machine component e.g. the sprinkling is switched on. No action necessary. Filling level Pay an attention to the filling level for operating supply items (fuel, water, additive etc.). 1. Fill up tanks in good time. 2. Never drive the machine until the fuel tank is empty. 711-20

General To prevent bituminous materials from adhering to tyres the tyres' contact surfaces are preheated by thermal radiation (infrared radiation). Then, the tyre surfaces are further heated with the rolling procedure through the hot layer material. The tyre heating is only required prior to the rolling procedure and when the layer material cools down. 731-02

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Operation Sprinkling

3.07

Sprinkling 207

207

232

326 310

STOP

317

373

502

15608

General The pressure sprinkling ensures a reliable moistening of the roller drums during blacktop works and thus prevents bituminous materials from adhering to the drums. An electric water pump supplies the sprinkling system with water so that the water consumption can be adjusted optimally to the deployment conditions using the installed automatic sprinkling. A multilevel automatic interval system determines the minimum use of water for optimum moistening, using a combination of spray quantity and pump pause time. The water pump can also be switched manually to continuous operation at any time. The sprinkling control is switched off at a road speed of less than 0.5 km/h (0.3 mph). The operational safety of the pressure sprinkling is ensured by two water pumps. Depending on the switch position [326], the sprinkling is supplied by pump 1 or pump 2. We recommend, to run the pumps alternately in defined intervals in order to prevent breakdowns due to corrosion. 726-30

Sprinkling The automatic sprinkling system is switched on and off with the switch [317]. The pilot light [232] indicates the current sprinkling stage. As long as the switch [317] is pressed, the pump runs in continuous operation. The switches [373] allow to increase (+) or decrease (-) water consumption. The pilot light [207] indicates that a water pump is in operation. When the machine is at a standstill, the interval sprinkling is without function. 726-26

Sprinkler nozzle check when Activate the continuous sprinkling for a period of 3 minutes. engine is at a standstill Requirement: 1. Engine stopped 2. 0-position lock / parking brake [502] — position 0 3. Switch [310] — position I 4. Switches [317] — ON 5. Switch + - [373] — PRESS at the same time for 3 seconds

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Operation Sprinkling

To switch off: 1. Switches [317] — OFF 726-31

On risk of frost

15281

Frozen water leads to damage to the sprinkler system. Therefore, it must be drained before frost begins. If there is the possibility of a frost-free storing, the complete spray arms may be taken off the machine so that only the water filter and the water tanks must be drained. Emptying the water sprinkling system: 1. Remove a sealing cap [B] per sprinkler pipe [A] (observe internal gasket ring). 2. Unscrew lateral cap nut [D] from the sprinkler nozzles [C] and remove together with valve insert and membrane. Reassemble spraying nozzle after emptying the nozzle casing. 3. Unscrew filter head [E] at the water tank and remove it together with the compression spring (observe gasket ring on filter head). 4. Pull the filter insert from the water tank. 5. Clean filter insert, compression spring, and filter head and store in tool cabinet. 6. Re-fit filter insert, compression spring and filter head only before starting work. 726-28

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Operation Additive sprinkling

3.08

Additive sprinkling

STOP

318

15609

General The additive sprinkling enables a moistening of the wheels with a separating compound. This prevents that bitumen sticks on tyres when laying blacktops. This is the only way to make a neat and even covering. The emulsion may only be mixed of parting agent concentrate and water according to the indications of the parting agend producer (Observe regulations for environment protection).

WARNING! Uncontrolled movements! Risk of fatal injury due to unintentional rolling away of the machine. Secure machine against rolling away. 002-21

Additive sprinkling With switch [318] or [ 380], the additive sprinkling is switched on and off. As long as the switch is pressed, the tyres are sprinkled. The frequency of sprinkling depends on the temperature of the tyres. Cold tyres must be moistened more often than warm ones. Prior to driving on hot blacktops take care that the running surfaces of the wheels are clean and sufficiently moistened. On risk of frost After the long standstill period in the winter we recommend, to drain and clean the container for the additive sprinkling. If strongly diluted separating compound is used, the container and the pump for the additive sprinkling must be drained when frost is likely. Empty additive sprinkling system: 1. Remove pressure hose from hose connection piece. 2. Switch on the pump until intake pipe and pump is free of fluids. 3. Mount pressure hose on hose connection piece. 727-03

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Operation Scraper

3.09

Scraper General

15412

The scrapers [A] are designed to remove clogging dirt from the surface of the roller drums / tyres when working on soft, adhesive ground. With grounds that are not clingy or with transporting operations the scrapers can be lifted away from the roller drums / tyres. This prevents premature wear. Rinse out dirt embedded between roller drums / tyres with water jet. Remove strongly adhesive dirt e.g. with spatula or similar tool. 744-00

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Operation Scraper

3.09.01

Scraper of roller drum Version: spring-loaded Attach scraper

536

10227

1. Switch off diesel engine and remove ignition key. 2. Turn distance screw [A] with stop lever [536] to position CENTRE or DOWN . Lifting the scraper

536

10228

1. Switch off diesel engine and remove ignition key. 2. Turn distance screw [A] with stop lever [536] to position UP . 744-02

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Operation Scraper

3.09.02

Scrapper tyres Attach scraper

I 0

536

15413

1. Switch off diesel engine and remove ignition key. 2. Turn stop lever [536] to position I . Lifting the scraper 1. Switch off diesel engine and remove ignition key. 2. Turn stop lever [536] to position 0 . 744-01

100

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Operation Starting with jump leads

3.10

Starting with jump leads Preparation

Observe precaution measures for handling batteries (see Safety instructions). Pay attention to the nominal voltage of the batteries. A discharged battery can freeze already at 0 °C (32 °F). It is essential that you defrost a frozen battery in a warm room before connecting it with jump leads. Use jump leads with an insulated terminal clamp and a cross section of at least 25 mm². The terminal clamps of one lead may not come in contact with those of the other. Do not disconnect the battery from the vehicle's supply system. Charging vehicle and discharged vehicle may not come in contact with each other.

Connecting leads 4 2

NO!

OK! 15295

1. Connect one terminal clamp of one wire with the positive terminal of the charged battery (plus sign). 2. Connect the other terminal clamp of this lead to the positive terminal of the discharged battery (plus sign). 3. Connect one terminal clamp of the second wire with the negative terminal of the charged battery (minus sign). 4. Connect the other terminal clamp of the second lead with the discharged vehicle. e.g. at the engine block or at the fastening screw of the engine suspension. Do not connect the terminal clamp with the negative terminal of the discharged battery (risk of explosion) but as far away from the discharged battery as possible. 5. Lay leads such that they are not drawn into rotating parts and that they can be taken off even with a running diesel engine. Starting process 1. Start the engine of the charging vehicle and let it run with medium engine speed. 2. Start the diesel engine of the discharged vehicle after approx. 5 min. 3. For approx. 3 min let both engines run with medium engine speed and the jump leads connected.

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

101

Operation Towing

Removing leads 1. To prevent overloads in the electrical system, switch on an electrical component in the discharged vehicle (e.g. driving light) before removing the jump leads. 2. Remove the jump leads in reverse order. 743-00

3.11

Towing General

WARNING! Brake out of order! Risk of fatal injury due to unintentional rolling away of the machine. Prior to releasing the brake, secure the machine against rolling away with wedges. 002-23

15296

Towing of the machine assumes sufficient knowledge of the functioning of the hydrostatic drive and the operation of the multi-disc spring operated brake. The preparations for towing may only be carried out by experienced personnel who are aware of the dangers. The machine may only be fastened at the towing loops [A] and only be towed with a towing bar. Replace damaged pipes and hoses from which oil leaks before towing (environment protection). In dangerous situations: You can also use a towing rope or towing chains when salvaging the machine on an uphill slope (brakes not released). 717-09

102

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Operation Towing

Before towing

310

501

502

15294

1. Drive lever [501] — CENTRE 2. 0-position lock [502] — position 0 3. Shut down diesel engine, if still functional.. 4. Secure machine against rolling away with wedges or blocks. 5. Interrupt frictional connection of the hydrostatic drive (see text below). 6. Disable parking brakes (see text below). 7. Tow using towing bar only (brakes not functional). Towing Start, if possible, the engine (for steering hydraulics). The machine may only be towed with low speed 1 km/h (0.6 mph) . The maximum towing distance is 500 m. If the diesel engine fails, the machine can only be steered in a restricted way and with a high amount of force at the steering wheel (emergency steering). Before moving, remove wedges or blocks. After towing 1. Shut down the diesel engine. 2. Secure machine against rolling away with wedges or blocks. 3. Reestablish frictional connection of the hydrostatic drive (see text below) 4. Actuate parking brakes (see text below). 5. Remove towing bar. 717-07

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

103

Operation Towing

Separating the hydrostatic drive power train

A B

C 10218

Only if the oil flow can circulate without pressure in the hydraulic system, can the machine be towed. For this, perform the following at both high pressure valves: 1. Loosen lock nut [A] at the drive pump [C]. 2. Screw in the locking screw [B] until the screw end flushes with the lock nut. Activating the hydrostatic 1. Screw out the locking screw [B] until the stop. drive power train 2. Tighten lock nut [A]. 718-03

Making the parking brakes inoperational

I 0 C

530

15282

Only for the purpose of towing in case of a defective diesel engine or defective hydraulic system the pretension of the spring-loaded brakes may be reduced using the hand pump [530]. 1. Turn the lever [A] at the hand pump [530] to the lever position I . 2. Turn the hexagon screw [B] at the valve block clockwise as far as possible. 3. Aerate the spring-operated brakes by pumping at lever [C] (approx. 30 pump strokes). 4. During towing, the spring-operated brakes must be kept open by constant and slow pumping due to interior leaks. Making parking brake 1. Turn the hexagon screw [B] anti-clockwise until the stop. operational

104

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

719-10

Operation Heating / ventilation / cooling

3.12

Heating / ventilation / cooling General The comfort, well-being and good condition of the driver are largely dependent on a properly set heating and ventilation. This especially applies for the cold seasons. By adjusting the leg-room heating and opening the ventilation nozzles required, a temperature distribution is achieved with the pleasant effect of having warm feet but a cool head. An especially designed heating and ventilation system together with a air conditioning ensures an optimal compartment climate. The cabin ventilation is achieved through mixer operation, i.e. the exhaust flow aspires air simultaneously out of the driver The dirty filters must be replaced depending on the dust load. Cabin ventilation

330

361

347

15283

The air flow enters the cabin through the ventilation nozzles [A] that can be opened or closed by adjusting the discs. The direction is set by turning the disc ring. For drying or de-icing of the front or rear window the air flow must be directed to the windows. Heating The heat exchanger for the heating is connected to the engine cooling circuit. After the ventilation fan [330] is switched on, the air flow which passed through the heat exchanger is guided into the cabin. The heating temperature [347] can be set variably. Ventilation If the switch [347] is set to min. (left stop), the system runs in ventilation operation. Three ventilation steps [330] ensure an optimal air circulation in the cabin. Cooling If the machine is equipped with an air conditioning, the air flow for cabin aerating can be cooled down at high outside temperatures. Doors and windows should be closed in order to obtain a fast cooling of the cabin if the air conditioning is turned on. This obtains a further cooling of already cooled inside air. Switching on and off is activated at the switch [361], the temperature regulation at the switch [347]. Switch on air conditioning at least 1 per month (even in winter) for ca. 15 minutes. 720-16

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

105

Operation *Asphalt thermometer

3.13

*Asphalt thermometer Only if equipped with such a thermometer are data about asphalt temperatures displayed on the indicators. General Asphalt can only be compacted in a special temperature range. Depending on the asphalt composition, different temperature limits apply for compaction. The upper (TEMP_HI) and lower (TEMP_LO) limits are determined on site and saved in the system memory. Since the asphalt cools down continually, the driver has to pay attention to the temperature of the lower drum. If the machine reaches the temperature limit, this limit (HI or LO) is displayed in addition to the asphalt temperature.

Asphalt temperature control unit CHECK

375

101 113

313

15610

[101] Display system info

[*113] Display asphalt temperature

[313] Switch for limit adjustment

[375] Switch system info

Adjusting limit 1. Set the switch [375] to TEMP_HI or TEMP_LO in the indicator [101]. 2. Determine the limit with switch [313] in the indicator [113]. If the indicator [113] is to display only the current temperature, the upper limit must be set to 255 °C (491 °F) and the lower limit to 5 °C (41 °F). 746-00

106

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Maintenance General maintenance instructions

MAINTENANCE When working at the machine please always adhere to the instructions given in your Safety instructions! 000-01

4.00

General maintenance instructions This machine requires care and maintenance like any other technical device. The extent and the frequency of the maintenance work depends essentially of the operating and deployment conditions, which are very different in many cases. In case of more difficult operating conditions, the machine must have maintenance in shorter intervals as scheduled for normal operation. The maintenance intervals are determined according to the running time of the operation hours counter; for this, additional maintenance work has to be performed during the running-in time according to the running-in regulations. The works necessary for care and the conservation of the operational safety of the machine are listed in the following sections. The running-in regulations, the servicing intervals and the care measures for the diesel engine can be found in the operating manual of the engine manufacturer and must be observed. 800-06

4.00.01

Operation monitoring Air filter The operability of the air filter cartridge and the safety cartridge is monitored by an electric contamination indicator. Only if the pilot light [203] flashes, must the air filter cartridge or the safety filter cartridge be replaced. 810-16

Pressure filter hydraulics The pressure filters for the hydraulic system are monitored by an electrical contamination display. Only if the pilot light [214] flashes, must the filter insert of the hydraulic filters be replaced prematurely. A prematurely contaminated filter can be a first hint for a damage in the hydraulic system. 819-05

Preliminary fuel filter According to the water content in the fuel, more or less water precipitates in the drain housing of the fuel pre-filter. If the pilot light [227] flashes, the water sump must be drained. 837-17

Coolant of diesel engine The coolant level in the diesel engine's cooling system is monitored electrically. If the pilot light [206] flashes, the coolant level in the cooling system must be checked. 815-07

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

107

Maintenance General maintenance instructions

4.00.02

Maintenance overview Engine maintenance: see Operating manual for engine (

Every 10 operating hours

10 h

Checking the function of the parking brake

see page 115 sqq.

Checking the EMERGENCY STOP function when machine at standstill

see page 115 sqq.

Checking filling level hydraulic oil

see page 130 sqq.

Cleaning the spay nozzles

see page 139 sqq.

Checking the air pressure in the tyres

see page 133

Checking filling level motor oil

Every 250 operating hours

108

Checking coolant level

see page 120 sqq.

Checking and cleaning air filter / dust valve

see page 120 sqq.

Cleaning the filter for sprinkling

see page 139 sqq.

Draining water separator

see page 120 sqq.

Checking the scrapers

see page 133 sqq.

Checking vibrator oil filling level

see page 141 sqq.

Lubricating the pivoted bearing

see page 137

250 h

Lubricating the steering cylinder bolt

see page 137 sqq.

Lubricating the rotary connection of the roller drum

see page 141 sqq.

Checking the radiator

see page 120 sqq.

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Maintenance General maintenance instructions

Every 500 operating hours

500 h

Replacing fresh air filter of the operator's cabin

see page 118 sqq.

Replacing filter insert of pressure filter for hydraulic system

see page 130 sqq.

Checking the damping elements

see page 141 sqq.

Checking V-belt tension Checking the wheel nuts / wheel bolts for tightness

see page 133 sqq.

Changing engine oil Exchanging lubrication oil filter of diesel engine Replacing filter cartridge for the fuel filter

Every 2000 operating hours

Changing the filter cartridge for the fuel pre-filter

see page 120 sqq.

Changing the filter insert of the dirt and water separator

see page 120 sqq.

Checking the EMERGENCY STOP function when machine is driving

see page 115 sqq.

Cleaning the water sprinkling unit

see page 139 sqq.

Changing vibrator oil

see page 141 sqq.

Replacing the hydraulic oil

see page 130 sqq.

2000 h

Replacing v belt

4.00.03

Replacing the toothed belt

see page 141 sqq.

Changing the coolant

see page 120 sqq.

Replacing the air filter cartridge Changing the safety cartridge

see page 120 sqq.

Replacing ventilation filter of hydraulic oil tank

see page 130 sqq.

Running-in regulations

After 50 operating hours Maintenance of the tyre mounting 1. Check the wheel nuts for tightness. 803-20

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

109

Maintenance General maintenance instructions

4.00.04

Required maintenance parts

HD+ 90, HD+ 110 all types (TCD 2012 L04 2V) H1850001 →

Quantity

first time after 50

Maintenance part

Servicing intervals in operating hours once every 250

once every 500

once every 1000

once every 2000

11.5 l

Engine oil

40.0 l

Hydraulic oil

16.0 l

Coolant

6.5 l

Vibrator oil (only with undivided roller drum and vibration)

V-belt

Generator

V-belt

Coolant pump

Air filter cartridge

Safety cartridge

Filter cartridge

Lubricating oil

Filter cartridge

Fuel

Filter cartridge

Preliminary fuel filter

Filter insert

Dirt and water separator

Seal

Valve cover

Filter insert

Hydraulic system

Ventilation filter

Oil tank

Filter insert

Water filter

Dryer

Air conditioning

Filter insert

Operator's cabin

Damping elements for the drum suspension

Toothed belt

Concentrated separating compound for additive sprinkling (smooth tyres)

each roller drum

D D

D D D D A (option)

D D A

Oscillation drive

A = check, replace if necessary, D = replace 1

All required maintenance parts for the corresponding maintenance intervals

2140973

2140976

All necessary maintenance parts for the corresponding maintenance interval are arranged in a service kit. You find the current order numbers for individual service kits in the WIRTGEN GROUP document Parts and more.

110

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Maintenance General maintenance instructions

4.00.05

Important information about maintenance works General Specialist knowledge is necessary for the execution of some inspection and maintenance works; these cannot be given in the scope of these operating instructions. We recommend to have these works performed by trained specialised staff. 800-07

Safety The following safety instructions apply for all maintenance works.

WARNING! Unintentional movement! Risk of injury due to unintentional movement during maintenance works. Carry out maintenance work only when the engine is stopped. Put machine on a safe surface (even, capable of bearing, horizontal). Keep away from batters. Secure machine against rolling away. 002-37

WARNING! Inadmissable engine start! Risk of injury due to starting engine during maintenance works. Prior to maintenance works fasten a warning label on the operator platform. Prior to maintenance work, pull off the key from the battery isolating switch (if applicable). If no battery isolating switch exist, remove the ground strap from the battery. 002-08

WARNING! Uncovered, rotating parts! Risk of injury due to rotating parts. Only open the engine hood or engine room doors when the engine is at a standstill. 002-09

WARNING! Hot surface, hot fluids! Risk of burns due to hot surfaces and fluids. Prior to maintenance works, allow machine to cool down to a temperature under 30 °C (86 °F) . Do not touch hot machine parts. Check filling levels only when machine is cooled down. 002-10

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

111

Maintenance General maintenance instructions

WARNING! Explosion, acid! Risk of injury due to moving parts and caustic acids. Do not put any tools on the battery. 002-11

WARNING! Fluids under pressure! Risk of injury due to fluids spurting out under pressure. Carry out maintenance works only with depressurized hydraulic systems. Park the machine on level ground and secure against rolling away. Put lifted machines on the ground. Wait at least 1 minute after you switched off the motor until the pressure is relieved. 002-12

WARNING! Electrical voltage! Risk of injury due to electric shock. Prior to maintenance work, pull off the key from the battery isolating switch (if applicable). If no battery isolating switch exist, remove the ground strap from the battery. 002-13 800-09

112

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Maintenance General maintenance instructions

4.00.06

Safety strut Applying safety strut

A/B

15284

1. Open bolt retainer [A] and remove together with the bolt [B]. 2. Turn coupling bar [C] to the opposed locking device and secure with the bolt [B]. 3. Mount the bolt retainer [A] on the bolt [B] and lock the retainer. 800-11

Releasing safety strut

A/B

15308

1. Open bolt retainer [A] and remove together with the bolt [B]. 2. Turn coupling bar [C] to the frame and fasten it with the bolt [B] on the frame. 3. Mount the bolt retainer [A] on the bolt [B] and lock the retainer. 800-12

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

113

Maintenance General maintenance instructions

4.00.07

Welding works on the machine Preparation

Observe the operating manual of the diesel engine. In order to protect electronic components as e. g. central processing unit, monitor unit, sensors, relays etc., all connectors must be pulled out prior to welding work. The negative terminal of the welding appliance must be applied in the vicinity of the weld directly on the component to be welded. Pay attention that it has good contact and remove insulating colour coats. If possible, keep welding leads away from the leads of the machine (induction). If not possible, the welding leads must cross the machine leads. Touch with live electrodes only the welds. Other components may be damaged if coming in contact with the electrodes. Prior to welding works remove components which may get damaged by heat or welding work. Ensure that there are no inlfammable or combustible materials / gases (e.g. fuel, oil, etc.) can get into the vicinity of the welds. 885-00

Procedure 1. Switch off diesel engine and remove ignition key. 2. Disconnect battery, first negative then positive terminal. 3. Connect negative terminal of the welding appliance in the vicinity of the weld. 4. Pay attention to the components in the vicinity of the weld. 5. Reconnect all connection plugs after welding. 885-01

114

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Maintenance Chassis / safety features

4.01

Chassis / safety features

4.01.01

General

Adhere to the following instructions:

Check operating and safety instructions on the machine. Replace damaged or non-legible signs. Ensure that hinges and links move easily and lubricate lightly. Check the warning devices (signal horn, reflectors, back-up alarm, blinkers and warning flashers). Check lighting. Check heavily loaded screw connections for being properly tightened e.g. pivoted links, roller drum suspensions, drum drives. 883-00

4.01.02

Checking the function of the parking brake WARNING! Uncontrolled driving behaviour! Risk of fatal injury due to the machine's own driving movements. Ensure that there are no persons or objects in the danger zone of the machine. Do not check functioning in case there is not enough space. 002-26

357

353

310

501

15611

Only inspect the parking brake when engine at standstill.

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

115

Maintenance Chassis / safety features

Function test 1. Start the diesel engine [310]. 2. Set the final speed [357] to 2 km/h (1.2 mph). 3. Keep the switch [353] pushed. 4. Push the drive lever [501] shortly in forward direction. 5. Bring the drive lever [501] into central position again before releasing the switch [353]. The parking brake works properly if the switch [353] is pushed and the drive blocks. If the brake discs of the brakes are worn in a way that driving is possible even if the switch is pushed, the parking brake must be inspected or replaced. Operation of the machine is inadmissible! Call the customer service! 813-14

4.01.03

Checking the EMERGENCY STOP function WARNING! Full braking! Danger of injuries due to strong braking force. Activate EMERGENCY STOP only in the event of danger. Do not use the EMERGENCY STOP as operation brake. 002-03

302

15286

Function test when machine 1. Press EMERGENCY STOP [302] when machine is at standstill. at standstill (daily) The machine: Switches off the working functions. Shuts down the diesel engine. 813-20

116

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Maintenance Chassis / safety features

Function test when machine 1. Press EMERGENCY STOP [302] with low speed 0.5 km/h (0.3 mph). is driving (annually) The machine: Stops immediately. Switches off the working functions. Shuts down the diesel engine. 813-15

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

117

Maintenance Control stand

4.02

Control stand

4.02.01

*Air conditioning WARNING! Fluids under pressure! Risk of injury due to fluids spurting out under pressure. Perform maintenance works only of the air conditioning is not under pressure and empty. Wear your safety equippment. 002-27

WARNING! Refrigerating agent harmful to health! Risk of injury due to frostbite and harmful vapours. Do not touch air conditioning components. Do not opern the pipe system of the air conditioning. 002-28

If the machine is equipped with an air conditioning, it must be maintained according to the manufacturer's instructions. Only trained, specialised staff with the corresponding workshop equipment is allowed to perform these works. 886-00

118

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Maintenance Control stand

4.02.02

Replacing fresh air filter of the operator's cabin Replace the filter depending on the dusty conditions.

10208

1. Switch off diesel engine and remove ignition key. 2. Loosen screws [A] and remove with the cover [B]. 3. Remove filter element [C] from the ventilation system and replace with new ones. 4. Mount cover [B] and tighten screws [A]. 887-00

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

119

Maintenance Drive unit - diesel engine

4.04

Drive unit - diesel engine

4.04.01

General WARNING! Fuel under high pressure! Risk of injury due to fluids spurting out under pressure. Fluids spurting out under pressure may get on your skin or eyes. Carry out maintenance works only with depressurized fuel systems. Wait 1 minute after you switched off the diesel engine and the pressure is relieved. Special knowledge is necessary for works on the high pressure lines of the injection system. Therefore only trained specialist personnel are to carry out these works. Wear your personal protective equipment (e.g. safety glasses, protective suit) during test run of the diesel engine. 002-47

WARNING! Inflamable fuel! Risk of injury due to fire and explosion. Do not smoke. No open fire. Do not breathe in fuel vapours. Catch spilling fuel or water sump, do not allow to seep away into the ground! 002-29

NOTICE Damage to engine due to soiling! Soiling in the fuel system damages the engine. Prior to work on the fuel system: Clean components and their vicinity thoroughly (e.g. with high pressure washer). Ensure no soiling or dust enters the fuel system (cover soiled areas with plastic film). Dry cleaned, wet areas with compressed air. 004-08

The fuel system must be deaerated after all works on the open fuel system or after the tank has run out of fuel. Performing a test run check fuel system for leaks. 000-08

120

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Maintenance Drive unit - diesel engine

Adhere to running-in regulations, servicing intervals and care measures for diesel engine as specified in the operating manual of the engine manufacturer. 800-08

4.04.02

Maintenance points at the engine for engine oil change For engine maintenance see operating manual for diesel engine!

15250

[A]

Oil dip stick

[C]

Oil drain screw

[B]

Oil filler

only admissible if containing this marking (see page # Lubricant 145 sqq.). 872-01

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

121

Maintenance Drive unit - diesel engine

4.04.03

Changing the filter cartridge for the fuel pre-filter WARNING! Inflamable fuel! Risk of injury due to fire and explosion. Do not smoke. No open fire. Do not breathe in fuel vapours. Catch spilling fuel or water sump, do not allow to seep away into the ground! 002-29

D C

B A 15299

Replacing filter cartridge 1. Switch off diesel engine and remove ignition key. 2. Allow machine to cool down to a temperature under 30 °C (86 °F) . 3. Open the drain valve [A] (screw conical nipple into housing). 4. Open the vent screw [D]. 5. Drain the fuel and the water sump from the filter. 6. Unscrew filter cartridge [C]. 7. Unscrew the drain housing [B] from the filter cartridge and clean it. 8. Remove contamination from drain valve [A] (check function). 9. Screw the drain housing [B] with a new gasket ring to the filter cartridge [C] and tighten by hand. Close drain valve [A] (unscrew the tightening cone from the housing until the stop). 10.Apply a thin coat of oil to the rubber seal and screw the new filter cartridge [C] to the filter head until the seal makes contact. Tighten the filter cartridge by hand further by half a turn. 11. Fill the filter with fuel using the hand pump [E] until fuel comes from the purge bore. 12.Screw in and tighten the vent screw [D]. 13.Open the vent screws [F] at the fuel filter cartridges [G]. 14.Actuate the hand pump further until fuel comes out of the purge bores. 15.Screw in and tighten the vent screw [F]. 16.Continue to actuate the hand pump until there is a notable resistance at the actuation button.

122

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Maintenance Drive unit - diesel engine

17.Check for tightness after assembly. Purging of the fuel system is performed by starting the Diesel engine. For this, several starting attempts may be necessary. The starting process may last 20 seconds as a maximum; otherwise, the starter winding will be overheated and destroyed. There must be pauses of a minimum of 1 minute between the individual starting processes in order to allow the starter to cool down. The fuel pre-filter must be drained at the drain valve [A] from time to time depending on the water content in the fuel. If the pilot light [227] flashes, the water sump must be drained immediately in order to avoid damage on the diesel engine. 837-18

4.04.04

*Draining water separator WARNING! Inflamable fuel! Risk of injury due to fire and explosion. Do not smoke. No open fire. Do not breathe in fuel vapours. Catch spilling fuel or water sump, do not allow to seep away into the ground! 002-29

A 1 15687

General To avoid damage to the diesel engine, the water separator must be drained at the drain valve [A] depending on the water content in the fuel. If the fuel has a high water content, the water separator must be drained more often. If the pilot light [227] flashes, the water sump must be drained immediately in order to avoid damage on the diesel engine. Draining water sump 1. Open drain valve [A]. 2. Allow water sump to drain off. 3. Close drain valve. 897-01

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

123

Maintenance Drive unit - diesel engine

4.04.05

*Changing the filter insert of the dirt and water separator WARNING! Inflamable fuel! Risk of injury due to fire and explosion. Do not smoke. No open fire. Do not breathe in fuel vapours. Catch spilling fuel or water sump, do not allow to seep away into the ground! 002-29

D B

C 2

A 1

15688

Changing filter insert 1. Switch off diesel engine and remove ignition key. 2. Allow machine to cool down under a temperature of 30 °C (86 °F). 3. Close the fuel shutoff valve if existing (only if the fuel tank is installed in high position). 4. Open drain valve [A]. 5. Open the vent screw [D]. 6. Drain the fuel and the water sump from the filter. 7. Loosen 4 screws [b] and remove (screws are spring-loaded at the beginning). 8. Removing cover [C] 9. Remove internal spring cage. 10.Pull the filter insert out of the housing and replace with a new one. 11. Mount the spring cage and the lid [C] (tighten screws [B] diagonally). 12.Close drain valve [A]. 13.Open the fuel stop cock if existing (only if the fuel tank is installed in high position). 14.Fill the water separator with fuel using the manual pump [E] on the fuel prefilter until fuel comes from the purge bore [D]. 15.Screw in and tighten the vent screw [D]. 16.Continue to actuate the manual pump until there is a notable resistance at the actuation button. 17.Check for tightness after assembly.

124

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Maintenance Drive unit - diesel engine

Purging of the fuel system is performed by starting the diesel engine. For this purpose, several starting attempts may be necessary. The starting process may last 20 seconds as a maximum; otherwise, the starter winding will be overheated and destroyed. There must be pauses of at least 1 minute between the individual starting processes in order to allow the starter to cool down. 882-00

4.04.06

Checking and cleaning dust discharge valve

A 15309

Prior to start of work check whether the opening of the dust discharge valve [A] is clogged with moist dirt deposits. 1. Switch off diesel engine and remove ignition key. 2. Squeeze the dust discharge valve [A] and clean the discharge slot. 810-18

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

125

Maintenance Drive unit - diesel engine

4.04.07

Checking and replacing the air filter WARNING! Exposed, rotating parts! Risk of injury due to rotating parts. Start the diesel engine only with closed engine hood resp. closed engine room doors. Ensure that there are no persons or objects in the danger zone of the machine. 002-30

The operability control of the air filter cartridge and the safety cartridge must be performed with the diesel engine running. 1. Start the diesel engine. If the pilot light [203] does not light up, both filter cartridges are still completely operable. If the pilot light flashes, the air filter cartridge [B] resp. the safety cartridge [A] must be replaced.

A B C D 15084

Replacing the air filter 1. Switch off diesel engine and remove ignition key. cartridge 2. Allow machine to cool down under a temperature of 30 °C (86 °F). 3. Pull out lock [C]. 4. Turn the dust container [D] anti-clockwise (appr. 10°) and remove it. 5. Clean the inside of the dust collectors. 6. Replace the air filter cartridge [B]. 7. Re-assemble in reverse order. The operability check for the safety filter cartridge [A] is performed together with the replacement of the air filter cartridge [B]. For that purpose the diesel engine is started with open filter housing and newly inserted air filter cartridge. If the pilot light [203] does not light up during this process, the safety filter cartridge is still completely operable. If the pilot light flashes, the safety filter cartridge must be replaced. 810-17

126

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Maintenance Drive unit - diesel engine

4.04.08

Changing the safety cartridge Change the safety filter cartridge in the following intervals: After having changed the air filter cartridge five times. After 2000 operating hours at the latest. If the pilot light [203] does not go out after having changed the air filter cartridge. If the air filter cartridge is defective.

A B

15087

Changing the safety cartridge 1. Switch off diesel engine and remove ignition key. 2. Allow machine to cool down under a temperature of 30 °C (86 °F). 3. Remove the air filter cartridge [B]. 4. Pull out safety filter cartridge [A]. 5. Insert a new safety filter cartridge. 6. Insert the air filter cartridge [B]. The safety filter cartridge may only be taken from the housing for replacement purposes. The safety cartridge must not be cleaned. The diesel engine must not be operated without air filter cartridge and safety filter cartridge. 861-04

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

127

Maintenance Drive unit - diesel engine

4.04.09

Checking the radiator

10175

1. Switch off diesel engine and remove ignition key. 2. Allow machine to cool down under a temperature of 30 °C (86 °F). 3. Check the cooling fins of the radiator for contamination. If the cooling unit is contaminated it must be cleaned thoroughly and immediately. 4. Clean the radiator carefully with a high-pressure cleaner. 824-04

4.04.10

Checking coolant level

15300

1. Switch off diesel engine and remove ignition key. 2. Only check the coolant level when the engine is cold. 3. Correct coolant level: Min. mark [B] at the compensator tank. Do not exceed this level! 4. In case of a lack of coolant, only fill up coolant in the specified concentration through filling opening [A] at the compensator tank. 5. In case of bigger coolant losses, find out and eliminate the cause. only admissible if containing this marking (see page & Lubricant 145 sqq.). 815-06

128

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Maintenance Drive unit - diesel engine

4.04.11

Changing the coolant WARNING! Hot surface, hot fluids! Risk of burns due to hot surfaces and fluids. Prior to maintenance works, allow machine to cool down to a temperature under 30 °C (86 °F) . Do not touch hot machine parts. Check filling levels only when machine is cooled down. Never open the sealing cap of the compensator tank when the engine is hot. 002-31

15301

1. Switch off diesel engine and remove ignition key. 2. Open the sealing cap [A] at the compensator tank. 3. Remove the lower coolant hose [B] from the radiator and drain the coolant in a provided receptacle. 4. Drain the engine block at the drain plug [C] according to the engine operating manual. 5. Screw in again and tighten drain plug [C] and install coolant hose [B] to the radiator adaptor. 6. Set the temperature regulator for the cabin heating to maximum temperature. 7. Top up coolant up to the max. mark of the compensation tank. 8. Close the filling opening with the sealing cap [A]. 9. Start the diesel engine and bring it to operating temperature (thermostat opens). 10.Switch off diesel engine and remove ignition key. 11. Check coolant level when the motor is cold, fill up as necessary. 12.Correct coolant level: Between the Min. and Max. mark at the compensation tank. only admissible if containing this marking (see page & Lubricant 145 sqq.). 866-09

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

129

Maintenance Hydraulic oil supply

4.05

Hydraulic oil supply

4.05.01

General Check all lines, hoses and screwed connections regularly (at least 1x yearly) for leaks and visible damage. Damaged parts must be replaced immediately. Further operation is inadmissible. Oil spurting out can lead to injuries and fire. Avoid subsequent damage! After a damage to the hydraulic system, with a foreign object having entered the oil circuit, the entire hydraulic system must be cleaned. This work may only be performed by trained specialised personnel! Call the customer service! After that, replace all suction filters, return filters or pressure filters in the hydraulic system after 50 and after 125 operating hours. 888-00

4.05.02

Checking filling level hydraulic oil

15287

1. Switch off diesel engine and remove ignition key. 2. check only is the engine is cooled down, approx. 20 °C (68 °F). 3. Correct oil level: Centre of inspection glass [A]. Do not exceed this level! 4. If the oil level is too low, fill in appropriate oil through filling aperture [B]. 5. In case of bigger oil losses, find out and eliminate the cause. only admissible if containing this marking (see page $ Lubricant 145 sqq.). 811-03

130

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Maintenance Hydraulic oil supply

4.05.03

Changing hydraulic oil and ventilation filter WARNING! Hot surface, hot fluids! Risk of burns due to hot surfaces and fluids. Prior to maintenance works, allow machine to cool down to a temperature under 30 °C (86 °F) . Do not touch hot machine parts. Check filling levels only when machine is cooled down. 002-10

15302

1. Switch off diesel engine and remove ignition key. 2. Allow machine to cool down under a temperature of 30 °C (86 °F). 3. Unscrew oil drain screw [C] down on the oil tank and let the used oil drain into a provided receptacle. 4. Remove ventilation filter [B] and replace by a new one. 5. Screw in oil drain screw [C] and tighten. 6. Fill in specified oil through filling opening [B] to the centre of the inspection glass [A]. 7. Start the diesel engine, actuate drive lever [501] with low engine speed until the drive activates, furthermore actuate the steering. Pipes and hoses are filled with oil and purged. 8. Check the oil level of the diesel engine with the engine at a standstill. If necessary fill up to the centre of the inspection glass [A]. 9. Check the hydraulic system for leaks. only admissible if containing this marking (see page $ Lubricant 145 sqq.). 860-10

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

131

Maintenance Hydraulic oil supply

4.05.04

Replacing filter insert of pressure filter for hydraulic system WARNING! Hot surface, hot fluids! Risk of burns due to hot surfaces and fluids. Prior to maintenance works, allow machine to cool down to a temperature under 30 °C (86 °F) . Do not touch hot machine parts. 002-32

09990

Perform following maintenance work on 2 filters: 1. Switch off diesel engine and remove ignition key. 2. Allow machine to cool down to a temperature under 30 °C (86 °F) . 3. Unscrew the cup-shaped housing [A]. 4. Pull the filter insert [B] from the filter head and replace with a new one. 5. Clean the inside of the cup-shaped housing, screw it back to the filter head and tighten. 836-05

132

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Maintenance Drive

4.08

Drive

4.08.01

Checking the roller drum scraper General Only correctly adjusted scrapers ensure a clean roller drum surface. Check the condition of the scrapers. Replace worn scrapers in good time. 825-15

536

10229

If the scrapers are worn to such an extend that the scrapers in CENTRE position do not rub against the roller drum, the basic settings must be defined anew. Additionally, the scraper must be readjusted at the clamp connection [D]. Basic setting of scraper 1. Switch off diesel engine and remove ignition key. 2. Turn distance screw with stop lever [536] to CENTRE position. 3. Loosen lock nut [B] (2x) and bring scrapers in contact with roller drums by means of the distance screw [C]. 4. Tighten the lock nut [B]. Readjusting the scraper 1. Switch off diesel engine and remove ignition key. 2. Turn distance screw with stop lever [536] to CENTRE position. 3. Loosen lock nut [B] (2x) and remove scrappers from the roller drums by means of the distance screw [C]. 4. Loosen clamping connection [D] (2x). 5. Push scraper [A] to the roller drum. 6. Tighten clamp connection [D]. Bring the scrapers in contact to the roller drum with the distance screw. 7. Tighten the lock nut [B]. 825-13

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

133

Maintenance Drive

4.08.02

Checking scraper tyre General Only with scrapers that are properly adjusted you will achieve a clean tyre surface. Check the condition of the scrapers. Replace worn scrapers in good time. 825-16

Version: tyres

I 0

536

15414

If the scrapers are worn to such an extend that the adjusting nut [C] is in contact with the scrapers on the fixing device [B], the basic setting must be defined anew. Additionally, the scraper can be readjusted at the clamp connection [D]. Basic setting of scraper 1. Switch off diesel engine and remove ignition key. 2. Turn stop lever [536] to position 0. 3. Establish a clearance of 10 mm between the tyres and the scraper by means of the adjusting nut [C]. Readjusting the scraper 1. Switch off diesel engine and remove ignition key. 2. Turn stop lever [536] to position 0. 3. Loosen clamping connection [D] (2x). 4. Push scraper [A] to the tyres. 5. Tighten clamp connection [D]. After maintenance works the basic settings must be defined anew. 825-17

134

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Maintenance Drive

4.08.03

Checking the wheel nuts / wheel bolts for tightness

15488

1. Switch off diesel engine and remove ignition key. 2. Tighten the wheel nuts / wheel bolts crosswise. For starting torque see Technical data (see page 150 sqq.). 879-00

4.08.09

Checking the air pressure in the tyres WARNING! Explosion, fluids under pressure! Risk of injury due to flying parts and fluids spurting out under pressure. Change damaged tyres. When filling, do not exceed the values of the specified air pressure. Use only suitable filling devices with a pressure indicator. Fill tyres with water filling only in UPSIDE valve position. When filling the tyres, be always next to the tyre, not in front of it. 002-43

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

15570

135

Maintenance Drive

Visually inspect the tyre pressure daily. In case of visible air deficiency fill the tyres with suitable filling devices to the specified air pressure. 1. Switch off diesel engine and remove ignition key. 2. Fasten filling hose to the valve [A] and fill the tyre till it reaches the specified air pressure (air pressure see page 150 sqq.). 898-00

4.08.10

Changing the tyres Preparation

Only persons familiar with changing tyres and aware of dangers are allowed to change the tyres. Put machine on a safe surface (even, capable of bearing, horizontal). Lift the machine only with suitable lifting equipment at the specified lifting points considering the weights (see page 150 sqq.). When jacking up the machine, use only stable liners capable of bearing (e.g. squared timber of sufficient size) Observe the weight of the tyres (see page 150 sqq.). Install if possible with two persons.

Dismantling 1. Switch off diesel engine and remove ignition key. 2. Lift the machine until the tyres are clear from the ground. 3. Put machine on the machine frame on liners capable of bearing (tyres may not be in contact with the ground). 4. Unscrew wheel nuts. 5. Remove the circlips. 6. Remove the wheels from the wheel hub. Installation 1. Put the wheels on the wheel hub (tyre bolts must align with the fixing holes). 2. Put the circlip on the tyre bolt. 3. Screw the wheel nut on the tyre bolt and tighten with the starting torque (see page 150 sqq.). 4. Lift the machine and remove the liners. 896-00

136

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Maintenance Steering system

4.09

Steering system

4.09.01

General Any work in the danger zone of the articulated steering may only be performed with the engine at a standstill and with the electrical system switched off! Furthermore, the safety strut must be latched. 889-00

4.09.02

Lubricating the pivoted bearing WARNING! Uncontrolled movements! Risk of fatal injury due to unintentional rolling away of the machine. Secure machine against rolling away. Prior to maintenance works, apply the safety strut in the hazard area. 002-33

10170

1. Switch off diesel engine and remove ignition key. 2. Lubricate lubrication nipple [A]. only admissible if containing this marking (see page " Lubricant 145 sqq.). 820-04

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

137

Maintenance Steering system

4.09.03

Lubricating the steering cylinder bolt WARNING! Uncontrolled movements! Risk of fatal injury due to unintentional rolling away of the machine. Secure machine against rolling away. Prior to maintenance works, apply the safety strut in the hazard area. 002-33

10171

1. Switch off diesel engine and remove ignition key. 2. Lubricate lubrication nipple [A] (2 nipples). only admissible if containing this marking (see page " Lubricant 145 sqq.). 821-04

138

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Maintenance Sprinkling

4.12

Sprinkling

4.12.01

General A high-volume, rustproof water filter, arranged upstream the water pump, prevents a premature contamination of pump, lines and spraying nozzles, thus ensuring a trouble-free operation. Its maintenance depends on the purity of the water used. Use clean water only! 890-00

4.12.02

Cleaning the water sprinkling unit

15281

1. Switch off diesel engine and remove ignition key. 2. Remove a sealing cap [B] per sprinkler pipe [A] (observe internal gasket ring). 3. Remove the valve insert [D] with the membrane as well as the sprinkler nozzles [C] with filter from the sprinkler nozzle housing. 4. Unscrew filter head [E] at the water tank and remove it together with the pressure spring (observe gasket ring on filter head). 5. Pull the filter insert from the water tank. 6. Clean water tank thoroughly with pressure washer (if available) or water jet. 7. Flush the sprinkler nozzle housings and the hoses. Re-assemble in reverse order. 865-10

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

139

Maintenance Sprinkling

4.12.03

Cleaning the filter for sprinkling

10163

1. Switch off diesel engine and remove ignition key. 2. Unscrew filter head [E] at the water tank and remove it together with the pressure spring (observe gasket ring on filter head). 3. Clean filter insert with pressure spring. Re-assemble in reverse order. 816-04

4.12.04

Cleaning the spay nozzles

D E

F G 05316

1. Switch off diesel engine and remove ignition key. 2. Loosen the cap nut [G] and remove it together with sprinkler nozzle [F] and filter [E]. 3. Remove the filter and the sprinkler nozzle from the cap nut and clean them. 4. Unscrew the cap nut [A]. 5. Remove valve insert [B] and membrane [C]. 6. Flush the housing [D] with the sprinkling system switched on. Re-assemble in reverse order. 871-02

140

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Maintenance Vibration / oscillation

4.26

Vibration / oscillation

4.26.01

General Prior to maintenance works clean roller drums thoroughly.

4.26.02

Checking vibrator oil filling level C

15416

only with undivided roller drum and vibration

Drive the machine slowly until the mark [A] is exactly perpendicular below the axle. 1. Switch off diesel engine and remove ignition key. 2. Allow machine to cool down under a temperature of 30 °C (86 °F). 3. Correct oil level: Centre of inspection glass [B]. 4. If the oil level is insufficient, fill in oil through the filler bore [C].

% Only lubricant with this sign allowed (see page 145 sqq.). 814-06

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

141

Maintenance Vibration / oscillation

4.26.03

Changing vibrator oil C

15417

only with undivided roller drum and vibration

Drive the machine slowly until the mark [A] is exactly perpendicular below the axle. 1. Switch off diesel engine and remove ignition key. 2. Allow machine to cool down under a temperature of 30 °C (86 °F). 3. Remove filling screw [C] for pressure equalization purposes. 4. Screw out oil drain screw [D] and let the used oil drain into a provided receptacle. 5. Screw in and tighten the oil drain screw [D] with gasket ring. 6. Fill in the specified oil type through the filler bore [C]. Correct oil level: Centre of inspection glass [B]. 7. Screw in and tighten the filling screw [C] with gasket ring.

% Only lubricant with this sign allowed (see page 145 sqq.). 838-07

142

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Maintenance Vibration / oscillation

4.26.04

Checking the damping elements

15260

1. Switch off diesel engine and remove ignition key. 2. Check the damping elements [A] of the roller drum suspension for cracks. Replace damaged damping elements by new ones. 880-01

4.26.05

Changing the toothed belt for the oscillation drive

15418

Only for roller drum with oscillation

In order to avoid longer downtimes of the machine, we recommend to replace the toothed belts for the oscillation drive after 2,000 operating hours. This work may only be carried out by trained personnel. Call the customer service! 873-02

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

143

Maintenance Vibration / oscillation

4.26.06

Lubricating the rotary connection of the roller drum

15419

only with divided roller drum and vibration

Drive slowly until the machine's lubrication nipple are accessible. 1. Switch off diesel engine and remove ignition key. 2. Lubricate lubrication nipple [A] (4 nipples).

" Only lubricant with this sign allowed (see page 145 sqq.). 823-01

144

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Tables Technical data

TABLES When working at the machine please always adhere to the instructions given in your Safety instructions! 000-01

5.00

Technical data

5.00.01

Lubrication indications

Viscosity - temperature range

SAE 20W-50

SAE 15W-40

SAE 10W-40

SAE 10W-30

SAE 5W-40

SAE 5W-30

SAE 0W-40

30 25 20 15 10 5 0 °C -5 -10 -15 -20 -25 -30

SAE 0W-30

The viscosity of lubricant oil changes with the temperature. The ambient temperature at the place of utilisation determines the selection of the viscosity class (SAE class). The following chart applies only for engine oil.

02452

[A]

Pre-heating only

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

145

Tables Technical data

Lubrication indications Lubricant Engine oil The oil quality must correspond to the API / ACEA classification.

Quality

Viscosity

API: CG-4 or higher ACEA: E5-02 or higher

See chart

Hydraulic oil (mineral oil) The viscosity is determined in accordance with DIN standard 3448 (ISO-VG: viscosity grade).

HVLP

Hydraulic oil (biological hydraulic oil) Synthetic, saturated ester (ISO-VG: viscosity grade).

HEES

Identification

Conditions ISO VG 22 arctic ISO VG 32 winter ISO VG 46 summer ISO VG 68 tropical ISO VG 100 extreme heat

Special oil Only HAMM special oil is admissible. Gear oil with Limited Slip additions. The oil quality must meet the API classification.

API GL-5

SAE 85W-90

Coolant for engine, liquid-cooled (free of nitrite, amine and phosphate). Mixture: 40 % coolant concentrate, 60 % water. Lubricating grease Lithium-based multi-purpose grease with high-pressure additives. Temperature application range from -25 °C (-13 °F) to +120 °C (248 °F). See for order numbers and packing size WIRTGEN GROUP Document Parts and More. 804-02

5.00.02

Use of biologic hydraulic oil

The hydraulic system of the machine is generally filled with mineral oil in factory. All maintenance intervals given in these maintenance instructions are related to mineral oil. The use of biological hydraulic oil is admissible under the following circumstances: Only biological hydraulic oil on the basis of special synthetic saturated complex esters may be used. The products used and recommended by HAMM can be taken from the lubricant indications (see page 145 sqq.). Other oils used must correspond to the specifications of the oil above mentioned. The neutralisation value (oil acid) may not exceed 2. Hydraulic oil replacement (biological hydraulic oil replaces mineral oil; mineral oil replaces biological hydraulic oil) may only be performed in accordance with special instructions. You can request for these instructions at HAMM Customer service. All filters in the oil circuit are to be replaced 50 operating hours after oil replacement. After that, the filter change intervals given in this instructions apply again. Used biological oil must be disposed at a reliable place of disposal, just like mineral oil. 801-01

146

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Tables Technical data

5.00.03

Coolant conditioning

For liquid-cooled diesel engines, special care must be taken for the conditioning and the inspection of the coolant; otherwise, corrosion, cavitation and freezing can cause damage on the diesel engine. The conditioning of the coolant is performed by adding a cooling system protection agent to the coolant. The cooling system requires constant monitoring. Apart from the control of the coolant level, this also implies the verification of the concentration of the cooling system protection agent. The concentration of the cooling system protection agent can be checked with commercially available test devices (e.g. gefo glycomat ®). The concentration of the cooling system protection agent in the coolant should not exceed or fall short of the following values: Cooling system protection agent

Water

max. 45 Vol. %

55 %

min. 35 Vol. %

65 %

The products used and recommended by HAMM (free from nitrites, amines and phosphates) can be taken from the lubricating instructions (see page 145 sqq.). The factory-filled coolant mixture consists of 40 % Cooling system protective agent and 60 % water. This guarantees freezing protection up to -25 °C (-13 °F). The cooling system protectiv agent can be purchased from HAMM customer service. 802-01

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

147

Tables Technical data

5.00.04

Fuel

Use only the diesel fuel commercially available which contains a sulphur content below 0,5 % . The engine oil replacement intervals specified here apply only for diesel fuel. Approved diesel fuel specifications are: DIN EN 590 ASTM D 975 Grade-No. 1-D and 2-D JIS K 2204 Grade 1 Fuel and Grade 2 Fuel, with lubricating properties corresponding to diesel fuel EN 590 (HFFR max. 460 micrometer in accordance with EN ISO 12156) In case other fuels are used that do not comply with the afore mentioned requirements, we do not accept any guarantee. With diesel fuels with a sulfur content over 0,5 % to 1,0 % or permanent ambient air temperatures below -10 °C (-14 °F) the change intervals of the motor oil need to be halved. The certification measurements to measure the compliance with statutory emission limits are carried out using the test fuels specified by law. These fuels comply with the diesel fuels specified in this operating manual according to EN 590 and ASTM D 975. For all other fuels specified in this operating manual we cannot guarantee any emission values. +32

+23

-5

+14

-10

-15

-4

-20

-13

-25

-22

-30

°F

°C

10 %

20 %

30 %

[A]

Exterior temperature

[B]

Admixture fraction petroleum

[C]

Summer diesel fuel

[D]

Winter diesel fuel

10209

Winter operation with diesel fuel With lower ambient temperatures paraffin precipitations may result in congestions of the fuel system and, thus, in malfunctions. Below an ambient temperature of 0 °C (32 °F) it is necessary to use winter diesel fuel (up to -20°C (-4 °F)) (gas stations provide them early enough prior to winter time). Below -20 °C (-4 °F) it is necessary to add petroleum. For the mixture ration required please see diagram. For arctic climate zones up to -44 °C (-47 °F) it is possible to use special diesel fuels. In case it is necessary to use summer diesel fuels below 0 °C (32 °F) , it is also possible to add petroleum up to 30 % as indicated in the diagram. Sufficient cold resistance may be achieved by adding flow improver. 715-01

148

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Tables Technical data

5.00.05

Starting torques

The starting torques indicated within the tables apply to nuts in accordance with DIN 934 and screws with headrest according to DIN 931 (frictional coefficient μtotal = 0.12) unless otherwise specified. Check screws and nuts regularly for tight seat, if necessary, retighten. Starting torques for regular type screw threads Starting torques MA (Nm)

Threads

8.8

10.9

12.9

2,7

4,0

4,7

5,5

8,1

9,5

16,5

M10

M12

117

135

M14

125

185

215

M16

195

280

330

M18

280

390

460

M20

390

560

650

M22

530

750

880

M24

670

960

1120

M27

1000

1400

1650

M30

1350

1900

2250

Starting torques for fine threads Threads

Starting torques MA (Nm) 8.8

10.9

12.9

M8x1

24,5

M10x1.25

M12x1.25

125

150

M12x1.5

122

145

M14x1.5

135

200

235

M16x1.5

205

300

360

M18x1.5

310

440

520

M20x1.5

430

620

720

M22x1.5

580

820

960

M24x2

730

1040

1220

M27x2

1070

1500

1800

M30x2

1490

2120

2480 892-00

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

149

Tables Technical data

5.01

Technical data

5.01.01

HD+ 90 VV

Description

Value

Units

Dimensions and weights Basic weight without cab

8490 kg

Operating weight with cabin

9380 kg

Axle load front / rear

4740 / 4640 kg

Working width / max. working width

1680 / 1850 mm

Turning radius inside / outside

5250 / 6930 mm

Diesel engine Manufacturer

Deutz

Type

TCD 2012 L04 2V

Number of cylinders

Power (ISO 14396) / rated speed Emission level

100,0 / 2300 kW / 1/min COM 3, EPA 3

Drive Speed working gear

0-6,0 / (0-3,7) km/h / (mph)

Speed transportation gear

0-12,0 / (0-7,4) km/h / (mph)

Climbing ability, vibration on / off

35 / 40 %

Max. longitudinal gradient allowed

30 °

Max. transverse gradient allowed

30 °

Vibration Vibration

front / back

Level 1: Frequency / speed

40 / 2400 Hz / 1/min

Level 1: Amplitude max.

0,62 mm

Level 2: Frequency / speed

50 / 3000 Hz / 1/min

Level 2: Amplitude max.

0,34 mm

Steering Steering angle to both sides

30 °

Oscillation upwards and downwards

10 °

Track offset Track offset to both sides

150

170 mm

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Tables Technical data

Description

Value

Units

Filling quantities Fuel

150,00 l

Engine oil (for oil change)

11,50 l

Coolant engine

16,00 l

Hydraulic oil

40,00 l

Sprinkling

834,00 l

Vibrator

(2x) 6,50 l 1,6 kg

Air conditioning (R134a) Noise data Guaranteed sound power level LWA

108 dB(A)

Measured noise level at operator platform with ROPS cabin

81 dB(A)

Measured noise level at operator platform with ROPS roll-over bar

90 dB(A)

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

151

Tables Technical data

5.01.02

HD+ 90 VV-HV

Description

Value

Units

Dimensions and weights Basic weight without cab

8490 kg

Operating weight with cabin

9380 kg

Axle load front / rear

4740 / 4640 kg

Working width / max. working width

1680 / 1850 mm

Turning radius inside / outside

5250 / 6930 mm

Diesel engine Manufacturer

Deutz

Type

TCD 2012 L04 2V

Number of cylinders

Power (ISO 14396) / rated speed Emission level

100,0 / 2300 kW / 1/min COM 3, EPA 3

Drive Speed working gear

0-6,0 / (0-3,7) km/h / (mph)

Speed transportation gear

0-12,0 / (0-7,4) km/h / (mph)

Climbing ability, vibration on / off

35 / 40 %

Max. longitudinal gradient allowed

30 °

Max. transverse gradient allowed

30 °

Vibration Vibration

front / back

Level 1: Frequency / speed

45 / 2700 Hz / 1/min

Level 1: Amplitude max.

0,53 mm

Level 2: Frequency / speed

67 / 4020 Hz / 1/min

Level 2: Amplitude max.

0,33 mm

Steering Steering angle to both sides

30 °

Oscillation upwards and downwards

10 °

Track offset Track offset to both sides

152

170 mm

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Tables Technical data

Description

Value

Units

Filling quantities Fuel

150,00 l

Engine oil (for oil change)

11,50 l

Coolant engine

16,00 l

Hydraulic oil

40,00 l

Sprinkling

834,00 l

Vibrator

(2x) 6,50 l 1,6 kg

Air conditioning (R134a) Noise data Guaranteed sound power level LWA

108 dB(A)

Measured noise level at operator platform with ROPS cabin

81 dB(A)

Measured noise level at operator platform with ROPS roll-over bar

90 dB(A)

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

153

Tables Technical data

5.01.03

HD+ 90 VO

Description

Value

Units

Dimensions and weights Basic weight without cab

8490 kg

Operating weight with cabin

9380 kg

Axle load front / rear

4740 / 4640 kg

Working width / max. working width

1680 / 1850 mm

Turning radius inside / outside

5250 / 6930 mm

Diesel engine Manufacturer

Deutz

Type

TCD 2012 L04 2V

Number of cylinders

Power (ISO 14396) / rated speed Emission level

100,0 / 2300 kW / 1/min COM 3, EPA 3

Drive Speed working gear

0-6,0 / (0-3,7) km/h / (mph)

Speed transportation gear

0-12,0 / (0-7,4) km/h / (mph)

Climbing ability, vibration on / off

35 / 40 %

Max. longitudinal gradient allowed

30 °

Max. transverse gradient allowed

30 °

Vibration Vibration

front

Level 1: Frequency / speed

40 / 2400 Hz / 1/min

Level 1: Amplitude max.

0,62 mm

Level 2: Frequency / speed

50 / 3000 Hz / 1/min

Level 2: Amplitude max.

0,34 mm

Oscillation Oscillation

rear

Frequency / speed

42 / 2520 Hz / 1/min

Tangential amplitude

1,44 mm

Steering Steering angle to both sides

30 °

Oscillation upwards and downwards

10 °

Track offset Track offset to both sides

154

170 mm

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Tables Technical data

Description

Value

Units

Filling quantities Fuel

150,00 l

Engine oil (for oil change)

11,50 l

Coolant engine

16,00 l

Hydraulic oil

40,00 l

Sprinkling

834,00 l

Vibrator

(1x) 6,50 l 1,6 kg

Air conditioning (R134a) Noise data Guaranteed sound power level LWA

108 dB(A)

Measured noise level at operator platform with ROPS cabin

81 dB(A)

Measured noise level at operator platform with ROPS roll-over bar

90 dB(A)

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

155

Tables Technical data

5.01.04

HD+ 90 VV-S

Description

Value

Units

Dimensions and weights Basic weight without cab

8970 kg

Operating weight with cabin

9860 kg

Axle load front / rear

4980 / 4880 kg

Working width / max. working width

1680 / 1850 mm

Turning radius inside / outside

5250 / 6930 mm

Diesel engine Manufacturer

Deutz

Type

TCD 2012 L04 2V

Number of cylinders

Power (ISO 14396) / rated speed Emission level

100,0 / 2300 kW / 1/min COM 3, EPA 3

Drive Speed working gear

0-6,0 / (0-3,7) km/h / (mph)

Speed transportation gear

0-12,0 / (0-7,4) km/h / (mph)

Climbing ability, vibration on / off

35 / 40 %

Max. longitudinal gradient allowed

30 °

Max. transverse gradient allowed

30 °

Vibration Vibration

front / back

Level 1: Frequency / speed

42 / 2520 Hz / 1/min

Level 1: Amplitude max.

0,61 mm

Level 2: Frequency / speed

55 / 3300 Hz / 1/min

Level 2: Amplitude max.

0,39 mm

Steering Steering angle to both sides

30 °

Oscillation upwards and downwards

10 °

Track offset Track offset to both sides

156

170 mm

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Tables Technical data

Description

Value

Units

Filling quantities Fuel

150,00 l

Engine oil (for oil change)

11,50 l

Coolant engine

16,00 l

Hydraulic oil

40,00 l

Sprinkling

834,00 l 1,6 kg

Air conditioning (R134a) Noise data Guaranteed sound power level LWA

108 dB(A)

Measured noise level at operator platform with ROPS cabin

81 dB(A)

Measured noise level at operator platform with ROPS roll-over bar

90 dB(A)

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

157

Tables Technical data

5.01.05

HD+ 90 VO-S

Description

Value

Units

Dimensions and weights Basic weight without cab

8730 kg

Operating weight with cabin

9620 kg

Axle load front / rear

4980 / 4640 kg

Working width / max. working width

1680 / 1850 mm

Turning radius inside / outside

5250 / 6930 mm

Diesel engine Manufacturer

Deutz

Type

TCD 2012 L04 2V

Number of cylinders

Power (ISO 14396) / rated speed Emission level

100,0 / 2300 kW / 1/min COM 3, EPA 3

Drive Speed working gear

0-6,0 / (0-3,7) km/h / (mph)

Speed transportation gear

0-12,0 / (0-7,4) km/h / (mph)

Climbing ability, vibration on / off

35 / 40 %

Max. longitudinal gradient allowed

30 °

Max. transverse gradient allowed

30 °

Vibration Vibration

front

Level 1: Frequency / speed

42 / 2520 Hz / 1/min

Level 1: Amplitude max.

0,61 mm

Level 2: Frequency / speed

55 / 3300 Hz / 1/min

Level 2: Amplitude max.

0,39 mm

Oscillation Oscillation

rear

Frequency / speed

42 / 2520 Hz / 1/min

Tangential amplitude

1,44 mm

Steering Steering angle to both sides

30 °

Oscillation upwards and downwards

10 °

Track offset Track offset to both sides

158

170 mm

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Tables Technical data

Description

Value

Units

Filling quantities Fuel

150,00 l

Engine oil (for oil change)

11,50 l

Coolant engine

16,00 l

Hydraulic oil

40,00 l

Sprinkling

834,00 l 1,6 kg

Air conditioning (R134a) Noise data Guaranteed sound power level LWA

108 dB(A)

Measured noise level at operator platform with ROPS cabin

81 dB(A)

Measured noise level at operator platform with ROPS roll-over bar

90 dB(A)

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

159

Tables Technical data

5.01.06

HD+ 90 VT

Description

Value

Units

Dimensions and weights Basic weight without cab

7980 kg

Operating weight with cabin

8885 kg

Axle load front / rear

4740 / 4145 kg

Wheel load per tyre

1036,3 kg

Working width / max. working width

1680 / 1820 mm

Turning radius inside / outside

5250 / 6930 mm

Diesel engine Manufacturer

Deutz

Type

TCD 2012 L04 2V

Number of cylinders

Power (ISO 14396) / rated speed Emission level

100,0 / 2300 kW / 1/min COM 3, EPA 3

Drive Speed working gear

0-6,0 / (0-3,7) km/h / (mph)

Speed transportation gear

0-12,0 / (0-7,4) km/h / (mph)

Climbing ability, vibration on / off

30 / 40 %

Max. longitudinal gradient allowed

30 °

Max. transverse gradient allowed

30 °

Tyre equipment Tyre size

11.00-20

Number of tyres

4 Quantity

Weight of tyres

130 kg

Air pressure

0,3 / (3,0) / [44] MPa / (bar) / [psi]

Starting torque wheel nut

360 Nm

Vibration Vibration

front

Level 1: Frequency / speed

40 / 2400 Hz / 1/min

Level 1: Amplitude max.

0,62 mm

Level 2: Frequency / speed

50 / 3000 Hz / 1/min

Level 2: Amplitude max.

0,34 mm

Steering Steering angle to both sides

30 °

Oscillation upwards and downwards

10 °

Track offset Track offset to both sides

160

170 mm

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Tables Technical data

Description

Value

Units

Filling quantities Fuel

150,00 l

Engine oil (for oil change)

11,50 l

Coolant engine

16,00 l

Hydraulic oil

40,00 l

Vibrator

6,5 l

Sprinkling

834,00 l

Additive sprinkling

22 l

Air conditioning (R134a)

1,6 kg

Noise data Guaranteed sound power level LWA

108 dB(A)

Measured noise level at operator platform with ROPS cabin

81 dB(A)

Measured noise level at operator platform with ROPS roll-over bar

90 dB(A)

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

161

Tables Technical data

5.01.07

HD+ 110 VV

Description

Value

Units

Dimensions and weights Basic weight without cab

9800 kg

Operating weight with cabin

10690 kg

Axle load front / rear

5395 / 5295 kg

Working width / max. working width

1680 / 1850 mm

Turning radius inside / outside

5250 / 6930 mm

Diesel engine Manufacturer

Deutz

Type

TCD 2012 L04 2V

Number of cylinders

Power (ISO 14396) / rated speed Emission level

100,0 / 2300 kW / 1/min COM 3, EPA 3

Drive Speed working gear

0-5,0 / (0-3,1) km/h / (mph)

Speed transportation gear

0-11,0 / (0-6,8) km/h / (mph)

Climbing ability, vibration on / off

35 / 40 %

Max. longitudinal gradient allowed

30 °

Max. transverse gradient allowed

30 °

Vibration Vibration

front / back

Level 1: Frequency / speed

40 / 2400 Hz / 1/min

Level 1: Amplitude max.

0,81 mm

Level 2: Frequency / speed

50 / 3000 Hz / 1/min

Level 2: Amplitude max.

0,47 mm

Steering Steering angle to both sides

30 °

Oscillation upwards and downwards

10 °

Track offset Track offset to both sides

162

170 mm

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Tables Technical data

Description

Value

Units

Filling quantities Fuel

150,00 l

Engine oil (for oil change)

11,50 l

Coolant engine

16,00 l

Hydraulic oil

40,00 l

Sprinkling

834,00 l

Vibrator

(2x) 6,50 l 1,6 kg

Air conditioning (R134a) Noise data Guaranteed sound power level LWA

108 dB(A)

Measured noise level at operator platform with ROPS cabin

81 dB(A)

Measured noise level at operator platform with ROPS roll-over bar

90 dB(A)

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

163

Tables Technical data

5.01.08

HD+ 110 VV-HV

Description

Value

Units

Dimensions and weights Basic weight without cab

9800 kg

Operating weight with cabin

10690 kg

Axle load front / rear

5395 / 5295 kg

Working width / max. working width

1680 / 1850 mm

Turning radius inside / outside

5250 / 6930 mm

Diesel engine Manufacturer

Deutz

Type

TCD 2012 L04 2V

Number of cylinders

Power (ISO 14396) / rated speed Emission level

100,0 / 2300 kW / 1/min COM 3, EPA 3

Drive Speed working gear

0-5,0 / (0-3,1) km/h / (mph)

Speed transportation gear

0-11,0 / (0-6,8) km/h / (mph)

Climbing ability, vibration on / off

35 / 40 %

Max. longitudinal gradient allowed

30 °

Max. transverse gradient allowed

30 °

Vibration Vibration

front / back

Level 1: Frequency / speed

45 / 2700 Hz / 1/min

Level 1: Amplitude max.

0,64 mm

Level 2: Frequency / speed

67 / 4020 Hz / 1/min

Level 2: Amplitude max.

0,29 mm

Steering Steering angle to both sides

30 °

Oscillation upwards and downwards

10 °

Track offset Track offset to both sides

164

170 mm

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Tables Technical data

Description

Value

Units

Filling quantities Fuel

150,00 l

Engine oil (for oil change)

11,50 l

Coolant engine

16,00 l

Hydraulic oil

40,00 l

Sprinkling

834,00 l

Vibrator

(2x) 6,50 l 1,6 kg

Air conditioning (R134a) Noise data Guaranteed sound power level LWA

108 dB(A)

Measured noise level at operator platform with ROPS cabin

81 dB(A)

Measured noise level at operator platform with ROPS roll-over bar

90 dB(A)

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

165

Tables Technical data

5.01.09

HD+ 110 VO

Description

Value

Units

Dimensions and weights Basic weight without cab

9425 kg

Operating weight with cabin

10315 kg

Axle load front / rear

5395 / 4920 kg

Working width / max. working width

1680 / 1850 mm

Turning radius inside / outside

5250 / 6930 mm

Diesel engine Manufacturer

Deutz

Type

TCD 2012 L04 2V

Number of cylinders

Power (ISO 14396) / rated speed Emission level

100,0 / 2300 kW / 1/min COM 3, EPA 3

Drive Speed working gear

0-5,0 / (0-3,1) km/h / (mph)

Speed transportation gear

0-11,0 / (0-6,8) km/h / (mph)

Climbing ability, vibration on / off

35 / 40 %

Max. longitudinal gradient allowed

30 °

Max. transverse gradient allowed

30 °

Vibration Vibration

front

Level 1: Frequency / speed

40 / 2400 Hz / 1/min

Level 1: Amplitude max.

0,81 mm

Level 2: Frequency / speed

50 / 3000 Hz / 1/min

Level 2: Amplitude max.

0,47 mm

Oscillation Oscillation

rear

Frequency / speed

42 / 2520 Hz / 1/min

Tangential amplitude

1,44 mm

Steering Steering angle to both sides

30 °

Oscillation upwards and downwards

10 °

Track offset Track offset to both sides

166

170 mm

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Tables Technical data

Description

Value

Units

Filling quantities Fuel

150,00 l

Engine oil (for oil change)

11,50 l

Coolant engine

16,00 l

Hydraulic oil

40,00 l

Sprinkling

834,00 l

Vibrator

(1x) 6,50 l 1,6 kg

Air conditioning (R134a) Noise data Guaranteed sound power level LWA

108 dB(A)

Measured noise level at operator platform with ROPS cabin

81 dB(A)

Measured noise level at operator platform with ROPS roll-over bar

90 dB(A)

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

167

Tables Technical data

5.01.10

HD+ 110 VT

Description

Value

Units

Dimensions and weights Basic weight without cab

8915 kg

Operating weight with cabin

9820 kg

Axle load front / rear

5395 / 4425 kg

Wheel load per tyre

1106,3 kg

Working width / max. working width

1680 / 1820 mm

Turning radius inside / outside

5250 / 6930 mm

Diesel engine Manufacturer

Deutz

Type

TCD 2012 L04 2V

Number of cylinders

Power (ISO 14396) / rated speed Emission level

100,0 / 2300 kW / 1/min COM 3, EPA 3

Drive Speed working gear

0-5,0 / (0-3,1) km/h / (mph)

Speed transportation gear

0-11,0 / (0-6,8) km/h / (mph)

Climbing ability, vibration on / off

30 / 40 %

Max. longitudinal gradient allowed

30 °

Max. transverse gradient allowed

30 °

Tyre equipment Tyre size

11.00-20

Number of tyres rear

4 Quantity

Weight of tyres

130 kg

Air pressure

0,3 / (3,0) / [44] MPa / (bar) / [psi]

Starting torque wheel nut

360 Nm

Vibration Vibration

front

Level 1: Frequency / speed

40 / 2400 Hz / 1/min

Level 1: Amplitude max.

0,81 mm

Level 2: Frequency / speed

50 / 3000 Hz / 1/min

Level 2: Amplitude max.

0,47 mm

Steering Steering angle to both sides

30 °

Oscillation upwards and downwards

10 °

Track offset Track offset to both sides

168

170 mm

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Tables Technical data

Description

Value

Units

Filling quantities Fuel

150,00 l

Engine oil (for oil change)

11,50 l

Coolant engine

16,00 l

Hydraulic oil

40,00 l

Vibrator

6,5 l

Sprinkling

834,00 l

Additive sprinkling

22 l

Air conditioning (R134a)

1,6 kg

Noise data Guaranteed sound power level LWA

108 dB(A)

Measured noise level at operator platform with ROPS cabin

81 dB(A)

Measured noise level at operator platform with ROPS roll-over bar

90 dB(A)

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

169

Tables Dimension sheet

5.02

Dimension sheet

5.02.01

HD+ 90 VV, HD+ 90 VV-HV, HD+ 90 VO, HD+ 90 VV-S, HD+ 90 VO-S, HD+ 110 VV, HD+ 110 VV-HV, HD+ 110 VO

1815

1680

(2,4")

(66,1")

1800

(70,9")

3050

(118,1")

790

(31,1")

330

(2,4")

1 2 7= (0 2 = H (0 ,7" HD D+ ,9 = + 9 "= H 1 0 HD D+ 10 + 90 11 ) 0)

(13,0")

2185

(86,0")

3100

(122,0")

(71,4")

ø12

3400

(2,4")

(133,9")

4600

1680

(66,1")

(2,4")

1800

(181,1")

(70,9")

15407

5.02.02

HD+ 90 VT, HD+ 110 VT

1815

310

114

(12,2")

(2,9")

(1,2")

(4,5")

150

(5,9")

3050

(120,1")

(0 = HD (0 ,7" = HD + ,9" + 9 = HD+ 11 0 HD 9 0 + 0) 11 0)

820 (32,3")

330

1 22 7 =

(13,0")

2185

(86,0")

3100

(122,0")

(71,4")

3400

(133,9")

4600

(181,1")

(2,4")

1680

(66,1")

(2,4")

1800

(70,9")

1620

(63,8")

15408

170

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Tables Fuses and diagnostic interfaces

5.03

Fuses and diagnostic interfaces

Fuses Position

Fuse occupancy

Fuse

RC power element, driving

15 A

Additional electrical system, standard

15 A

Control diesel engine (EMR)

25 A

Cabin (clamp 30)

15 A

Electrical system (terminal 15)

15 A

Warning flashers, parking light (terminal 30)

10 A

not used

Sensors for: – Hydraulic motor front left – Wheel motor front right – Filling level transmitter water – Pressure switch, parking brake RC power element, ASC

F10

not used

F11

RC control element, driving

F12

RC control element, ASC

F13

F15

Sensors for: – Wheel motor front right – Hydraulic motor rear right Sensors for: – Track offset left – Track offset right – Engine vibration front – Engine vibration rear – Filter hydraulic oil – Asphalt temperature HCQ indicator

7.5 A

F16

Additional electrical system

15 A

F17

Operating elements on the operator's seat

F18

Blinker, lighting

10 A

F19

Sprinkling pump

15 A

F20

Additive sprinkling

15 A

F21

Signal horn

15 A

F22

Windshield wiper front / back Windshield washer

30 A

F23

Cabin (clamp 15)

15 A

F24

Heating, air conditioning (terminal 15)

30 A

F25

not used

F26

Beacon

10 A

F27

Back-up light

15 A

F28

Working spotlight

25 A

F14

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

1A 15 A

171

Tables Fuses and diagnostic interfaces

Position

Fuse occupancy

Fuse

F29

Drum edge lighting

15 A

F30

Driving light left

10 A

F31

Driving light right

10 A

F32

Parking light right

F33

Parking light left

F34

Diagnostic interface WIDIAG

Header for fuse test When the green LED lights up, the fuse is operable.

Diagnosis interfaces Position

Diagnostic interface

X37

Data line engine control

X41

CAN-Bus A

X42

CAN-Bus B

X100

Terminal 31 (ground)

X101

Data line driving

X102

Flash memory driving

X103

Data line ASC

X104

Flash memory ASC 400-21

172

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Assembly instructions Instructions for installation and retrofitting

ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS When working at the machine please always adhere to the instructions given in your Safety instructions! 000-01

6.00

Instructions for installation and retrofitting

6.00.01

Safety device ROPS cabin

NO!

OK!

M12 Mt 85 Nm

10164

General The ROPS cabin is a safety device in the case the machine tilts or rolls over. It avoids that the driver is crushed to death based on the high selfweight of the machine. In case the ROPS cabin was demounted (from the machine) due to transport or repair reasons, the ROPS cabin needs to be remounted according to instructions prior to operating the machine again.

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

173

Assembly instructions Instructions for installation and retrofitting

Assembly instructions ROPS cabin

WARNING! High self-weight of machine! Risk for life: Machine may crush you to death if tilting or rolling over. Operate machine only with the ROPS safety device installed according to instructions. With detectable defects of the ROPS safety device or of its fixation it is not allowed to operate the machine. 002-34

Installation 1. Use appropriate lifting devices and hoisting equipment. Observe weight (see type plate of ROPS safety device). 2. Lift ROPS cabin onto platform and align with fixing holes. 3. Screw ROPS cabin with operator platform. Observe specified starting torque (see picture). Visual test The machine frame must not be warped, bent or cracked in the ROPS fixing area (deformation). The reinforcement elements of the ROPS cabin must not show rust, damage, fissures or open fractures. All screw connections of the reinforcement elements must comply with the given specifications and must be screwed tightly to each other (observe starting torque values). Bolts and nuts must not be damaged, bent or deformed. It is absolutely forbidden to modify or repair / level the reinforcement elements in any way. 619-00

174

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Assembly instructions Instructions for installation and retrofitting

6.00.02

Safety device ROPS roll-over bar

NO!

OK!

M12 Mt 85 Nm

10165

General The ROPS roll-over bar is a safety device in the case the machine tilts or rolls over. It avoids that the driver is crushed to death based on the high self-weight of the machine. In case the ROPS roll-over bar was dismounted (from the machine) due to transport or repair reasons, the ROPS roll-over bar needs to be remounted according to instructions prior to operating the machine again. Assembly instructions ROPS roll-over bar

Installation 1. Use appropriate lifting devices and hoisting equipment. Observe weight (see type plate of ROPS safety device). 2. Lift ROPS roll-over bar onto platform and align with fixing holes. 3. Screw ROPS roll-over bar with operator platform. Observe specified starting torque (see picture).

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

175

Assembly instructions Instructions for installation and retrofitting

Visual test The machine frame must not be warped, bent or cracked in the ROPS fixing area (deformation). The reinforcement elements of the ROPS roll-over bar must not show rust, damage, fissures or open fractures. All screw connections of the reinforcement elements must comply with the given specifications and must be screwed tightly to each other (observe starting torque values). Bolts and nuts must not be damaged, bent or deformed. It is absolutely forbidden to modify or repair / level the reinforcement elements in any way. 620-00

176

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Assembly instructions *Precision spreading roller (chip spreader)

6.01

*Precision spreading roller (chip spreader) Adhere also to the manufacturer's operating manual when working with the chip spreader.

15667

General

NOTICE High linear load of the drum! Movements and cracks may occur in the asphalt layer. Do not drive with a fully loaded storage tank into the hot asphalt. 004-09

The chip spreader is an additional device regulating the output of chips and rolling them into the road surface. An optimum output of the spreading material depends on an exact setting of the spreading components. 621-00

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

177

Assembly instructions *Precision spreading roller (chip spreader)

6.01.01

Overview chip spreader Chip spreader

[A]

Distribution cylinder

[B]

Shut-off valve

[C]

Dosing bar

[D]

Setting screw

[E]

Storage tank

[F]

Connections for the hydraulic system

[G]

Connection lighting

178

15668

[A]

Lifting eyes

[C]

Fastening screw

[B]

15677

Lifting claw

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Assembly instructions *Precision spreading roller (chip spreader)

6.01.02

General view of instruments and operating elements Switch console front

345

344 [344] Switch chip spreader

15596

[345] Switch spreading value

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

179

Assembly instructions *Precision spreading roller (chip spreader)

6.01.03

Switch 344 Chip spreader The chip spreader is in normal operation if switched to position I. The spreading material is only applied if the machine is moving. The chip spreader is in continuous operation if switched to position II. The storage tank can be emptied if the machine is stationary. Continuous operation — position II Normal operation — position I Off — position 0

II I 0

344-02

0344-200

345 Sprinkle value

0345-200

180

(Only if equipped with spreading roller; if equipped with disk spreader without function) The speed of the distribution cylinder is continuously adjustable between 0 and maximum speed with the knob. By means of the scale you can determine and adjust the spreading value. The quantity of the spreading material depends on the roller speed. Min. speed — stop LEFT Max. speed — stop RIGHT

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

345-02

Assembly instructions *Precision spreading roller (chip spreader)

6.01.04

Operation WARNING! Exposed, rotating parts! Risk of injury due to rotating parts. Carry out adjustments and maintenance work only when the engine is stopped. 002-48

Spreading width

15669

The spreading width is set by opening the shut-off valve segments [A]. The segments must be opened manually prior to the start of spreading according to the spread. For this purpose, hook in the segments into the upper mounting brackets [B]. On completion of the spreading work, close the shut-off valve in order to avoid that more spreading material trickles out. 750-00

Dosing bar

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

15670

181

Assembly instructions *Precision spreading roller (chip spreader)

According to the set distance between the dosing bar [A] and the distribution cylinder [B] more or less spreading material is applied. Adjust the exact clearance [D] by the setting screw [C]. Rule of thumb: The clearance matches 1.5 times the maximum chip size. 751-00

Distribution cylinder

345

15671

The rotating distribution cylinder [A] conveys the spreading material onto the road surface. The speed of the distribution roller is determined by the set spreading value [345] and the driving speed. The higher the driving speed the higher the distribution roller speed and thus the spread quantity. Therefore, the specified spread amount per m² remains exactly the same independently from the driving speed. 752-00

Switching on and off spreading

345

344

15596

Spreading operation off 1. Switch [344] — position 0

182

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Assembly instructions *Precision spreading roller (chip spreader)

Normal operation 1. Spreading value [345] — PRESELECTION 2. Switch [344] — position I Spreading is connected to the driving movement. If the machine is at standstill, the spreading is also switched off. Continuous operation 1. Switch [344] — position II In order to empty the storage tank, the distribution cylinder is switched ot maximums speed and continuous operation. Spreading material output is also facilitated if the machine is stationary. 753-00

Determine the spreading The exact amount to be spread is determined through tests according to value the following procedure: 1. Adjust the dosing bar (1.5 times the maximum chip size). 2. Open shut-off valve for spread. 3. Set the spreading value [345] to half of the spreading value range. 4. Perform a spreading test by moving over a sheet of paper of the size 297 x 210 mm (DIN A4). 5. Weight the spreading material or fill it from the paper sheet into a metering box (size 100 ml, matches the volume of a cigarette packet). 6. Compare amount with the value in the table. 7. Increase or reduce the spreading value and repeat the test until the correct spread quantity is reached. Coarse detail for the spread quantity on a 297 x 210 mm sheet of paper and a spreading material density of 1.6 kg/dm³. Required spread quantity kg/m²

Weight of Volume of spreading spreading matierial on the matierial on the paper sheet paper sheet g ml

Part of the amount in the metering box

0,5

1/5

1,0

2/5

1,5

3/5

2,0

125

4/5

2,5

156

100

5/5 754-00

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

183

Assembly instructions *Precision spreading roller (chip spreader)

6.01.05

Maintenance General Always adhere to the instructions given in the section "Important information on maintenance works" (see page 111) as a matter of principle when maintaining the chip spreader.

Chassis / safety features

Check the operating and safety instructions on the chip spreader. Replace damaged and/or non-readable signs. Ensure that hinges and links move easily and lubricate lightly. Check lighting. Check heavily loaded screw connection and make sure it is seated tightly, e.g. mounting console. 806-00

Lubricating the bearings

15672

1. Switch off diesel engine and remove ignition key. 2. Lubricate lubrication nipple [A].

" Only lubricant with this sign allowed (see page 145 sqq.). 807-00

Readjusting the scraper

184

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

15673-1

Assembly instructions *Precision spreading roller (chip spreader)

If the scraper is worn to such an extend that spreading material falls down between distribution cylinder [C] and scraper [B], the scraper must be re-adjusted. Replace worn scrapers in good time. 1. Switch off diesel engine and remove ignition key. 2. Loosen clamp connection [A] (10x). 3. Push scraper [B] to the distribution cylinder [C]. 4. Tighten clamp connection [A]. Scrapers which are only worn on one side can be re-used by turning them. 808-00

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

185

Assembly instructions *Precision spreading roller (chip spreader)

6.01.06

Assembly WARNING! High self-weight of the chip spreader! Danger to life during assembly due to crushing or pinching. Work on firm ground (even, capable of bearing, horizontal) during assembly. Carry out assembly works only when the engine is stopped. Carry out assembly only with the storage tank empty. Do not rest or work under suspended loads. 002-49

Installing the chip spreader

15677

1. Use appropriate lifting devices and hoisting equipment. Observe weight (see type plate of chip spreader). 2. Raise chip spreader on the lifting eyes [A]. 3. Attach it on the machine frame by means of the lifting claw [B] and align to the fastening holes [C]. 4. Screw in fastening screws [C] and tighten. 622-00

186

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Assembly instructions *Precision spreading roller (chip spreader)

Connecting chip spreader with machine

15675

1. Connect the lines [A] for the hydraulic system. 2. Connect line [B] for the lighing. 623-00

Dismantle chip spreader Dismantling of the chip spreader is done in the reverse order of installation. 1. Empty storage tank. 2. Disconnect the lines for lighing and hydraulic system. 3. Fasten chip spreader on the towing loops. 4. Remove fastening screws. 5. Lift chip spreader at the towing loops from the machine frame. 624-00

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

187

Assembly instructions *Precision spreading roller (chip spreader)

6.01.07

Technical data BS-WA 1700

Description

Value

Units

Basic weight chip spreader

220 kg

Weight attachment device

80 kg

Operating weight with chips (calculated with a chip weight of 1600 kg/m³)

1820 kg

Storage tank contents

900 l

Working width

1700 mm

Working speed

0-5,0 (0-3,1) km/h (mph)

Dimension sheet BS-WA 1700

19°

410

(16,1”)

1810

(71,3”)

6.01.08

1040

(40,9”)

3400

(133,9”)

5515

(217,1”) 15676

188

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Assembly instructions *Disk spreader (chip spreader)

6.02

*Disk spreader (chip spreader) Adhere also to the manufacturer's operating manual when working with the chip spreader.

15674

General

NOTICE High linear load of the drum! Movements and cracks may occur in the asphalt layer. Do not drive with a fully loaded storage tank into the hot asphalt. 004-09

The chip spreader is an additional device regulating the output of chips and rolling them into the road surface. The spreading width is adjustable between 2 m and 6 m. An optimum output of the spreading material depends on an exact setting of the spreading components. 621-01

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

189

Assembly instructions *Disk spreader (chip spreader)

6.02.01

Overview chip spreader Chip spreader

[A]

Spreading discs

[B]

Shut-off valve

[C]

Spreading width limitation

[D]

Dosing device for spreading material

[E]

Storage tank

[F]

Connections for the hydraulic system

[G]

Connection lighting

190

15678

15679

[A]

Lifting eyes

[B]

Top link

[C]

Coupling point for top link

[D]

Coupling point for bottom link

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Assembly instructions *Disk spreader (chip spreader)

6.02.02

General view of instruments and operating elements Switch console front

345

344 [344] Switch chip spreader

6.02.03

15596

[345] Switch spreading value (without function)

II I 0

0344-200

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

344-02

191

Assembly instructions *Disk spreader (chip spreader)

6.02.04

Operation WARNING! Exposed, rotating parts! Risk of injury due to rotating parts. Carry out adjustments and maintenance work only when the engine is stopped. 002-48

WARNING! Flying spreading matierial! Risk of injury due to accelerated spreading material flying off. Do not operate chip spreader in the vicinity of persons or objects. Take the throwing width of the chip spreader into account. Carry out adjustments and maintenance work only when the engine is stopped. 002-50

Shut-off valve

15680

By opening the shut-off valve [A] the spreading matierial supply to the spreading disc is opened. If the valve is operated hydraulically, it is opened and closed automatically when the spreading discs are switched on or off by means of a hydraulic cylinder [C]. If the valves are operated manually, they must be opend with the hand levers [B] before switching in the spreading discs. 755-00

192

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Assembly instructions *Disk spreader (chip spreader)

Dosage of the amount to be spread

15681

The spread quantity is determined by the opening section of the shutoff valves and limited by the adjusting lever [A]. According to the setting more or less spreading material trickles onto the spreading discs. The chip grain size and the output amount influence the opening cross section. For adjustments loosen the T-screw [B] and push the adjustment lever upwards or downwards. Tighten the T-screw. 756-00

Mechanical limiting of the spread

15682

The inclination of the spread width limitation [A] determines the throwing range of the spreading material. By lifting or lowering the discs the spreading width is set. Hook the carabine swivel [B] in the hole provided. 757-00

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

193

Assembly instructions *Disk spreader (chip spreader)

Spreading discs

15683

The rotating spreading discs [A] throw the spreading matierial out of the spreader. The speed of the spreading discs is linked to the speed of the diesel engine. 758-00

Switching on and off spreading

344

15684

Spreading operation off 1. Switch [344] — position 0 Normal operation 1. Switch [344] — position I Spreading is connected to the driving movement. If the machine is at standstill, the spreading is also switched off. Continuous operation 1. Switch [344] — position II To empty the storage tanks, the spreading discs are switched to continuous operation. Spreading material output is also facilitated if the machine is stationary. 753-01

194

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Assembly instructions *Disk spreader (chip spreader)

Determine the spreading The exact amount to be spread is determined through tests according to value the following procedure: 1. Set the shut-off valve for the amount to be spread according to the table. 2. Define the throwing width by setting the spread limit. 3. Set the spreading value [345] to half of the spreading value range. 4. Perform a spreading test by driving over a sheet of paper 297 x 210 mm (DIN A4) with constant driving speed. 5. Weight the spreading material or fill it from the paper sheet into a metering box (size 100 ml, matches the volume of a cigarette packet). 6. Compare amount with the value in the table. 7. Modify the driving speed or the position of the shut-off valve and repeat the test until the correct spread quantity is reached. Coarse detail for the spread quantity on a 297 x 210 mm sheet of paper and a spreading material density of 1.6 kg/dm³. Spreading width 3 m

1 km/h

2 km/h

3 km/h

4 km/h

5 km/h

Scale

Spread quantity kg/m²

Weight on the paper sheet g

Volume on the paper sheet ml

1,3

2,5

153

110

3,3

201

143

3,8

238

170

0,6

1,2

1,6

100

1,9

119

0,4

0,8

1,0

1,3

0,3

0,6

0,8

1,0

0,2

0,5

0,7

0,8

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

195

Assembly instructions *Disk spreader (chip spreader)

Spreading width 5 m

1 km/h

2 km/h

3 km/h

4 km/h

5 km/h

196

Scale

Spread quantity kg/m²

Weight on the paper sheet g

Volume on the paper sheet ml

0,8

1,5

2,0

125

2,3

143

102

0,4

0,8

1,0

1,2

0,3

0,5

0,7

0,8

0,2

0,4

0,5

0,6

0,1

0,3

0,4

0,5

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Assembly instructions *Disk spreader (chip spreader)

Spreading width 6 m

1 km/h

2 km/h

3 km/h

4 km/h

5 km/h

Scale

Spread quantity kg/m²

Weight on the paper sheet g

Volume on the paper sheet ml

0,6

1,3

1,7

106

2,0

125

0,4

0,6

0,8

1,0

0,2

0,4

0,5

0,6

0,2

0,3

0,4

0,5

0,1

0,2

0,3

0,4

18 754-01

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

197

Assembly instructions *Disk spreader (chip spreader)

6.02.05

Maintenance General Always adhere to the instructions given in the section "Important information on maintenance works" (see page 111) as a matter of principle when maintaining the chip spreader. Proceed according to the description of the manufacturer's operating manual when replacing wear parts.

Chassis / safety features

Check the operating and safety instructions on the chip spreader. Replace damaged and/or non-readable signs. Ensure that hinges, links and threads move easily and lubricate lightly. Lubricate the sliding face of the shut-off valve and the adjustment lever. Check lighting. Check heavily loaded screw connection and make sure it is seated tightly, e.g. mounting console. 806-01

198

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Assembly instructions *Disk spreader (chip spreader)

6.02.06

Installing the chip spreader

15685

1. Use appropriate lifting devices and hoisting equipment. Observe weight (see type plate of chip spreader). 2. Raise chip spreader on the lifting eyes [A]. 3. Fasten it with the bottom link pin [D] in the machine frame. 4. Fasten top link [B] with locking pin [C]. 5. Mount securing elements [E] to the bottom link pin. 6. Secure bolts with cotter pins. 7. Align spreading discs horizontally with spindles on the top link. 622-01

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

199

Assembly instructions *Disk spreader (chip spreader)

Connecting chip spreader with machine

15675

1. Connect the lines [A] for the hydraulic system. 2. Connect line [B] for the lighing. 623-00

Dismantle chip spreader Dismantling of the chip spreader is done in the reverse order of installation. 1. Empty storage tank. 2. Disconnect the lines for lighing and hydraulic system. 3. Fasten chip spreader on the towing loops. 4. Remove securing elements and splints. 5. Remove locking pin from the top link. 6. Lift chip spreader at the towing loops from the machine frame. 624-01

200

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

Assembly instructions *Disk spreader (chip spreader)

6.02.07

Technical data ZA-XS 602

Description

Value

Units

Basic weight chip spreader

240 kg

Weight attachment device

160 kg

Operating weight with chips (calculated with a chip weight of 1600 kg/m³)

1820 kg

Storage tank contents

600 l

Working width

2–6 m

Working speed

0-5,0 (0-3,1) km/h (mph)

Dimension sheet ZA-XS 602

33°

880

(34,6”)

1720

(67,7”)

6.02.08

1390

(54,7”)

3400

(133,9”)

5995

(236,0”) 15686

2137875_01_BAL_HD+90_HD+110_H185_en

201

Water pump # 851124

Connection water tank

Connection sprinkling nozzles

Attention! Consider the flow direction when changing the pump!

Electrical-Training

1/1

Mainboard HD+ # 2072099

Mainboard (installed) - view from front side

Wire harness for fixed dashboard

Additional circuit board (series) 2072100

Additional circuit board (option) 2072101 Electric-Training

1/4

Mainboard HD+ # 2072099

Mainboard (rear) – plug overview X1 X2 X4 X5 X6 X7 X8 X11 X12 X13 X14 X15 X16 X19 X20 X21 X22 X24 X25 X26 X31 X32 X33 X34 X35 X36 X38 X39 X40 X44

Electric-Training

2/4

Mainboard HD+ # 2072099

Fuses K15

F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8

F9 F10 F11 F12 F13 F14

F15 F16

Electric-Training

15A 15A 25A 15A 15A

K14

10A K9

CAN A

CAN B

K13

K10

K6 K5

1A 15A

1A 1A

3A 7,5A 15A

Relays K3 K4 K5 K6 K8 K9 K10 K13 K14 K15

Diesel engine controller EMR3 Water pumps Flasher unit Driving light Engine switch off Backup-Alarm Signal horn Additive sprinkling Zero position drive lever Free

3/4

Mainboard HD+ # 2072099

Fuses F17 F18 F19 F20 F21 F22 F23 F24 F25 F26 F27 F28 F29 F30 F31 F32 F33 F34

Fuse tester

LED is glowing ; If=>green fuse is OK

Electric-Training

K15

5A 10A 15A 15A 15A

K14

30A 30A 15A

CAN A

10A 15A 25A 15A 10A 10A 5A 5A 2A

CAN B K4

K13

K10

K6 K5

Service interfaces X37 Diesel engine control X41 CAN-Bus A X42 CAN-Bus B X100 Kl. 31 (Ground) X101 MC Drive X102 Flash-memory drive X103 MC ASC X104 Flash-memory ASC

4/4

Additional circuit board HD+ (series) # 2072100

Communicationi via 2 CAN buses (redundancy upon a breakdown)

Elektric-Training

1/2

Additional circuit board HD+ (series) # 2072100

Assignment of connection plugs X 27:

X 28:

Pin 1: Sensor crab offset to the left

Pin 1: Output backup alarm

2: Sensor crab offset to the right

2: Output additive sprinkling

3: Input emergency stop circuit

3: Output KAG sprinkling

4: Input right flasher

4: Output KAG up

5: Input left flasher

5: Output KAG down

6: Input hydraulic oil filter

6: CAN A high

7: Input (not used)

7: CAN A low

8: Output front vib., small ampl.

8: CAN GND

9: Output front vib., big ampl.

9: CAN B high

10: Output rear vib., small ampl.

10: CAN B low

11: Output rear vib., big ampl.

11: + 12 V

12: Output emergency stop solenoid

12: + 12 V

13: Input emergency stop solenoid

13: GND

14: Output crab offset to the left

14: Output (not used)

15: Output crab offset to the right

15: Output (not used)

16: Output warning buzzer

16: GND

17: Output horn

17: Input (not used)

18: GND

18: Input (not used)

Elektric-Training

2/2

Additional circuit board HD+ (option) # 2072101

Communicationi via 2 CAN buses (redundancy upon a breakdown)

Elektric-Training

1/2

Additional circuit board HD+ (option) # 2072101

Assignment of connection plugs X 30:

X 29:

Pin 1: Output tachograph big ampl.

Pin 1: Input front vib sensor

2: Output tachograph small ampl.

2: Input rear vib sensor

3: Potentiometer + 5 V

3: Input front asphalt temp. sensor

4: Input potentiometer chip quantity

4: Input rear asphalt temp. sensor

5: Potentiometer GND

5: GND asphalt temperature

6: Input chip quantity on/off

6: Output front vib., small ampl.

7: Input chip spreader open/close

7: Output front vib., big ampl.

8: Input chip spreader identification

8: Output rear vib., small ampl.

9: -

9: Output rear vib., big ampl.

10: -

10: Output chip spreader quantity

11: CAN A high

11: Output chip spreader

12: CAN A low

12: Output open chip spreader

13: CAN GND

13: Output close chip spreader

14: CAN B high

14: Output KAG selection

15: CAN B low

15: Output flow divider (2 wheels)

16: + 12 V

16: Output tire heating

17: + 12 V

17: Input emergency stop

18: GND

Elektric-Training

2/2

CAN – Diagram HD+ # 2137288 ID 0CFF0100

ID 0CFF9103

mobile dashboard

drive lever

HCM (option) ID 0CFF0200

CAN A

ID 0CFF0A00

ID 0CFF0400

RC 4-4 ASC (option)

RC 4-4 drive

CAN B

fixed dashboard

ID 18XXXXXX

EMR 3 Deutz

Mainboard ID 0CFF0700 ID 0CFF0800

Add. series

Add. option B Diagnose A

Elektric-Training

1/1

Speed sensor # 2067128

Generally, the adjustment of the sensor is no longer necessary. The correct distance is defined by the sensor support preset by the motor producer.

threaded rod (glued in place) hexagon nut

sensor

counternut (glued in place)

Procedure to replace the sensor: Unscrew hexagon nut, insert sensor and fix with hexagon nut.

washers

In case of a new adjustment, please proceed as follows: 1.

cylinder block

Similar looking – but different – sensors in other drive motors!!! To differ take note of the measure X!!!

X = 53mm ± 0,05

Elektro-Schulung

2. 3. 4.

Plug in sensor up to the cylinder block and make sure that the sensor does not touch a sensor bore on the cylinder block. Determine distance lower side of sensor bracket – engine housing “Y” = determined size + 0,5mm…0,8mm) Adjust this size with washers and counter nut.

(Hamm No. 2067128)

1/1

Fixed displacement motor - vibration # 397520

Hochdruck High pressure Hydraulic-Training

Niederdruck Return line pressure

Lecköldruck Case drain pressure

1/3

Fixed displacement motor - vibration # 397520

Attention !

Port T 2

M 12x1,5 (closed)

After fitting check the direction of rotation of vibrator (see next page).

High pressure port B small amplitude 42 Hz M 22x1,5

High pressure port A big amplitude 30 Hz M 22x1,5

Case drain port T1 M 12x1,5

Hydraulic-Training

2/3

Fixed displacement motor - vibration # 397520

Attention! When switching on the big amplitude, the vibrator must turn clockwise. Danger of bearing damage !

View of machine from the left Series HD / DV

Vibration • Big amplitude • Small amplitude

Direction of rotation vibrator

„clockwise“

Hydraulic-Training

Series 3000

3/3

ASC - valve # 1289942

Y5 P – drive pump

Y4 G – charge system A – drive motor

B – drive motor

F - tank

Hydraulic-Training

1/1

Circuit diagram valid from serial-No. :

HD+ 90-110

H1850001

valid from serial-No.

Vervielfältigung oder Weitergabe nur mit unserer schriftlichen Genehmigung gestattet Schutzvermerk nach DIN 34 beachten

Revision Modification

Änderung

Datum

a b c d

Plotdatum: 13.08.2010

Name

Datum

gez. 29.06.2006

Name

Janke

Revision management

Projektbez. Zeichnungsnummer

gepr.

Blatt

Stromlaufplan HD+90-110

02150921

Rev.

= +

1 86

Bl.

P a g e

Vervielfältigung oder Weitergabe nur mit unserer schriftlichen Genehmigung gestattet Schutzvermerk nach DIN 34 beachten

Page

Änderung

Datum

a b c d

Plotdatum: 13.08.2010

l i s t

Page description

Revision

management

Page

list

Page

list

Page

list

Page

list

Page

list

Page

list

Page

list

Fuse high

box current

relay

Central

Fuse occupancy Central electric

Plug occupancy Central electric

Plug

Name

Datum

gez.

Engine

room

electric

occupancy

Name

18.05.2010 Landstorfer

Spare parts list

Projektbez. Zeichnungsnummer

gepr.

Blatt

Stromlaufplan HD+90-110

02150921

Rev.

= +

2 86

Bl.

P a g e Page

Vervielfältigung oder Weitergabe nur mit unserer schriftlichen Genehmigung gestattet Schutzvermerk nach DIN 34 beachten

Änderung

Datum

Plotdatum: 13.08.2010

l i s t

Page description Central

a b c d

electric

Plug occupancy Central electric

Relay Central

electric

Control device Diesel engine EMR-3

Control device EMR-3 Electric

Diesel plug

engine

Voltage supply Supply system

Voltage supply Supply Ignition switch

system

Emergency

Voltage

Diagnostic interface Diesel engine

Diesel engine Cold start equipment

Name

Datum

gez.

control

supply

EMR-3

Common

Rail

Name

18.05.2010 Landstorfer

Spare parts list

Projektbez. Zeichnungsnummer

gepr.

Blatt

Stromlaufplan HD+90-110

02150921

Rev.

= +

3 86

Bl.

P a g e

Vervielfältigung oder Weitergabe nur mit unserer schriftlichen Genehmigung gestattet Schutzvermerk nach DIN 34 beachten

Page

Änderung

Datum

a b c d

Plotdatum: 13.08.2010

l i s t

Page description

Diesel Common

engine Rail

Diesel Common

engine Rail

Diesel Common

engine Rail

Speed adjustment Diesel Sensor Fuel prefilter

Sensors Vehicle

Diesel

General

arrangement

Power

Frequency-Input

Analogue

input

Analogue

input

Digital

PWM-output

Digital

Power supply Additive Control

Name

Datum

gez.

supply

engine

input

output

-3A

unit

Name

18.05.2010 Landstorfer

Spare parts list

Projektbez. Zeichnungsnummer

gepr.

Blatt

Stromlaufplan HD+90-110

02150921

Rev.

= +

4 86

Bl.

P a g e

Vervielfältigung oder Weitergabe nur mit unserer schriftlichen Genehmigung gestattet Schutzvermerk nach DIN 34 beachten

Page

Änderung

Datum

a b c d

Plotdatum: 13.08.2010

l i s t

Page description

Additive Flat bar

Control 1

unit

Additive Flat bar

Control 1

unit

Additive Flat bar

Control 1

unit

Additive Flat bar

Control 1

unit

Voltage supply Additive Control

unit

Additive Flat bar

Control 2

unit

Additive Flat bar

Control 2

unit

Additive Flat bar

Control 2

unit

General

arrangement

Voltage MC ASC

supply

Frequency-Input MC ASC

Analogue MC ASC

Name

Datum

gez.

input

Name

18.05.2010 Landstorfer

Spare parts list

Projektbez. Zeichnungsnummer

gepr.

Blatt

Stromlaufplan HD+90-110

02150921

Rev.

= +

5 86

Bl.

P a g e

Vervielfältigung oder Weitergabe nur mit unserer schriftlichen Genehmigung gestattet Schutzvermerk nach DIN 34 beachten

Page

Änderung

Datum

a b c d

Plotdatum: 13.08.2010

l i s t

Page description

Analogue MC ASC

Digital MC ASC

PWM-output MC ASC

Blinker

Lighting

STVZO

Lighting

Chip

Additional

lighting

Additional

lighting

ROPS/FOPS

Additional

lighting

XENON

Windshield

washer

Windshield

washer

Cab

Tachograph

Control Control

Instrument

Name

Datum

gez.

input

Lighting

lighting

unit, unit,

STVZO

spreader

Radio

ROPS/FOPS

assembly

heating air conditioning

panel

Name

18.05.2010 Landstorfer

Spare parts list

Projektbez. Zeichnungsnummer

gepr.

Blatt

Stromlaufplan HD+90-110

02150921

Rev.

= +

6 86

Bl.

P a g e

Vervielfältigung oder Weitergabe nur mit unserer schriftlichen Genehmigung gestattet Schutzvermerk nach DIN 34 beachten

Page

Änderung

Datum

a b c d

Plotdatum: 13.08.2010

l i s t

Page description

Instrument

panel

Instrument Operator's

panel seat

Distributor

CAN

Diagnostic

HCQ

Reserve

Connector

Diesel

engine

Connector

Engine

room

Connector

Engine

room

Connector

Front

roller

Connector

Rear

Spare

parts

list

Spare

parts

list

Spare

parts

list

Spare

parts

list

Spare

parts

list

Datum

Name

gez.

Operator's

seat

console

interface

Preparation

18.05.2010 Landstorfer

roller

Spare parts list

Projektbez. Zeichnungsnummer

gepr.

Blatt

Stromlaufplan HD+90-110

02150921

Rev.

= +

7 86

Bl.

P a g e Page

l i s t

Page description

Spare

parts

list

Spare

parts

list

Datum

Name

Vervielfältigung oder Weitergabe nur mit unserer schriftlichen Genehmigung gestattet Schutzvermerk nach DIN 34 beachten

Änderung

Datum

a b c d

Plotdatum: 13.08.2010

Name

gez.

18.05.2010 Landstorfer

Spare parts list

Projektbez. Zeichnungsnummer

gepr.

Blatt

Stromlaufplan HD+90-110

02150921

Rev.

= +

8 86

Bl.

K01X1

K02

K03X1

K02X1

1 :/ 2 3 . 7 K03

1 :/ 5 7 . 1 9

1 :/ 2 7 . 3

K01 1

2 :/ 2 3 . 7

2 :/ 5 7 . 1 9

2 :/ 2 7 . 3

K01: Power relay 15 K02: Power relay Additional lighting K03: Power relay Preheat equipment

150

100

K04 F04 F03 F02 F01

5 Pos.:

Fuse

Page

K04X1

Function

XF1

F01

100A

/22.11

F01 - 100A: Supply system Terminal 15

100A

F02

100A

/22.13

F02 - 100A: Additional lighting

150A

F03

150A

/22.16

F03 - 150A: Cold start equipment

40A

F04

40A

/22.18

F04 - 40A: Supply system Terminal 30

100A

85: /23.10 86: /23.10 30: /22.6 87: /22.6

Vervielfältigung oder Weitergabe nur mit unserer schriftlichen Genehmigung gestattet Schutzvermerk nach DIN 34 beachten

K04: Starting relay

/22.8 1

Änderung

Datum

a b c d

Plotdatum: 13.08.2010

Name

Datum

gez. 30.06.2006 gepr.

Header Starting relay ( Engine room )

Name

Janke

Fuse box high current relay Engine room

Projektbez.

Blatt

Stromlaufplan HD+90-110 Zeichnungsnummer

02150921

Rev.

= +

9 86

Bl.

K15

F10

F11

F12

F13

F14

F15

F16

15 A

1 A

? A

1 A

F3 F-TEST

15 A

? A

10A

15A

3 A

7,5A

V15

15A

25A

F2 F1

15A

K14

K8 2A

F30

F29

10A

F28

F27

10A

F26

15A

F25

25A

F24

10A

15A

F23

F22

30A

F21

? A

F20

15A

F19

15A

F18

30A

10A

F17

F34 15 C1

15A

30A

10A

F31

F32

F33

87a

RF1

K5 49a

87a

K10

2072099 86

87a

V33

K13

87a

X100

R4 V13

V10

X34

X41 R5

R28

V44

X42

X43

Vervielfältigung oder Weitergabe nur mit unserer schriftlichen Genehmigung gestattet Schutzvermerk nach DIN 34 beachten

R24

02072101

2072100

Änderung

Datum

a b c d

Plotdatum: 13.08.2010

Name

gez.

Datum

Name

31.10.2008

Janke

Central electric

Projektbez. Zeichnungsnummer

gepr.

Blatt

Stromlaufplan HD+90-110

02150921

Rev.

= +

10 86

Bl.

Vervielfältigung oder Weitergabe nur mit unserer schriftlichen Genehmigung gestattet Schutzvermerk nach DIN 34 beachten

Fuse

Page

Function

15A

/24.18

Power outputs MC Drive control

15A

/24.22

Power outputs Additive - Electronic system A

25A

/25.3

Control device Diesel engine

15A

/65.16

30 Operator's cabin

15A

/23.2

Terminal 15

10A

/57.5

30 Blinker / Lighting

/34.11

Sensors MC Drive control

15A

/51.3

Power outputs MC ASC

F10

F11

/34.7

Electronic system MC Drive control

F12

/51.7

Electronic system MC ASC

F13

/51.11

Sensors MC ASC

F14

/42.3

Sensors Additive - Control device

F15

7.5A /73.3

F16

15A

/46.3

Power outputs Additive - Electronic system B

F17

/69.3

Operator's seat console

F18

10A

/57.3

15 Blinker / Lighting

F19

15A

/39.18

Water pump

F20

15A

/45.6

Additive sprinkling

F21

15A

/44.15

Signal horn

F22

30A

/63.3

Windshield wiper / Windshield washer

F23

15A

/65.5

15 Operator's cabin

F24

30A

/67.3

Control unit, heating Control unit, air conditioning

F25

F26

10A

/60.19

Rotating-beam light

F27

15A

/58.24

Additional lighting Back-up light

F28

25A

/60.5

Working spotlights Cabin / ROPS

F29

15A

/60.11

Drum lighting Page

F30

10A

/58.3

Driving light left

F31

10A

/58.16

Driving light right

F32

/58.19

Parking light right

F33

/58.6

Parking light left

F34

/72.24

Diagnostic interface

Änderung

Datum

a b c d

Plotdatum: 13.08.2010

Reserve

HCQ-Indicator

Reserve

Name

Datum

gez. 30.06.2006 gepr.

Name

Janke

Fuse occupancy Central electric

Projektbez.

Blatt

Stromlaufplan HD+90-110 Zeichnungsnummer

02150921

Rev.

= +

11 86

Bl.

7 8

A1X1 6

Connector Front frame part

12 9

Vervielfältigung oder Weitergabe nur mit unserer schriftlichen Genehmigung gestattet Schutzvermerk nach DIN 34 beachten

1: /58.3 2: /47.17 3: /44.16 4: /58.16 5: /58.19 6: /47.14 7: /60.11 8: /47.16 9: /58.4 10: /60.13 11: /58.6 12: /58.17

1: /39.3 2: /39.7 3: /39.10 4: /44.3 5: /44.6 6: /43.3 7: /43.7 8: /43.11 9: /43.15 10: /40.4 11: /40.14 12: /67.13

Connector Engine room

Connector Rear frame part

2: /55.8 3: /55.7 1

5: /56.3

6: /47.6

6: /56.7

7: /47.4

7: /53.2

8: /48.17

8: /53.4

9: /48.17

9: /53.6 13

A1X7 6

3: /49.16

18 15 12 9

2: /42.18 1

3: /42.18 4: /36.25

6: /49.13 7: /49.3

5: /42.21

8: /45.15

6: /42.21

9: /49.20

2: /58.8

11: /42.3

3: /58.23

12: /58.11

4: /60.16

13: /42.4

5: /47.23

14: /42.3

6: /58.10

15: /58.24

7: /58.21

16: /44.18

8: /42.6

17: /47.20

9: /47.22

A1X12

10: /49.23

18: /45.6

A1X13 6

1: /36.15

3: /36.17

1: /23.10

10: /32.6

11: /32.7

12: /45.8

4: /36.11

13: /31.24

5: /36.13

14: /36.2

6: /38.4

15: /32.3

7: /38.4

16: /31.22

8: /36.9

17: /32.3

9: /31.20

18: /32.6

1: /35.11

A1X14 6

1: /55.11

2: /39.17

2: /36.16 1

5: /45.12

1: /60.15

A1X8

1: /22.17

4: /55.6

5: /47.3

1: /49.10

1: /55.5

3: /35.6

A1X4 6

2: /49.6

2: /35.7

A1X6 6

4: /35.5

Änderung

1: /35.4

A1X11

18 15 12 9

A1X2

A1X5

12 9

3: /39.19 1

4: /35.10

2: /55.14 1

3: /55.13

5: /35.9 4: /36.19 5: /36.20 6: /36.21

6: /35.12 7: /47.9 8: /47.8

4: /55.12 5: /56.10 6: /56.14

9: /47.11

Datum

a b c d

Plotdatum: 13.08.2010

Name

Datum

gez. 30.06.2006 gepr.

Name

Janke

Plug occupancy Central electric

Projektbez.

Blatt

Stromlaufplan HD+90-110 Zeichnungsnummer

02150921

Rev.

= +

12 86

Bl.

A1X16 6

Connector Operator's seat console

12 9

1: /69.3 2: /69.4 3: /24.3 4: /69.8 5: /69.11 6: /71.2 7: /71.4 8: /71.6 9: /71.7 10: /71.9 11: 12:

A1X18 6

21 18 15 12 9

1: /39.18 2: /39.17 3: /39.19 4: 5: /32.12 6: /44.10 7: 8: /49.23 9: /32.12 10: 11: 12: /49.23

Vervielfältigung oder Weitergabe nur mit unserer schriftlichen Genehmigung gestattet Schutzvermerk nach DIN 34 beachten

Connector Operator's cabin / ROPS

5: /65.3 4

8 6: /65.5

7 7: /60.19

Farbe

8: /63.3

A1X21 6

Farbe Datum

a b c d

Plotdatum: 13.08.2010

1: /25.5

13: /26.13

3: /32.3

14: /26.17

4: /25.13

15: /26.15

5: /31.24

16: /26.11

17: /26.9

7: /25.10

18:

19: /26.22

9: /32.7

20: /25.3

10: /25.17

21: /31.8

11: /25.20 Datum

gez. 25.09.2006 gepr.

1: /66.10

10:

2: /66.10

11:

3: /66.7

12:

4: /66.7

13:

5: /66.5

14:

6: /67.13

15:

16:

17:

18:

15 12 9

A1X22

12: /25.23

2: /31.22

Name

1: /23.9

12: /57.5

2: /48.7

13: /60.19

3: /48.13

14: /23.10

4: /57.17

15: /57.3

5: /48.5

16: /23.2

6: /48.11

17: /57.5

7: /37.11

18: /23.9

8: /48.9

19: /60.19

9: /57.3

20: /57.12

10: /57.24

21: /57.13

11: /37.8

4: /67.3

21 18 15 12 9

Connector Control device Diesel engine

3: /60.6

Änderung

18 15 12 9

2: /65.16

A1X20

A1X19 1: /60.4

A1X17

Farbe 21

1: 2: 3: 4: 5: /32.12 6: /32.12 7: 8: 9: 10: 11: /31.12 12: /31.14 13: /31.16 14: 15:

A1X38 6

1: /23.7 2: /23.7 1

3: /57.19 4: /57.19 5: 6:

Name

Janke

Plug occupancy Central electric

Projektbez.

Blatt

Stromlaufplan HD+90-110 Zeichnungsnummer

02150921

Rev.

= +

13 86

Bl.

A1X37

Vervielfältigung oder Weitergabe nur mit unserer schriftlichen Genehmigung gestattet Schutzvermerk nach DIN 34 beachten

Connector Diagnostic

A: /26.4 B: /26.4 C: D: E: F: /26.4

A1X24

15 12 9

Connector MC1

Änderung

G :/ 2 6 . 4 H :/ 2 6 . 4 J: K :/ 2 6 . 4 L: M :/ 2 6 . 4

Datum

a b c d

Plotdatum: 13.08.2010

1: /71.16 2: /72.2 3: /72.5 4: /71.18 5: /72.4 6: /34.3 7: /34.5 8: /71.12 9: /71.14 10: /34.7 11: /34.9 12: /72.6 13: /34.11 14: /34.3 15: /34.5

Name

21 18 15 12 9

Farbe

Datum

gez. 25.09.2006 gepr.

A1X25

12 9

1: /37.8

12: /37.4

2: /38.8

13: /38.18

3: /38.14

14: /36.13

4: /36.25

15: /38.4

5: /37.11

16: /36.11

6: /35.5

17: /36.6

7: /36.9

18: /36.4

8: /35.7

19: /35.10

9: /38.21

20: /35.12

10: /36.20

21: /38.11

A1X26 6

11: /36.2

Name

Janke

1: /39.3 2: /39.7 3: /39.10 4: /39.14 5: /40.4 6: /40.7 7: /40.11 8: /40.14 9: /31.14 10: /31.12 11: /37.14 12:

Plug occupancy Central electric

Projektbez.

Blatt

Stromlaufplan HD+90-110 Zeichnungsnummer

02150921

Rev.

= +

14 86

Bl.

Additive - Electronic system

A1.1

Vervielfältigung oder Weitergabe nur mit unserer schriftlichen Genehmigung gestattet Schutzvermerk nach DIN 34 beachten

X27 A1

/42.6

/42.9

/42.12

/42.15

/42.18

/42.21

/43.3

/43.7

/43.11

A10

/43.15

A11

/40.14

A12

/40.14

A13

/44.3

A14

/44.6

A15

/44.10

A16

/44.13

A17

/41.3

A18

AIN Track offset left AIN Track offset right DIN Emergency stop DIN Blinker right DIN Blinker left DIN Pressure switch Hydraulic oil filter AIN soot filter DO Amplitude, small front DO Amplitude, large front DO Amplitude, small rear DO Amplitude, large rear K Emergency stop K Emergency stop DO Track offset left DO Track offset right DO Warning buzzer DO Signal horn GND

DO Back-up alarm DO Additive sprinkling B3 Sprinkling - KAG B4 KAG lift B5 KAG lower B6 CAN A high B7 CAN A low B8 CAN GND B9 CAN B high B10 C A N B l o w B11 U + [ 1 5 ] B12 U + [ 1 5 ] B13 G N D B1

/45.3

/45.8 /45.12 /45.15 /71.2 /71.4 /71.6 /71.7 /71.9 /41.3 /41.5 /41.5

1: /42.3

10: /43.11

2: /42.6

11: /43.15

3: /42.9

12: /40.14

4: /42.12

13: /40.14

5: /42.15

14: /44.3

6: /42.18

15: /44.6

7: /42.21

16: /44.10

8: /43.3

17: /44.13

9: /43.7

18: /41.3

A1X28b

X28 /44.20

A1X27b

29 /42.3

1: /44.20

10: /71.9

2: /45.3

11: /41.3

3: /45.8

12: /41.5

4: /45.12

13: /41.5

5: /45.15

14:

6: /71.2

15:

7: /71.4

16:

8: /71.6

17:

9: /71.7

18: /42.24

Connector Flat bar Base appliance

B14 B15 B16 B17

/42.24

Änderung

Datum

a b c d

Plotdatum: 13.08.2010

Name

Datum

gez. 30.06.2006 gepr.

B18

5VDC Sensor

Name

Janke

Plug occupancy Central electric

Projektbez.

Blatt

Stromlaufplan HD+90-110 Zeichnungsnummer

02150921

Rev.

= +

15 86

Bl.

Additive - Electronic system

A1.2

Vervielfältigung oder Weitergabe nur mit unserer schriftlichen Genehmigung gestattet Schutzvermerk nach DIN 34 beachten

X29 /47.6

A1 A2

/47.16

/47.22

/47.26

/43.5

/43.9

/43.13

/43.17

/49.3

A10

/49.6

A11

/49.10

A12

/49.13

A13

/49.16

A14

/49.20

A15

/49.23

A16

/48.3

A17

/46.3

A18

DIF Speed sensor, vibration motor front DIF Speed sensor, vibration motor rear AIN Asphalt thermometer front AIN Asphalt thermometer rear GND A3 / A4 PWM Amplitude, small front PWM Amplitude, large front PWM Amplitude, small rear PWM Amplitude, large rear PWM Drive Chip spreader DO Reversing valve Chip spreader DO Chip spreader open DO Chip spreader close DO Reversing valve KAG DO Flow divider DO Tire-heating DIN Emergency stop GND

/66.12

/48.5

/48.7

/48.9

/48.11

/48.13

/48.15

DO Amplitude, large DO Amplitude, small U+ AIN Distribution potentiometer Chip spreader 0V DIN Chip spreader DIN Chip spreader AIN Chip spreader

B9 B10

/71.11 /71.13 /71.15 /71.17 /71.19 /46.3 /46.5 /46.5

Änderung

Datum

a b c d

Plotdatum: 13.08.2010

Name

Datum

gez. 30.06.2006 gepr.

CAN A high B12 C A N A l o w B13 C A N G N D B14 C A N B h i g h B15 C A N B l o w B16 U + [ 1 5 ] B17 U + [ 1 5 ] B18 G N D

1: /47.6

10: /49.3

2: /47.11

11: /49.6

3: /47.16

12: /49.10

4: /47.22

13: /49.13

5: /47.26

14: /49.16

6: /43.5

15: /49.20

7: /43.9

16: /49.23

8: /43.13

17: /48.3

9: /43.17

18: /46.3

1: /66.10

10:

2: /66.12

11: /71.11

3: /48.5

12: /71.13

4: /48.7

13: /71.15

5: /48.9

14: /71.17

6: /48.11

15: /71.19

7: /48.13

16: /46.3

8: /48.15

17: /46.5

18: /46.5

B11

Name

Janke

A1X30b

X30 /66.10

A1X29b

/47.11

Plug occupancy Central electric

Connector Flat bar Option

Projektbez.

Blatt

Stromlaufplan HD+90-110 Zeichnungsnummer

02150921

Rev.

= +

16 86

Bl.

1: /71.24 2: /72.13 3: /72.16 4: /71.26 5: /72.15 6: /51.3 7: /51.5 8: /71.20 9: /71.22 10: /51.7 11: /51.9 12: /72.17 13: /51.11 14: /51.3 15: /51.5

Connector MC ASC

A1X31

15 12 9

Vervielfältigung oder Weitergabe nur mit unserer schriftlichen Genehmigung gestattet Schutzvermerk nach DIN 34 beachten

18 15 12 9

1: /56.3

10: /53.2

15 12 9

2: /56.10

11: /55.14

3: /56.14

12: /55.4

4: /53.4

13:

5: /53.17

14:

6: /55.11

15: /54.5

7: /53.6

16: /53.23

8: /56.7

17: /53.25

9: /55.8

18: /53.11

1: /73.3

10: /73.12

2: /73.4

11: /73.13

3: /73.5

12: /73.14

4: /73.6

13:

5: /73.7

14: /73.15

6: /73.8

15: /73.16

7: /73.9

16:

8: /73.10

17: /73.17

9: /73.11

18: /73.18

12 9

A1X35 6

1: /73.2 2: /73.3 3: /73.4 4: /73.4 5: /73.5 6: /73.6 7: /73.6 8: /73.7 9: /73.8 10: /73.8 11: /73.9 12: /73.10

X33

Connector HCM

A1X32

A1X34

18 15 12 9

Connector Reserve

1: 2: 3: 4: 5: 6: 7: 8: 9: 10: 11: 12: 13: 14: 15:

A1X36

12 9

1: /73.2 2: /73.3 3: /73.4 4: /73.4 5: /73.5 6: /73.6 7: /73.6 8: /73.7 9: /73.8 10: /73.8 11: /73.9 12: /73.10

A1X39 1: /24.18 2: /24.18 3: /24.22 4: /24.22 5: /24.16 2

6: /24.3 7: /24.16

Farbe Änderung

Datum

a b c d

Plotdatum: 13.08.2010

Name

8: /24.3

Datum

gez. 26.09.2006 gepr.

Name

Janke

Plug occupancy Central electric

Projektbez.

Blatt

Stromlaufplan HD+90-110 Zeichnungsnummer

02150921

Rev.

= +

17 86

Bl.

K3X1 86

2 4 1

30: /25.5

/57.24

3: /57.18

1: /45.3 2 4 1

2: /45.3 3: /45.6 4: /45.6

4: 3

87: /25.5

K13X1

1: /57.24

87a

K6X1 86: /25.3 85: /25.3

87a:

/57.19

85 Driving light

Additive sprinkling

Control device Diesel engine K8X1 K4X1

1: /40.7 86: /39.14

2 4 1

85: /39.14 5

3: /31.8

30: /39.18

4: /31.8

87: /39.18 87a:

Water pump 1/2

3: /23.9 4: 5: /23.10

K9X1 1: /44.21

K5X1 86

2 4 1 86: /57.3

4: /58.24

30: /57.4

2: /44.21 3: /58.24

85: /57.3 87a

2: /23.15

R e m o t e s h u t - d o w n e n g i n eD r i v e l e v e r 0 - p o s i t i o n

1: /23.15 2 4 1

87a

Vervielfältigung oder Weitergabe nur mit unserer schriftlichen Genehmigung gestattet Schutzvermerk nach DIN 34 beachten

2: /40.7

K14X1

5: /58.25

87:

Back-up alarm

87a: 85

K10X1 Flasher relay

1: /44.13

2 4 1

2: /44.13 3: /44.15

4: 5: /44.16 Signal horn

Änderung

Datum

a b c d

Plotdatum: 13.08.2010

Name

gez. gepr.

Datum

Name

09.10.2006

Janke

Relay Central electric

Projektbez.

Blatt

Stromlaufplan HD+90-110 Zeichnungsnummer

02150921

Rev.

= +

18 86

Bl.

Änderung

48 49 50

a b c d Datum

Plotdatum: 13.08.2010 51 52 53 54

Name

gepr. 55 56 57

gez. 30.06.2006 Datum

58 59

Janke 60 61 62 63 64

D1.1

72 73

29 30

GND (U ref.)

Terminal 15

U+ Diagnostic lamp

/31.12

EMR3 / EDC16

/32.12

/31.8

/26.9

Name

Control device Diesel engine EMR-3 75 76 77

31 32

78 79

D-In. Starting release

33 34 35

80 81 82

36 37 38 39 40

83 84 85 86 87

D-Out Pilot light Preheat

Diagnostic-CAN-High

Sensor Coolant level

/32.12

/26.13

/32.7

Pressure switch, air filter

/32.3

ISO-K-Line

D-Out. EMR - Relay

/31.16

/25.3

+5V (U ref.)

Sensor Fuel prefilter

/31.24

CAN-High (Customer-CAN)

GND

/31.22

Terminal 30

/26.17

/25.23 6

CAN-Low (Customer-CAN)

/25.13 5

GND

Diagnostic-CAN-Low

/25.20 4

/31.14

/25.10 3

Terminal 30

A-In. Engine speed setting

/25.17 2

GND

/26.15

D-Out Diagnostic Lamp

/25.7 1

Terminal 30

/26.11

/26.22

Vervielfältigung oder Weitergabe nur mit unserer schriftlichen Genehmigung gestattet Schutzvermerk nach DIN 34 beachten

1 19 20 21 22

02150921

Zeichnungsnummer

Rev.

41 42 43 44 45

88 89 90 91 92

Projektbez.

= +

46 47

93 94

Stromlaufplan HD+90-110

Blatt

19 Bl.

Änderung

a b c d Datum

Plotdatum: 13.08.2010 Name

gepr.

D-Out Injection valve Cylinder 6 D-Out Injection valve Cylinder 2 D-Out - Relay Preheat

31 32 33 34

/27.3

gez. 30.06.2006 Datum

Janke 36

7 8

37 38 39

/29.3

D1.2

40 41

GND Pressure sensor Fuel Low pressure

42 43 44

Shield D-In. Relay Preheat

GND Fuel Valve Rail GND Speed sensor Camshaft

GND Sensor Engine oil pressure

47 48 49 50 51

/30.5 /29.13 /28.17

/27.14 /30.15

13 14 15 16 17 22 23 24

52 53 54

Name

Control device Diesel engine EMR-3

A-In. Engine oil pressure A-In. Pressure sensor Fuel Low pressure

A-In. Temperature sensor, engine cooling

55 56 57 58

/29.5 /27.16

/27.12

D-Out + Starting relay

F-In. Speed sensor Crankshaft

+5V Pressure sensor Fuel Rail

/28.15

D-Out + Relay Preheat

16 /28.25

/27.5

+5V Pressure sensor Fuel Low pressure

/29.7

GND Sensor Boost air

/28.5

/27.7

A-In. Temperature sensor Boost air

/29.15

/30.3

/28.7

PWM-Out + Fuel Valve Rail

D-Out Injection valve Cylinder 3

/30.13

D-Out - Starting relay GND Injection valve Cylinder 1-3

D-Out Injection valve Cylinder 1

/30.9

EMR3 / EDC16

D-Out Injection valve Cylinder 4

/30.19

/28.3

+5V Sensor

/28.13

+5V Sensor

GND Speed sensor Crankshaft

/29.11

F-In. Speed sensor Camshaft

A-In. Pressure sensor Fuel Rail

/28.23

GND Temperature sensor, engine cooling

A-In. charge-air pressure

/28.9

/27.18

/28.21

GND Pressure sensor Fuel Rail

Shield

/30.25

/30.11

GND Injection valve Cylinder 4-6

D-Out Injection valve Cylinder 5

/30.23

/30.21

Vervielfältigung oder Weitergabe nur mit unserer schriftlichen Genehmigung gestattet Schutzvermerk nach DIN 34 beachten

1 19

29 30

59 60

21 22

02150921

Zeichnungsnummer

Rev.

Projektbez.

= +

25 26

Stromlaufplan HD+90-110

Blatt

20 Bl.

EMR3 EDC16

D1 38

Vervielfältigung oder Weitergabe nur mit unserer schriftlichen Genehmigung gestattet Schutzvermerk nach DIN 34 beachten

D1X2

D1X1

Diesel engine 39

VIEW CONTACTS 5

Datum

a b c d

Plotdatum: 13.08.2010

1: /25.7 2: /25.17 3: /25.10 4: /25.20 5: /25.13 6: /25.23 7: 8: 9: /31.14 10: 11: 12: 13: 14: 15: 16: 17: 18: 19: 20: 21: 22: /31.16 23: 24:

Änderung

D1X1

Name

Datum

gez. 30.06.2006 gepr.

25: /26.9 26: 27: 28: /31.8 29: /32.12 30: /31.12 31: 32: 33: 34: 35: 36: 37: 38: 39: 40: 41: 42: 43: 44: 45: 46: 47: 48:

49: 50: 51: 52: 53: 54: 55: /26.22 56: 57: 58: 59: 60: /26.11 61: /26.15 62: /26.17 63: /31.22 64: /31.24 65: 66: 67: 68: 69: 70: 71: 72: /25.3

73: 74: 75: 76: 77: /32.3 78: 79: /32.7 80: 81: 82: /26.13 83: 84: 85: 86: 87: 88: 89: 90: 91: 92: /32.12 93: 94:

D1X2

VIEW CONTACTS 15

Name

Janke

Control device Diesel engine EMR-3 Electric plug

1: /30.25 2: 3: 4: 5: 6: 7: 8: /28.21 9: 10: /29.11 11: /29.3 12: 13: /28.13 14: /28.3 15: /27.14 16: /30.15 17: 18: 19: /30.3 20: /29.15

21: /27.7 22: 23: /28.5 24: /27.5 25: 26: /28.25 27: 28: 29: 30: /27.12 31: /30.21 32: /30.23 33: /30.11 34: /27.3 35: 36: 37: 38: 39: 40: /28.9

41: /27.18 42: 43: /28.23 44: 45: 46: /30.19 47: /30.9 48: /30.13 49: /30.5 50: /29.13 51: /28.17 52: 53: /28.7 54: /29.7 55: 56: /28.15 57: /29.5 58: /27.16 59: 60:

Projektbez.

Blatt

Stromlaufplan HD+90-110 Zeichnungsnummer

02150921

Rev.

= +

21 86

Bl.

XF1: Fuse box Engine room 1

XF1

F01

/9.2

/9.4

100A

+ F02

5 F03

100A

/9.4

+ F04

150A

/9.4

40A

/9.4

Vervielfältigung oder Weitergabe nur mit unserer schriftlichen Genehmigung gestattet Schutzvermerk nach DIN 34 beachten

30 30.1 30.2 30.3 15.1 D+

K04X1

/23.2 /27.2 /57.9 /23.20 /39.2 /38.2

K04 /23.10

K04X1

47R

G1 42

M1 41 1 30

135Ah

12V

M1X2b

M1X2s

A1X7

B+

50a

0 1 1

M1/30 31

Q1 43

M1/50a

Earth terminal Diesel engine

Earth terminal Chassis

31 02

D+

31 01

U 31

G2D+

Earth terminal E-Box 31 03

31 4 5 6 7 8 9

M1: Starting motor K12: Starting relay

Änderung

Datum

a b c d

Plotdatum: 13.08.2010

G1: Battery S1: Battery isolating switch

Name

Datum

gez. 30.06.2006 gepr.

G2: Alternator

Name

Janke

/23.2

Voltage supply Supply system

Projektbez.

Blatt

Stromlaufplan HD+90-110 Zeichnungsnummer

02150921

Rev.

= +

22 86

Bl.

/22.25

15A

/11.3

A1X17

0,1

30 15 50a 0-Stellung 15.1 15.2

30 1 2

30.3

/25.2 /37.2 /38.2 /37.2 /39.2 /24.2

123

50a

19 30

K01

A1X17

15 1

K14-3

K14X1

3 3

K14 .15

K14X1 A1X38

K01X1

Sicherungstester Fuse Tester

A1X8

M1X2b

M1X2s

K04X1

K14X1

K14 49

RF1

A1X38

K14X1

K04

K01X1

FL 1

K04X1

M1X2s

M1X2b

S20/K30

K14-5

/24.2

Datum

a b c d

Plotdatum: 13.08.2010

/22.6

K14: Relay 0-position

Name

Datum

gez. 30.06.2006 gepr.

.9 4

K04: Starting relay

K01: Power relay 15 Änderung

.22

S1: Ignition switch

/22.25

47 C1

FL A

K01 4700uF740V

Vervielfältigung oder Weitergabe nur mit unserer schriftlichen Genehmigung gestattet Schutzvermerk nach DIN 34 beachten

15 2

B3: 0-position Drive lever

Name

Janke

Voltage supply Supply system Ignition switch

Projektbez.

Blatt

Stromlaufplan HD+90-110 Zeichnungsnummer

02150921

Rev.

= +

23 86

Bl.

/23.24

Vervielfältigung oder Weitergabe nur mit unserer schriftlichen Genehmigung gestattet Schutzvermerk nach DIN 34 beachten

15.2

A1X16

A1X39

K110 .3

44 21

K112

K113 32

.12

K110 22

A1X39

/69.2

15A

A1X39

13 32

K113

.12

K113 14

K113 2

.12

K112 22

K114

K114 .14

/34.2

K113 4

K113 6

.12

K111

/11.3

K110 .3

15A

/11.3

25 15.2 NA

K114

.14

A1X39

.14

K114 4

K114

.14

A1X39

.14

50 13

K110

K112

/23.24

14 A1

K111

A1X39

K114

.3 .9 .12

.7 .12 .4

.9 .12 .3

13 21

Änderung

K113

Datum

a b c d

Plotdatum: 13.08.2010

Name

Datum

gez. 30.06.2006

.18 .20 .22

.23 .16 22 .6

/25.2

.18 .20 .22 .23 .16 .6

Name

Janke

Emergency control

Power-Zusatz

/41.2

Power-MC1

K112

/34.2

K111

Not-Aus

K111

/26.2

K110

Projektbez. Zeichnungsnummer

gepr.

Blatt

Stromlaufplan HD+90-110

02150921

Rev.

= +

24 86

Bl.

/23.24

26 /57.2

25A

/11.3 53

D1.1

EMR-3

GND

/19.2

D1.1 /19.2

Vervielfältigung oder Weitergabe nur mit unserer schriftlichen Genehmigung gestattet Schutzvermerk nach DIN 34 beachten

GND

D1.1 /19.2

K3X1

EMR-3

D1X1

A1X21

K3 54

K3X1

A1X21

D1X1

87a

87 87

A1X21

D1X1

D1.1 /19.2

D-Out. EMR Relay

D1.1 /19.2

EMR-3

/24.13

A1X21

D1X1

Terminal 30

EMR-3

D1.1 /19.2

Terminal 30

EMR-3

D1.1 /19.2

Terminal 30

EMR-3

K1: Relay EMR-3

Änderung

A1X21

Datum

a b c d

Plotdatum: 13.08.2010

Name

D1: EMR-3

Datum

gez. 30.06.2006

Name

Janke

Voltage supply EMR-3

Projektbez.

Blatt

Stromlaufplan HD+90-110 Zeichnungsnummer

gepr.

/26.2

02150921

Rev.

= +

25 86

Bl.

2 /24.16

Not-Aus

24 Not-Aus EMR-L EMR-H DIA-EMR

/31.2 /71.2 /71.1 /69.2

A1X37 Diagnosestecker Diagnostic plug

Vervielfältigung oder Weitergabe nur mit unserer schriftlichen Genehmigung gestattet Schutzvermerk nach DIN 34 beachten

H G F I M E A K L B C D

EMR-3 K

D-Out Diagnostic

D1.1 B

60¿

120¿

/19.2

A1X21

D1.1 /19.2

/25.25

D1X1

A1X21

4,7k¿

1k¿

ISO-K-Line

Diagnostic CAN-Low

Diagnostic CAN-High

Customer CAN-Low

Customer CAN-High

EMR-3

D1X1

Shield 31

/31.2 /31.2

D1: EMR-3 S3: Push button switch Warning lamp Diesel engine Änderung

Datum

a b c d

Plotdatum: 13.08.2010

Name

Datum

gez. 30.06.2006 gepr.

Name

Janke

Diagnostic interface Diesel engine

Projektbez.

Blatt

Stromlaufplan HD+90-110 Zeichnungsnummer

02150921

Rev.

= +

26 86

Bl.

/22.25

D1.2 /20.5

Vervielfältigung oder Weitergabe nur mit unserer schriftlichen Genehmigung gestattet Schutzvermerk nach DIN 34 beachten

15M 30.1

EMR-3

D-Out + Relay

D-Out Relay

D-In. Relay Preheat

D1X2

K03X1

D1X2

D1.2 /20.5

EMR-3

D-Out + Starting relay

D-Out Starting relay

A-In. Sensor

GND Sensor

D1X2

K03 .3

K03X1

D1X2

K03

M1X1s

M1X1b

B43X1

M1X3 1

E04 56

25 15M

M1X3 2

E05 57

E01 58

B43 60

E02 59

B43X1

B43: Temperature sensor, engine cooling K03: Relay Heater plugs E01-E06: Heater plugs Änderung

Datum

a b c d

Plotdatum: 13.08.2010

Name

Datum

gez. 04.07.2006 gepr.

R(20°C) 2500 Ohm Name

Janke

Diesel engine Cold start equipment Common Rail

Projektbez.

Blatt

Stromlaufplan HD+90-110 Zeichnungsnummer

02150921

Rev.

= +

27 86

Bl.

EMR-3

+5V

GND Sensor

D1.2 /20.5

Vervielfältigung oder Weitergabe nur mit unserer schriftlichen Genehmigung gestattet Schutzvermerk nach DIN 34 beachten

EMR-3

D1X2

A-In. Boost air A-In. Boost air Thermosensor Pressure sensor

D1X2

D1.2

EMR-3

+5V

A-In. Pressure Engine oil

GND Sensor

A-In. Pressure Fuel Rail

+5V

/20.5 13

D1X2

EMR-3

D1X2

D1.2 /20.5

D1X2

M1X1s

M1X1

M1X1s

M1X1b

B48X1

B6X1

B49X1

+5V

GND

0,5-4,5V

B48

GND

+5V

0,5-4,5V

B49

U 62

B48: Sensor charge-air pressure / Boost air Thermosensor

GND

0,5-4,5V

T U

+5V

0,5-4,5V

U 63

B6: Sensor Engine oil pressure

B49: Pressure sensor Fuel Rail

R(20°C) 2510 Ohm

Änderung

Datum

a b c d

Plotdatum: 13.08.2010

Name

Datum

gez. 04.07.2006 gepr.

Name

Janke

Diesel engine 2 Common Rail

Projektbez.

Blatt

Stromlaufplan HD+90-110 Zeichnungsnummer

02150921

Rev.

= +

28 86

Bl.

EMR-3

GND Sensor

A-In Fuel Low pressure

+5V

F-In. Speed sensor

GND Sensor

Shield

F-In. Speed sensor

GND Sensor

Shield

D1X2

M1X1s

M1X1b

B51X1

B40.1X1

B40.2X1

GND

1.0 sw

+5V

B40.1X1

Sign.

2 GND

Shield

2x 0.75 ws

M1X1b

2x 0.75 ws

M1X1s

2x 0.75 ws

M1X1b

2x 0.75 ws

M1X1s

1.0 sw

M1X1s

M1X1b

B51X1

2x 0.75 ws

D1X2

2x 0.75 ws

0.75 sw

2x 0.75 ws

D1X2

D1.2 /20.5

2x 0.75 ws

D1X2

Vervielfältigung oder Weitergabe nur mit unserer schriftlichen Genehmigung gestattet Schutzvermerk nach DIN 34 beachten

0.75 sw

D1.2 /20.5

0.75 sw

B40.2X1

Sign.

2 GND

Shield

0,5-4,5V

B51

B40.1

P U

B51: Pressure sensor Fuel Low pressure

Änderung

Datum

a b c d

Plotdatum: 13.08.2010

Name

Datum

gez. 05.07.2006 gepr.

B40.2

n U

B40.1: Speed sensor Camshaft

Name

Janke

Diesel engine 2 Common Rail

n U

B40.2: Speed sensor Crankshaft

Projektbez.

Blatt

Stromlaufplan HD+90-110 Zeichnungsnummer

02150921

Rev.

= +

29 86

Bl.

D1.2

Vervielfältigung oder Weitergabe nur mit unserer schriftlichen Genehmigung gestattet Schutzvermerk nach DIN 34 beachten

/20.5

D1.2

EMR-3

PWM-Out + MPROP

GND MPROP

Injection valve + Cylinder 1

Injection valve + Cylinder 2

Injection valve + Cylinder 3

Injection valve Cylinder 1-3

Injection valve + Cylinder 4

Injection valve + Cylinder 5

Injection valve + Cylinder 6

Injection valve Cylinder 4-6

D1X2

/20.5

D1X2

/20.5

D1X2

M1X1s

M1X1b

Y19X1

Y15.1

Y15.3

Y15.6

Y15.4

Y19

X19X1

Y15.1: Injection valve Cylinder 1 Y15.3: Injection valve Cylinder 3

Y19: Fuel Valve Rail R = 3 Ohm

R = 0,5 Ohm

Y15.2: Injection valve Cylinder 5 Y15.4: Injection valve Cylinder 6 R = 0,5 Ohm

Änderung

Datum

a b c d

Plotdatum: 13.08.2010

Name

Datum

gez. 05.07.2006 gepr.

Name

Janke

Diesel engine 4 Common Rail

Projektbez.

Blatt

Stromlaufplan HD+90-110 Zeichnungsnummer

02150921

Rev.

= +

30 86

Bl.

2 /26.25

Not-Aus

24 Not-Aus

RC 4/4

AOut_GND

AOut

AIN 5

/33.5

K8X1

EMR-3

GND Sensor

A-In. Sensor Fuel prefilter

D1.1 /19.2

A2X1

A1X26

A2X1

D1X1

A1X21

D1X1

/32.2

K8 /40.7

Vervielfältigung oder Weitergabe nur mit unserer schriftlichen Genehmigung gestattet Schutzvermerk nach DIN 34 beachten

K8X1

A1X21

A1X22

8K2

R22

R21

A1X22

Umin = 500mV

1K0

D1X1

D1.1

D1X1

A1X8 D1X1

Klemme 15

GND Sensor

A-In. Potentiometer Engine speed

+5V U ref.

EMR-3

/19.2

D1.1 /19.2

EMR-3

B11X1

1MW

B11 72

/26.25 /26.25

Shield 31

/34.2

B11: Sensor Water level Fuel prefilter

Änderung

Datum

a b c d

Plotdatum: 13.08.2010

Name

Datum

gez. 05.07.2006 gepr.

Name

Janke

Speed adjustment Diesel engine Sensor Fuel prefilter

Projektbez.

Blatt

Stromlaufplan HD+90-110 Zeichnungsnummer

02150921

Rev.

= +

31 86

Bl.

/31.25

Not-Aus

24 Not-Aus

/38.2

Sensor_In

A1X8

D1.1

EMR-3

/19.2

B54X1

D1X1

A1X22

A1X18

+U SIGN

B54 Vervielfältigung oder Weitergabe nur mit unserer schriftlichen Genehmigung gestattet Schutzvermerk nach DIN 34 beachten

S13X1 S13

GND

S13X1

B54X1

X2 2

H6 X1

A1X8

A1X21

D1X1

D1.1 /19.2

D1.1

EMR-3

/19.2

Sensor_In

A1X22

D1X1

A1X18

Sensor_In

D1.1 /19.2

EMR-3

Sensor_In

S13: Pressure switch, air filter B54:Level switch, cooling fluid H6: Pilot light, glow

Änderung

Datum

a b c d

Plotdatum: 13.08.2010

Name

gez. gepr.

Datum

Name

03.11.2006

Janke

Sensors Diesel engine Vehicle

Projektbez.

Blatt

Stromlaufplan HD+90-110 Zeichnungsnummer

02150921

Rev.

= +

32 86

Bl.

RC 4-4/20

Vervielfältigung oder Weitergabe nur mit unserer schriftlichen Genehmigung gestattet Schutzvermerk nach DIN 34 beachten

U+ Power outputs Earth Earth Parking brake Back-up alarm Emergency stop Drive pump Engine speed setting Water level indicator Signal Preselection Engine speed Emergency stop Sense of rotation front left Charge indicator enable Power outputs Input not used Contr. switch/starter safety switch Water pump 1 not used not used Engine speed setting Thermosensor Hydraulic oil Signal not used Engine speed setting Sense of rotation rear left GND RS232 CAN-L2 CAN-H2 U+ Power outputs Earth Gear shifting Drive pump reverse Drive pump forward Speed sensor front left Earth Speed sensor front left Signal 0-position Drive lever Angle sensor Pivoted bearing Signal Angle sensor Pivoted bearing +5V Pressure switch, parking brake Angle sensor Pivoted bearing GND CAN-L1 CAN-H1 U+ Electronic system U+ Electronic system Speed sensor rear left Earth Speed sensor rear left Signal Preselection Engine speed Fuel indicator Signal Voltage supply 5VDC Ignition switch 50a Voltage supply 0VDC RxD RS232 TxD RS232 Bootstrap

Änderung

Datum

a b c d

Plotdatum: 13.08.2010

Name

Datum

gez. 14.07.2006

/34.3

/34.7

/39.10

/40.11

/40.14

/31.12

/36.20

/37.11

/38.11

/38.14

/38.21

/34.11

13 14

/40.7

/39.14

16 17 18

/31.16

/36.25

/37.14

/31.14

/38.18

/72.5

/71.18

/71.16

/34.5

/40.4

/39.7

/39.3

/35.5

/35.7

/37.4

/36.4

/36.2

/38.4

/36.6

/71.14

/71.12

/34.7

/34.9

/35.10

/35.12

/37.8

/36.11

/36.9

/38.8

/36.13

/72.4

/72.2

/72.6

+U Power outputs GND GND Housing PWM-output - 3 Digital output - 3 Digital output - 4 Analogue-Output GND Analogue input [U] 3 Analogue input [I] 3 Digital input - 3 Digital input - 4 Digital input - 6 Enable Power outputs in Enable Power outputs out Digital output - 2 PWM-output - 4 GND Frequency-Input 3 Frequency-Input 3 Analogue input [U] 5 Analogue input [U] 4 Analogue input [I] 4 Analogue-Output Signal Digital input - 5 GND RS232 CAN-L2 CAN-H2 +U Power outputs GND Digital output - 1 PWM-output - 2 PWM-output - 1 GND Frequency-Input 1 Frequency-Input 1 Analogue input [I] 1 Analogue input [U] 1 5V Voltage supply - 1 Digital input - 1 GND Voltage supply - 1 CAN-L1 CAN-H1 Voltage supply Electronic system Voltage supply Electronic system GND Frequency-Input 2 Frequency-Input 2 Analogue input [I] 2 Analogue input [U] 2 5V Voltage supply - 2 Digital input - 2 GND Voltage supply - 2 RxD RS232 TxD RS232 Bootstrap

Name

Janke

General arrangement MC

A2X1

1: 2: 3: 4: 5: 6: 7: 8: 9: 10: 11: 12: 13: 14: 15: 16: 17: 18: 19: 20: 21: 22: 23: 24: 25: 26:

/34.3 /34.3 /34.7 /39.10 /40.11 /40.14 /31.12 /36.20 /37.11 /38.11 /38.14 /38.21 /34.11 /40.7 /39.14

/31.16 /36.25 /37.14 /31.14 /38.18 /72.5 /71.18 /71.16

27: 28: 29: 30: 31: 32: 33: 34: 35: 36: 37: 38: 39: 40: 41: 42: 43: 44: 45: 46: 47: 48: 49: 50: 51: 52:

/34.5 /34.5 /40.4 /39.7 /39.3 /35.5 /35.7 /37.4 /36.4 /36.2 /38.4 /36.6 /71.14 /71.12 /34.7 /34.9 /35.10 /35.12 /37.8 /36.11 /36.9 /38.8 /36.13 /72.4 /72.2 /72.6

Projektbez. Zeichnungsnummer Rev.

gepr.

Blatt

Stromlaufplan HD+90-110

02150921

= +

33 86

Bl.

/24.26 /24.18

15.2 MC1-Sensor Power-MC1 F11

/11.3

15.2 MC1-Sensor

/42.2

/35.2

/11.3

A1X44 4

Vervielfältigung oder Weitergabe nur mit unserer schriftlichen Genehmigung gestattet Schutzvermerk nach DIN 34 beachten

A1X24

A2X1

A2 /33.5

U+ U+ Leistungsausgänge Leistungsausgänge

U+ Microcontroller

Inhibit Leistungsausgänge

RC 4/4

GND

GND Gehäuse

A2 /33.5

/31.25

Änderung

A2X1

A1X24

A2X1

Datum

a b c d

Plotdatum: 13.08.2010

Name

gez.

Datum

Name

14.07.2006

Janke

Power supply MC

Projektbez.

Blatt

Stromlaufplan HD+90-110 Zeichnungsnummer

gepr.

/41.2

02150921

Rev.

= +

34 86

Bl.

1 /34.25

RC 4/4

FRQ1_A1 SIG

FRQ1_A2 SIG

A2X1

RC 4/4

U+

GND

DIR

SIGN

A2X1

/55.11 43

RHL

A1X13

U+

GND

DIR

SIGN

D4 gn U+

rt GND

SIGN

U+

Plotdatum: 13.08.2010

rt GND

SIGN

+U GND

SIGN

Speed sensor, axle motor front left Datum

/38.13

RVL

Vervielfältigung oder Weitergabe nur mit unserer schriftlichen Genehmigung gestattet Schutzvermerk nach DIN 34 beachten

VL-Sig

A1X25

a b c d

/73.8

VL-GND

A2X1

FRQ1_A2 GND

/33.5 32

/55.4

/33.5

A1X2

/36.2

FRQ1_A1 GND

/33.5

RC 4/4

MC1-Sensor

/33.5

Änderung

MC1-Sensor

Name

gez.

Datum

Name

17.07.2006

Janke

GND

U SIGN

Speed sensor, axle motor rear left

Frequency-Input 1A -3A

Projektbez. Zeichnungsnummer

gepr.

Blatt

Stromlaufplan HD+90-110

02150921

Rev.

= +

35 86

Bl.

RC 4/4

/37.2

GND

A2X1

RC 4/4

ANA_A1

/33.5

A2X1

RC 4/4

ANA_A2

RC 4/4 A2

/33.5

A2X1

ANA_A4

/33.5

ANA_A1V +5V

RC 4/4

ANA_A3

/33.5

A2X1

/33.5 38

RC 4/4

GND

/33.5

MC1-Sensor

RC 4/4

A2X1

A1X25

A1X7

R13X1

ANA_A2V +5V

/33.5 47

A1X25

A2X1

A1X25

Lenk_Sig

Lenk_GND /53.6

/53.5

A1X8

100 Ohm

+5V

A2X1

R12 200 Ohm

200 Ohm

/42.2

Vervielfältigung oder Weitergabe nur mit unserer schriftlichen Genehmigung gestattet Schutzvermerk nach DIN 34 beachten

MC1-Sensor

/35.26

R28

A1X8

R9X1

A1X12

B9Xb

5 2

B9 85

R13

GND

Level transmitter Fuel tank

Änderung

Datum

a b c d

Plotdatum: 13.08.2010

Name

gez.

Datum

Name

17.07.2006

Janke

Thermosensor Hydraulic oil

Level transmitter Water tank

Analogue input

Projektbez. Zeichnungsnummer

gepr.

Blatt

Stromlaufplan HD+90-110

02150921

Rev.

= +

36 86

Bl.

/36.25 /23.24 /23.24

MC1-Sensor 0-Stellung 15

MC1-Sensor 0-Stellung 15 58

S20X1 Vervielfältigung oder Weitergabe nur mit unserer schriftlichen Genehmigung gestattet Schutzvermerk nach DIN 34 beachten

/38.2 /69.2 /48.2 /39.2

S20 87

102

A1X17

A1X25

A1X26

A2X1

A2 /33.5

CUR_A1

CUR_A2

/33.5

RC 4/4

A2 /33.5

RC 4/4

0-position Drive lever

CUR_A3

RC 4/4

A2 /33.5

CUR_A4

RC 4/4

Switch Preselection Engine speed 1 - 0 : Rated speed 0 - 1 : Maximal speed

Änderung

Datum

a b c d

Plotdatum: 13.08.2010

Name

gez.

Datum

Name

17.07.2006

Janke

Analogue input

Projektbez. Zeichnungsnummer

gepr.

Blatt

Stromlaufplan HD+90-110

02150921

Rev.

= +

37 86

Bl.

/37.25 /22.25 /32.25 /23.24

MC1-Sensor D+ Not-Aus 50a

Vervielfältigung oder Weitergabe nur mit unserer schriftlichen Genehmigung gestattet Schutzvermerk nach DIN 34 beachten

MC1-Sensor

/35.6 /35.11

A1X8

S4X1

Not-Aus RVL RHL

RVL RHL

/42.2 /53.11 /53.23

S4X1

A1X8

A1X25

A2X1

A2 /33.5

DIG_A1

/33.5

RC 4/4

DIG_A2

RC 4/4

Pressure switch Parking brake

Änderung

Datum

Plotdatum: 13.08.2010

Name

gez.

A2 /33.5

DIG_A3

RC 4/4

A2 /33.5

DIG_A4

Datum

Name

17.07.2006

Janke

A2 /33.5

RC 4/4

Emergency stop

Ignition switch 50a

a b c d

DIG_A5

RC 4/4

A2 /33.5

DIG_A6

RC 4/4

Sense of rotation Wheel drive rear left Sense of rotation Wheel drive front left

Digital input 1A - 6A

Charge indicator Alternator

Projektbez. Zeichnungsnummer

gepr.

Blatt

Stromlaufplan HD+90-110

02150921

Rev.

= +

38 86

Bl.

15.1 58

/23.24 /37.25

RC 4/4

PWM_A1

PWM_A2

PWM_A3

/33.5

RC 4/4

F19

PWM_A4

/11.3

15.1 58

/44.2 /48.2

15A

/33.5

K4X1

30 30

A2X1

.14

A1X26

Vervielfältigung oder Weitergabe nur mit unserer schriftlichen Genehmigung gestattet Schutzvermerk nach DIN 34 beachten

A1X44 A1X44

A1X44

87a

K4X1

A1X18

S5X1

S5 94

V7 9

A1X5

Y1X1

A1X5

Y2X1

A1X5

Y3X1

K4X1

Y3X1

A1X18

A1X13

M2X1

M3X1

A1X18

K4X1

M2X1 Drive pump forward

Valve Parking brake

M3X1

Water pump 1 Water pump

Water pump 2

Änderung

Datum

a b c d

Plotdatum: 13.08.2010

Name

gez.

Datum

Name

17.07.2006

Janke

87a

Drive pump reverse

.17

PWM-output 1A - 4A

Projektbez. Zeichnungsnummer

gepr.

Blatt

Stromlaufplan HD+90-110

02150921

Rev.

= +

39 86

Bl.

RC 4/4

DIGL_A1 3A

DIGL_A2 3A

DIGL_A3

A2 /33.5

Vervielfältigung oder Weitergabe nur mit unserer schriftlichen Genehmigung gestattet Schutzvermerk nach DIN 34 beachten

A2 /33.5

RC 4/4 A2

DIGL_A4

A2X1

A1X26

A1X27b

A1.1 /15.11

Emergency stop Additive Control unit

A12

Not-Stop

Zusatz

A1X44 2

Zusatz A1.1

Not-Stop

/15.11 A13

A1X5

/33.5

A1X27b

A1X44

V11

Y4X1

K8X1

A1X5

Y5X1

Y4X1

K8X1

Y5X1

Power supply EMR III 3

Valve Gear shifting

Emergency stop Valve Drive pump

/31.8

Änderung

Datum

a b c d

Plotdatum: 13.08.2010

Name

gez.

Datum

Name

17.07.2006

Janke

Digital output 1A - 4A

Projektbez. Zeichnungsnummer

gepr.

Blatt

Stromlaufplan HD+90-110

02150921

Rev.

= +

40 86

Bl.

Vervielfältigung oder Weitergabe nur mit unserer schriftlichen Genehmigung gestattet Schutzvermerk nach DIN 34 beachten

/24.22

A1X28b

B11

A1.1

Power-Zusatz

A1X28b

/15.11

B12

U+ U+ Leistungsausgänge Leistungsausgänge

Zusatz

GND

A18

B13

A1.1 /15.11

A1X27b

/34.25

Änderung

A1X28b

Datum

a b c d

Plotdatum: 13.08.2010

Name

gez. gepr.

Datum

Name

22.11.2006

Janke

Power supply Additive Control unit

Projektbez.

/46.2

Blatt

Stromlaufplan HD+90-110 Zeichnungsnummer

02150921

Rev.

= +

41 86

Bl.

15.2 Not-Aus +5V

/34.25 /38.19 /36.3

F14

Not-Aus

/48.2

15.2 Sensor-Zusatz

/46.2

R L

/57.9

/47.2

/57.9

/11.3 100

A1X7

S6X1

Vervielfältigung oder Weitergabe nur mit unserer schriftlichen Genehmigung gestattet Schutzvermerk nach DIN 34 beachten

A1X11

B7Xb

B7Xs

101

102

B7Xs

B7Xb

A1X11

A1X27b

A1.1 /15.11

2 1

S6X1

A1X7

A1X27b

B7Xb

A1X27b

A1X28b

B18

DIN

AIN

Zusatz

soot filter

+5V Sensors

Crab steering left

Emergency stop

Crab steering right

Änderung

103

A1X7

Datum

a b c d

Plotdatum: 13.08.2010

Name

gez. gepr.

Blinker left Blinker right

Datum

Name

14.11.2006

Janke

Filter indicator Hydraulic oil filter

Additive - Control unit Flat bar - 1

Projektbez.

Blatt

Stromlaufplan HD+90-110 Zeichnungsnummer

02150921

Rev.

= +

42 86

Bl.

A1.2

Zusatz

PWM_1

PWM_2

PWM_3

Zusatz A1.2

/16.12

PWM_4

/16.12 A6

A1X29b

Zusatz

DO_1

DO_2

DO_3

DO_4

A10

A11

A1.1

Vervielfältigung oder Weitergabe nur mit unserer schriftlichen Genehmigung gestattet Schutzvermerk nach DIN 34 beachten

/15.11

A1X27b

A1X5

Y6X1

Y7X1

Y8X1

Y9X1

104

105

106

107

Y6X1

Y7X1

Valve Amplitude, small front

Änderung

Datum

a b c d

Plotdatum: 13.08.2010

Valve Amplitude, large front

Name

gez. gepr.

Datum

Name

14.11.2006

Janke

Y8X1

Valve Amplitude, small rear

Y9X1

Valve Amplitude, large rear

Additive - Control unit Flat bar - 1

Projektbez.

Blatt

Stromlaufplan HD+90-110 Zeichnungsnummer

02150921

Rev.

= +

43 86

Bl.

/39.26

Zusatz

F21

DO_1

DO_2

DO_3

DO_4

/11.3

A1.1

25 15.1

26 /45.2

Zusatz

15A

DO_5

112

/15.11 A14

A1X27b

A15

A1X27b

A16

A1X27b

A17

A1X27b

A1X28b

K10X1

Vervielfältigung oder Weitergabe nur mit unserer schriftlichen Genehmigung gestattet Schutzvermerk nach DIN 34 beachten

15.1

3 3

K10 .13

A1X5

A1X18

Y10X1

Y11X1

H2X1

K10X1

A1X1

H3X1

2 +

Y10

Y11

K10

108

109

110

111

H3 2

113

H3X1

Valve Track offset right

Warning buzzer

K10X1

H1Xb

Signal horn

114

115

H1Xb

K9X1

Back-up alarm

Valve Track offset left

H2X1

A1X11

Y11X1

Y10X1

K10X1

Änderung

Datum

a b c d

Plotdatum: 13.08.2010

Name

gez. gepr.

Datum

Name

14.11.2006

Janke

/58.24 4

.15

Additive - Control unit Flat bar - 1

Projektbez.

Blatt

Stromlaufplan HD+90-110 Zeichnungsnummer

02150921

Rev.

= +

44 86

Bl.

/44.26

F20

A1.1

25 15.1

Zusatz

15A

26 /57.2

/11.3

/15.11

117

A1X28b

K13X1

Vervielfältigung oder Weitergabe nur mit unserer schriftlichen Genehmigung gestattet Schutzvermerk nach DIN 34 beachten

15.1

A1X28b

A1X8

A1X6

Y12X1

Y13X1

Y14X1

3 3

K13 .3

K13X1

A1X11

M4X1

K13 116

K13X1

118

Y12

Y13

Y14

119

120

121

Y12X1 M4X1

Y13X1

Y14X1

Valve Sprinkling KAG

Valve KAG left down

Additive sprinkling

Valve KAG left open

Änderung

Datum

a b c d

Plotdatum: 13.08.2010

Name

gez. gepr.

Datum

Name

14.11.2006

Janke

Additive - Control unit Flat bar - 1

Projektbez.

Blatt

Stromlaufplan HD+90-110 Zeichnungsnummer

02150921

Rev.

= +

45 86

Bl.

/42.26

15.2

25 15.2

F16

/51.2

15A

/11.3

Vervielfältigung oder Weitergabe nur mit unserer schriftlichen Genehmigung gestattet Schutzvermerk nach DIN 34 beachten

122

A1X30b

B16

A1.2 /16.12

B17

U+ U+ Leistungsausgänge Leistungsausgänge

Zusatz

GND

A18

B18

A1.2 /16.12

A1X29b

/41.25

Änderung

A1X30b

Datum

a b c d

Plotdatum: 13.08.2010

Name

gez. gepr.

Datum

Name

22.11.2006

Janke

Voltage supply Additive Control unit

Projektbez.

/51.2

Blatt

Stromlaufplan HD+90-110 Zeichnungsnummer

02150921

Rev.

= +

46 86

Bl.

Sensor-Zusatz

/42.26

Sensor-Zusatz

A1.2

/48.2

Zusatz

FRQ

ANA_A2

ANA_A3

ANA_A2/3 GND

/16.12

A1X2

U+

SIGN

U+

GND

D6Xb

D6Xs

SIGN

U+

rt GND

125

SIGN

U+

rt GND

SIGN

D9Xb

D9Xs

127

128

Asphalt thermometer front

U Asphalt thermometer rear

+U GND

126

SIGN

Speed sensor Vibration drive front Änderung

/73.18

/73.17

A1X11

D7 gn

123

124

Temp-H-GND

/73.16

A1X1

A1X29b

Temp-H-Sig

/73.15 /66.5

VIB-H

A1X13

A1X29b

Temp-V-GND

/66.7 6

GND

A1X29b

Temp-V-Sig

A1X29b

VIB-V

Vervielfältigung oder Weitergabe nur mit unserer schriftlichen Genehmigung gestattet Schutzvermerk nach DIN 34 beachten

A1X29b

Datum

a b c d

Plotdatum: 13.08.2010

Name

gez. gepr.

GND

U SIGN

Speed sensor Vibration drive rear Datum

Name

14.11.2006

Janke

Additive - Control unit Flat bar - 2

Projektbez.

Blatt

Stromlaufplan HD+90-110 Zeichnungsnummer

02150921

Rev.

= +

47 86

Bl.

/47.26 /42.10 /37.25 /39.26

Sensor-Zusatz Not-Aus 15 58

S22X1 S22

/53.19 /49.2

130 123

Cylinder spreader Vervielfältigung oder Weitergabe nur mit unserer schriftlichen Genehmigung gestattet Schutzvermerk nach DIN 34 beachten

D13

A1X2 8

/58.2 1

X101b 2

A1X17

D13X4

X1b

D13X5

D13X4

R23 129

D13X5

X101s D13X5

Ring gear - Chip spreader

A1X29b

A1X30b

A17

A1.2

DIN

AIN+

AIN

AIN-

DIN

Zusatz

/16.12

Emergency stop

Chip spreader on Distribution potentiometer Chip spreader

Änderung

Datum

a b c d

Plotdatum: 13.08.2010

Name

gez. gepr.

Datum

Name

23.11.2006

Janke

Chip spreader Type

Chip spreader emptying

Additive - Control unit Flat bar - 2

D13: Change-over Lighting Chip spreader

Projektbez.

Blatt

Stromlaufplan HD+90-110 Zeichnungsnummer

02150921

Rev.

= +

48 86

Bl.

/48.25

Zusatz

PWM

A12

A13

A14

A15

A16

A1.2 /16.12

A1.2

/57.9

/16.12 A10

A1X29b

Vervielfältigung oder Weitergabe nur mit unserer schriftlichen Genehmigung gestattet Schutzvermerk nach DIN 34 beachten

A11

A1X29b

A1X18

S21X1

S21 137

A1X6

Y15X1

A1X6

A1X18

A1X6

A1X11

Y17X1

Y18X1

Y20X1

Y21X1

Y22X1

Y15

Y17

Y18

Y20

Y21

Y22

131

133

134

135

136

138

Y15X1

Y17X1

Valve Chip spreader Driving motor

Y18X1

Valve Chip spreader open

open close Änderung

Datum

a b c d

Plotdatum: 13.08.2010

Name

gez. gepr.

Datum

Name

14.11.2006

Janke

Valve Chip spreader close Y17 1 0

Y20X1

Y21X1

Y22X1

Reversing valve Edge pressing assembly

Y18 1 1

Valve Tire-heating

Valve ASC 2 Rad

Additive - Control unit Flat bar - 2

Projektbez.

Blatt

Stromlaufplan HD+90-110 Zeichnungsnummer

02150921

Rev.

= +

49 86

Bl.

RC 4-4/20

Vervielfältigung oder Weitergabe nur mit unserer schriftlichen Genehmigung gestattet Schutzvermerk nach DIN 34 beachten

139

U+ Power outputs Earth Earth ASC Valve rear left not used not used not used

Driving direction front right

/53.17

/53.19

/55.11

/55.14

/55.21

/51.11

/51.3

/51.7

/56.10

4 5 6 7

enable Power outputs Input not used not used ASC Valve rear right

14 15

Driving direction rear right Driving direction rear left

/56.14

/52.15

/52.17

/54.5

/53.23

/53.25

not used

GND RS232 CAN-L2 CAN-H2 U+ Power outputs Earth not used ASC Valve front right ASC Valve front left

/55.18

/72.16

/71.26

/71.24

/51.5

28 29

/56.7

/56.3

/52.5

/52.7

/53.6

/53.4

/53.2

/55.4

/54.7

/71.22

/71.20

/51.7

Angle sensorPivoted steering Angle sensorPivoted steering Angle sensorPivoted steering

CAN-L1 CAN-H1 U+ Electronic system U+ Electronic system

/51.9

/52.10

/52.12

/53.13

Driving direction front left

/53.11

Voltage supply 5VDC

/53.9

/55.8

/54.9

/72.15

/72.13

/72.17

Voltage supply 0VDC RxD RS232 TxD RS232 Bootstrap

Änderung

Datum

a b c d

Plotdatum: 13.08.2010

Name

Datum

gez. 09.10.2006

Name

Janke

General arrangement MC

140

A4X1

1: 2: 3: 4: 5: 6: 7: 8: 9: 10: 11: 12: 13: 14: 15: 16: 17: 18: 19: 20: 21: 22: 23: 24: 25: 26:

/51.3 /51.3 /51.7 /56.10

/53.17 /55.11 /55.14 /55.21 /51.11

/56.14 /52.15 /52.17 /54.5 /53.23 /53.25 /55.18 /72.16 /71.26 /71.24

27: 28: 29: 30: 31: 32: 33: 34: 35: 36: 37: 38: 39: 40: 41: 42: 43: 44: 45: 46: 47: 48: 49: 50: 51: 52:

/51.5 /51.5 /56.7 /56.3 /52.5 /52.7 /53.6 /53.4 /53.2 /55.4 /71.22 /71.20 /51.7 /51.9 /52.10 /52.12 /53.11 /55.8 /72.15 /72.13 /72.17

Projektbez. Zeichnungsnummer Rev.

gepr.

Blatt

Stromlaufplan HD+90-110

02150921

= +

50 86

Bl.

/46.25

F12

15A

F13

/11.3

141

142

143

A1X31

A4X1

U+ U+ Leistungsausgänge Leistungsausgänge

U+ Microcontroller

Inhibit Leistungsausgänge

RC 4/4

GND

GND Gehäuse

A4X1

A1X31

A4X1

Datum

Plotdatum: 13.08.2010

/72.20 /52.2

a b c d

A1X31

Änderung

/11.3

/50.5

/46.25

15.2 MC2-Sensor

/50.5

15.2

Vervielfältigung oder Weitergabe nur mit unserer schriftlichen Genehmigung gestattet Schutzvermerk nach DIN 34 beachten

Name

gez. gepr.

Datum

Name

09.10.2006

Janke

Voltage supply MC ASC

Projektbez.

Blatt

Stromlaufplan HD+90-110 Zeichnungsnummer

02150921

Rev.

= +

51 86

Bl.

1 /51.25

MC2-Sensor

RC 4/4

FRQ1_A1 SIG

FRQ1_A2 SIG

FRQ1_A3 SIG

/50.5

A4X1

RC 4/4

FRQ1_A1 GND

/50.5

FRQ1_A2 GND

/50.5

A4X1

RC 4/4

A4X1

Vervielfältigung oder Weitergabe nur mit unserer schriftlichen Genehmigung gestattet Schutzvermerk nach DIN 34 beachten

A4X1

FRQ1_A3 GND

/50.5

A4X1

/55.2

/50.5

RC 4/4

/50.5

Änderung

Datum

a b c d

Plotdatum: 13.08.2010

Name

gez. gepr.

Datum

Name

09.10.2006

Janke

Frequency-Input 1A - 3A MC ASC

Projektbez.

Blatt

Stromlaufplan HD+90-110 Zeichnungsnummer

02150921

Rev.

= +

52 86

Bl.

/48.25

RC 4/4

CUR_A1

CUR_A2

CUR_A3

/50.5

RC 4/4

A4X1

ANA_A2

/50.5

RC 4/4 A4

A4X1

CUR_A4 21

RC 4/4 A4

A4X1

ANA_A4

/50.5 8

A4X1

ANA_A2V +5V

/50.5 47

A1X4

R15X1

RVL /38.19

R15 144

Richtung vorne rechts

Richtung hinten links

A1X32

RVR

/55.9

A4X1

Richtung vorne links

/36.6

/50.5

/36.4

Lenk_GND

Vervielfältigung oder Weitergabe nur mit unserer schriftlichen Genehmigung gestattet Schutzvermerk nach DIN 34 beachten

A4X1

Lenk_Sig

RC 4/4

/50.5

ANA_A3

ANA_A1V +5V

RC 4/4

RC 4/4 A4 /50.5

RC 4/4

ANA_A1

/50.5 45

/50.5

/50.5 34

20 15

RHL

/38.19

Angle sensor Pivoted steering

Änderung

Datum

a b c d

Plotdatum: 13.08.2010

Name

gez. gepr.

Datum

Name

09.10.2006

Janke

Analogue input 1A - 4A MC ASC

Projektbez.

Blatt

Stromlaufplan HD+90-110 Zeichnungsnummer

02150921

Rev.

= +

53 86

Bl.

RC 4/4

RV 4/4

ANA_GND

RC 4/4 ANA_A5

A4 /50.5

A4X1

A1X32

/55.16

RHR

Richtung hinten rechts

Vervielfältigung oder Weitergabe nur mit unserer schriftlichen Genehmigung gestattet Schutzvermerk nach DIN 34 beachten

Änderung

Datum

a b c d

Plotdatum: 13.08.2010

Name

gez. gepr.

Datum

Name

09.10.2006

Janke

Analogue input 5A MC ASC

Projektbez.

Blatt

Stromlaufplan HD+90-110 Zeichnungsnummer

02150921

Rev.

= +

54 86

Bl.

MC2-Sensor SIGN

B53

U U+

gn U+

GND

rt DIR

U+

SIGN

U+

gn GND

rt DIR

SIGN

148

A1X14

/35.13

VL-Sig

GND

D10

/66.2

/35.8

U+

RVR

A1X4

GND

SIGN /53.17

GND

146

147

U+

A1X32

A4X1

SIGN

GND

145

/50.5

MC2-Sensor

B52

Vervielfältigung oder Weitergabe nur mit unserer schriftlichen Genehmigung gestattet Schutzvermerk nach DIN 34 beachten

/54.5

/52.26

DIG_A1

RHR

/50.5

RC 4/4

DIG_A2

RC 4/4

A4 /50.5

DIG_A3

RC 4/4

A4X1

A4 /50.5

DIG_A4

A4X1

A4 /50.5

RC 4/4

DIG_A5

RC 4/4

A4 /50.5

DIG_A6

RC 4/4

B52: Speed sensor front right B53: Speed sensor rear right Änderung

Datum

a b c d

Plotdatum: 13.08.2010

Name

gez. gepr.

Datum

Name

09.10.2006

Janke

Digital input 1A - 6A MC ASC

Projektbez.

Blatt

Stromlaufplan HD+90-110 Zeichnungsnummer

02150921

Rev.

= +

55 86

Bl.

RC 4/4

PWM_A1

PWM_A2

PWM_A3

/50.5

A4X1

A1X32

A1X4

A1X14

Y24X1

Y25X1

Y26X1

Y27X1

Y24

Y25

Y26

149

150

151

Datum

Plotdatum: 13.08.2010

Y27 152 2

ASC - Valve rear left ASC - Valve front right

a b c d

ASC - Valve front left

PWM_A4

A4X1

Y25X1

RC 4/4

/50.5

Änderung

RC 4/4 /50.5

Vervielfältigung oder Weitergabe nur mit unserer schriftlichen Genehmigung gestattet Schutzvermerk nach DIN 34 beachten

Name

gez. gepr.

Datum

Name

09.10.2006

Janke

ASC - Valve rear right

PWM-output 1A - 4A MC ASC

Projektbez.

Blatt

Stromlaufplan HD+90-110 Zeichnungsnummer

02150921

Rev.

= +

56 86

Bl.

30 15.1

/25.26 /45.26

/22.25 /42.26

F18

10A

/11.3

10A

/42.26

/11.3

153

/49.25

/65.2

R L

/58.2

30.2 R L 58

/58.17

/58.2

Zusatz 56b 58

154

K6X1

30 15.1

/58.2 /58.2 /58.2

A1X17

.24

5 5

Vervielfältigung oder Weitergabe nur mit unserer schriftlichen Genehmigung gestattet Schutzvermerk nach DIN 34 beachten

S7X1

S9X1

S7 S9

155

A1X17

S8X1

158 123

A1X17

S8 157

K5X1

R-L

K02X1

K6X1

K02

159

K5 156

A1X38

A1X17

49a

K6 K5X1

A1X38

160

K6X1 S7: Alarm system switch

K5: Flasher relay K02: Power relay Additional lighting K6: Power relay Driving light

.18 4

S9: Switch driving light

S8: Flasher switch

Änderung

Datum

a b c d

Plotdatum: 13.08.2010

Name

gez.

Datum

Name

31.10.2006

Janke

Blinker & Lighting STVZO 1

Projektbez. Zeichnungsnummer

gepr.

Blatt

Stromlaufplan HD+90-110

02150921

Rev.

= +

57 86

Bl.

Zusatz 56b 58 R L

/57.26 /57.26 /57.26 /57.26 /57.26

F30

15.1

/57.26

K9X1 F33

10A

F31

F32

10A

/11.3

161

162

170

171

A1X1

/44.21

K9X1

A1X1

26 /60.2 /60.2 /60.2

F27

A1X1

25 Zusatz 15.1 58

3 3

15A

/11.3

Vervielfältigung oder Weitergabe nur mit unserer schriftlichen Genehmigung gestattet Schutzvermerk nach DIN 34 beachten

172

X100b

X100s

D13X14

A1X11 D13X13

D13X2

A1X11

D13X2

D13

D13X2

D13X15

A1X11

E21X1

56B

D13X3

.2 /59.3

D13X17

D13X3

X102b

X102s

E10X1

56B

E16X1

56B

E11X1

E11

E13X1

E12

164

E12X1

E10

E10X1

A1X11

D13

/48.20 .15

163

E11X1

165

E12X1

E13 X2

166

E14 X2

E15X1

167

56B

E15 X2

E13aX1

168

E13a X2

169

173

E16X1 3

E15X1

E13aX1

E18X1

E16

E13X1

E17X1

E17 174

E17X1

X100s

X100b

X102s

X102b

E19X1

E18 X2

175

E18X1

E19 X2

176

E20 X2

177

E21 X2

178

E19X1

E21X1

E13a: homologation italy (option) E10: Driving light left

E13: Parking light rear left

E16: Driving light right

E19: Parking light rear right

E11: Blinker front left

E14: Blinker rear left

E17: Blinker front right

E20: Blinker rear right

E15: Back-up light left E12: Parking light front left Änderung

Datum

a b c d

Plotdatum: 13.08.2010

Name

gez.

Datum

Name

31.10.2006

Janke

E 1 8 : P a r k i n g l i g h t f r o n t r i g hEt2 1 : B a c k - u p l i g h t r i g h t

Lighting STVZO 1

Projektbez. Zeichnungsnummer

gepr.

Blatt

Stromlaufplan HD+90-110

02150921

Rev.

= +

58 86

Bl.

D13X10

D13X11

D13X12

D13 /58.15

Vervielfältigung oder Weitergabe nur mit unserer schriftlichen Genehmigung gestattet Schutzvermerk nach DIN 34 beachten

D13X16

D13X3

D13X18

D13X3

X1b

X1s

E10.12Xb E10.12Xs

E16.18Xb E16.18Xs

56B E 1 7 a X 1

E10aX1

56B E 1 1 a X 1

E10a

E11a X2

E10aX1

E12aX1

E12a X2

E11aX1

E16aX1

E16a X2

E12aX1

E17a X2

E16aX1

E18aX1

E18a X2

E17aX1

E18aX1

D13: Change-over Chip spreader

Änderung

Datum

a b c d

Plotdatum: 13.08.2010

Name

gez.

Datum

Name

05.05.2010

Janke

Lighting Chip spreader

Projektbez. Zeichnungsnummer

gepr.

Blatt

Stromlaufplan HD+90-110

02150921

Rev.

= +

59 86

Bl.

/58.26 /58.26 /58.26

15.1 Zusatz 58

F28

F29

25A

F26

15A

/11.3

179

184

189

26 /63.2 /61.2 /63.2

10A

A1X17

S10X1

S10

E22X1

E23X1

E22X1

E23

rear /62.5

E24X1

E23X1

E25X1

E24

181

E22 180

front

A1X19

/62.5

Vervielfältigung oder Weitergabe nur mit unserer schriftlichen Genehmigung gestattet Schutzvermerk nach DIN 34 beachten

190

182

A1X1

A1X11

E26Xb

E27Xb

E28Xb

E29Xb

E26Xs

E27Xs

E28Xs

E29Xs

E25 X2

E24X1

A1X1

E26

183

E25X1

185

E27 X2

186

E28 X2

187

A1X19

H5X1

E29 X2

A1X17

188

H5 X2

E26Xs

E27Xs

E28Xs

E29Xs

E26Xb

E27Xb

E28Xb

E29Xb

191

E22: Additional lighting Operator's cabin

E26: Drum lighting Page front left

S10: Switch Rotating-beam light

E23: Additional lighting Operator's cabin

E27: Drum lighting Page front right

H5: Rotating-beam light

E24: Additional lighting Operator's cabin

E28: Drum lighting Page rear left

E24: Additional lighting Operator's cabin

E29: Drum lighting Page rear right

Änderung

Datum

a b c d

Plotdatum: 13.08.2010

Name

gez.

Datum

Name

31.10.2006

Janke

Additional lighting

Projektbez. Zeichnungsnummer

gepr.

Blatt

Stromlaufplan HD+90-110

02150921

Rev.

= +

60 86

Bl.

Zusatz

/60.25

X50b F05

F06

40A

Vervielfältigung oder Weitergabe nur mit unserer schriftlichen Genehmigung gestattet Schutzvermerk nach DIN 34 beachten

1 :. 8 2 :. 8 3 :. 9 4 :. 9 5 :. 1 1 6 :. 1 1 7: 8:

X51b

X50b

X51s

X50s

E31Xb

E32Xb

E33Xb

E34Xb

E35Xb

E36Xb

E31Xs

E32Xs

E33Xs

E34Xs

E35Xs

E36Xs

E31

E32 ?

E33 ?

E34

E35

5 1

1 :. 8 2 :. 8 3 :. 9 4 :. 9 5 :. 1 1 6 :. 1 1 7: 8:

1 :. 3 2 :. 3 3 :. 4 4 :. 4 5 :. 6 6 :. 6

E33Xb

1: .4

2: .3 1

6 2

E32Xb

1: .3

/62.2

X51s 1 :. 3 2 :. 3 3 :. 4 4 :. 4 5 :. 6 6 :. 6

E31Xb

X51b

X50s

X51b

Zusatz

1: .6

2: .4 2

2: .6

E36 ?

E34Xb

E35Xb

E36Xb

1: .8 E31Xs

E32Xs

E33Xs

E34Xs

E35Xs

E36Xs

E31Xb

E32Xb

E33Xb

E34Xb

E35Xb

E36Xb

2: .8 2

X51s

X50s

X51b

X50b

1: .9

1: .11

2: .9 2

2: .11

E31-E33: Additional lighting ROPS/FOPS front E34-E36: Additional lighting ROPS/FOPS rear

Änderung

Datum

a b c d

Plotdatum: 13.08.2010

Name

gez.

Datum

Name

06.11.2009

Janke

Additional lighting ROPS/FOPS

Projektbez. Zeichnungsnummer

gepr.

Blatt

Stromlaufplan HD+90-110

02150921

Rev.

= +

61 86

Bl.

Zusatz

/61.25

/60.5

-UB

rear front

/60.5

E37Xb1

E38Xb1

1: .3

1: .4

1: .3 2: .3 2

-UB

-GND

-X1

-X2

-V2

-V3

-V4

-GND -V1

2: .4

-V5

-V6

-V7

E39Xb1

E40Xb1

-V8 1: .6

1: .8

1: .4 D12

2: .6 -F1

-F3

15A

-F2

-F5

15A

-F4

15A

-F7

15A

-F6

15A

-F8

15A

2: .8

15A

Vervielfältigung oder Weitergabe nur mit unserer schriftlichen Genehmigung gestattet Schutzvermerk nach DIN 34 beachten

E41Xb1

-VL

-VM

-VR

-SR

-SL

-HR

-HM

-HL

E37Xb1

E38Xb1

E39Xb1

E40Xb1

E41Xb1

E42Xb1

E43Xb1

E44Xb1

E37Xs1

E38Xs1

E39Xs1

E40Xs1

E41Xs1

E42Xs1

E43Xs1

E44Xs1

E37

E38

E39

E40

E41 X2

E42 ?

E43 ?

E42Xb1

1: .9

1: .11

2: .9 2

2: .11

E44 X2

E43Xb1

E44Xb1

1: .13 E37Xs1

E38Xs1

E39Xs1

E40Xs1

E41Xs1

E42Xs1

E43Xs1

E44Xs1

E37Xb1

E38Xb1

E39Xb1

E40Xb1

E41Xb1

E42Xb1

E43Xb1

E44Xb1

1: .14

2: .13 2

2: .14

-X1 -VL

-VR

1: .3

-SR

1: .6

1: .8

-HR

1: .11

-HL

-X2 1: 2:

1: 2:

.6 .7

1: .14

-SL

-HM

1: .4

1: .9

1: .13

.9 .10

1 -VM

E37-E39: Additional lighting XENON ROPS/FOPS front E40-E44: Additional lighting XENON ROPS/FOPS rear Änderung

Datum

a b c d

Plotdatum: 13.08.2010

Name

gez.

Datum

Name

06.11.2009

Janke

Additional lighting XENON ROPS/FOPS

Projektbez. Zeichnungsnummer

gepr.

Blatt

Stromlaufplan HD+90-110

02150921

Rev.

= +

62 86

Bl.

/60.25 /60.25

15.1 58

15.1 58 A

F22

/65.2 /64.2 /64.2

30A

/11.3 192

A1X19

X151b

Wiper

S26X1

10 8

S27X1

S26 Vervielfältigung oder Weitergabe nur mit unserer schriftlichen Genehmigung gestattet Schutzvermerk nach DIN 34 beachten

193

+0-

/64.2

S27

198

2 2

K102X1

87a

K102

K100X1

87a

K100

K101X1

87a

.13

K102X1

K101 3

.10

K100X1

K101X1

M7X1

K100X1 M7

194

M7X1

K101X1

K100 2

K102X1

K101

M8Xb

M8Xs

53a 31b

K102

195

196

197

K100X1

K101X1

K102X1

.23 4

.6 4

.3 4

5 3

199

S26: Windshield washer front rear

K102: Relay Windshield washer front

M8: Wiper motor front

M7: Pump, windshield washer

K103: Relay Windshield washer rear

S27: Windshield wiper, front

K100: Relay Windshield washer front K101: Relay Windshield washer rear Änderung

Datum

a b c d

Plotdatum: 13.08.2010

Name

gez.

Datum

Name

31.10.2006

Janke

Windshield washer

Projektbez. Zeichnungsnummer

gepr.

Blatt

Stromlaufplan HD+90-110

02150921

Rev.

= +

63 86

Bl.

58 Wiper A

/63.26 /63.26 /63.26

25 58

S28X1

/65.2

S28 200

2 2

Vervielfältigung oder Weitergabe nur mit unserer schriftlichen Genehmigung gestattet Schutzvermerk nach DIN 34 beachten

K104X1

87a

K105X1

K104 .3

K105X1

K104

K106X1

K105

K104X1

K105X1

K106X1

M10Xb

M11Xb

M10Xs

M11Xs

53a 31b

M10

205

M11

206

.22 4

.17 4

S28: Windshield wiper, rear K104: Relay Wiper motor rear left K105: Relay Wiper motor rear right K106: Relay Wiper motor rear

Plotdatum: 13.08.2010

K106X1

203

202

Datum

K105X1

K106

87a

M9Xs

204

Änderung

K106X1

M9Xb

201

a b c d

K106

.11

K105

K104X1

87a

Name

gez.

M9: Wiper motor rear left

Datum

Name

16.05.2007

Janke

M10: Wiper motor rear

Windshield washer

M11: Wiper motor rear right

Projektbez. Zeichnungsnummer

gepr.

Blatt

Stromlaufplan HD+90-110

02150921

Rev.

= +

64 86

Bl.

/63.26 /57.26 /64.26

25 15.1 30 58 15K 30K

F23

Vervielfältigung oder Weitergabe nur mit unserer schriftlichen Genehmigung gestattet Schutzvermerk nach DIN 34 beachten

15.1 30 58

26 /67.2 /72.20 /66.2 /66.2 /66.2

15A

/11.3

207

/11.3

A1X19

X152b

15A

213

A1X19

X152b

W1 209

A10X1 8

GND

A10

E30 214

Ant.

208

+LF -LF +RF -RF

A10X2 3

S11X1 X155A

B12

S12X1

210

X155

S11

S12

215

216

212

B13 211

A10: Radio assembly

X1: Built-in socket

E30: Cab lighting

B12: Loudspeaker left

S11: Door contact switch left

B13: Loudspeaker right

S12: Door contact switch right

W1: Antenna

Änderung

Datum

a b c d

Plotdatum: 13.08.2010

Name

gez.

Datum

Name

31.10.2006

Janke

Cab lighting Radio assembly

Projektbez. Zeichnungsnummer

gepr.

Blatt

Stromlaufplan HD+90-110

02150921

Rev.

= +

65 86

Bl.

/55.5

VL-Sig 58

/47.7

Zusatz

A1.2

VIB-V

VIB-H

Zusatz

/73.7

X152b

A1X30b

A1X20

X152b

15K

000

218 P1

30K

kl.Ampl.

Licht

TachoInp.

geschaltet+12V

Vib.imp.I

Vib.Imp.II geschaltet+12V GND Dauer+12V

A9XB

A9XC

A9XD

0.75 gn

0.75 ge

Dauer+12V

gr.Ampl.

Licht

0.75 bl

217 A9

0.75 vio

0.75 rt

0.75 ge

A9XA

0.75 ws

1.0 gr/ge

0.75 sw/ws

A9X2s 1.5 rt/bl

0.75 br

A9X2b

0.75 sw

1.5 gr/rt

0.75 gn

0.75 ws

0.75 bl

1.5 gr/rt

0.75 gr

A9X1s

0.75 sw

A9X1b

0.75 rt

/65.25

/16.12

A1X20

0.75 br

Vervielfältigung oder Weitergabe nur mit unserer schriftlichen Genehmigung gestattet Schutzvermerk nach DIN 34 beachten

/65.25

VL-Sig /47.12

/65.25

GND Geber+U Geber-U inv.Tachosignal Tachosignal Vibroimp. kl.Ampl. gr.Ampl.

A9: Interface Speedometer

Änderung

Datum

a b c d

Plotdatum: 13.08.2010

Name

gez.

Datum

Name

31.10.2006

Janke

Tachograph

P1: Speedometer

Projektbez. Zeichnungsnummer

gepr.

Blatt

Stromlaufplan HD+90-110

02150921

Rev.

= +

66 86

Bl.

15.1

/65.25

F24

25 15.1

/69.2

30A

/11.3 219

A1X19

X151b

A5X1

A5X2

A5X3

X151b

Y28Xa

Vervielfältigung oder Weitergabe nur mit unserer schriftlichen Genehmigung gestattet Schutzvermerk nach DIN 34 beachten

Steuereinheit Konvekta

220

A5X2 A5X1

X151b

A1X20

M5X1

A1X5

M1X2b

M1X2s

S35XA

S18

M5X1

M6X1

R17

223

M5X1

S19X1

R19 S35

225

R18

R20

S19 224

S35XB

Y28 227

S19X1

221

222

Y29X1

Y28Xb

Y29

M5X1

M6X1

226

A5: Control unit, air conditioning

S18: Temperature switch Capacitor front

Y28: Valve Heating

M5: Fan motor front

S19: Temperature switch Capacitor rear

Y29: Coupling Compressor Air conditioning

M6: Fan motor rear

S23: Pressure switch Air conditioning

Änderung

Datum

a b c d

Plotdatum: 13.08.2010

Name

gez. gepr.

Datum

Name

31.10.2006

Janke

Control unit, heating Control unit, air conditioning

Projektbez.

Blatt

Stromlaufplan HD+90-110 Zeichnungsnummer

02150921

Rev.

= +

67 86

Bl.

231 228

X203

X200 1: /69.3 2: /69.3 3: /69.13 4: /69.8 5: /69.11 6: /71.2 7: /71.4 8: /71.6 9: /71.7 10: /71.9 11: 12: /69.5 13: 14:

13 12 11 10 9

4 2

1: /69.19 2: /69.21 3: /69.8 4: 5: /69.13 6: /69.19 7: /69.21 8: 9: /69.23 10: /69.25 11: 12: /69.11 13: 14:

8 14

1 7

X205

X200 X202

232

Vervielfältigung oder Weitergabe nur mit unserer schriftlichen Genehmigung gestattet Schutzvermerk nach DIN 34 beachten

229

16 15 14 13

12 6

10 4 1

1: 2: 3: 4: 5: 6: 7: 8: 9: 10: 11: 12: 13: 14: 15: 16: 17: 18:

X203

/69.17 /69.17

/70.3

230

/70.7

Supply line

/70.9

/69.3

/70.16

/69.3

/70.18

/69.13

/70.20

/69.8

/70.22

/69.11

/70.11

/71.2

/70.13

/71.4

/70.25

/71.6

/70.25

/71.7 /71.9 /69.5

/69.8

Plotdatum: 13.08.2010

Name

Datum

gez. 14.11.2008

Display

12VDC

/69.13

X203/5

Signal Initiator

/69.19

X203/6

CAN_A_H

/69.21

X203/7

CAN_A_L

X203/8

CAN_GND

/69.23

X203/9

CAN_B_H

/69.25

X203/10

CAN_B_L

X203/11

CAN_GND

X203/12

0V Initiator

X203/13

X203/14

Name

Janke

Instrument panel

X202/1

/69.17

X202/2

/69.17

X202/3

/70.3

X202/4

/70.5

X202/5

/70.7

X202/6

/70.9

X202/7

/70.16

X202/8

/70.18

X202/9

/70.20

X202/10

/70.22

X202/11

/70.11

X202/12

/70.13

X202/13

/70.25

X202/14

3 :/ 6 9 . 1 3 4:

/70.25

X202/15 X202/16 X202/17 X202/18

Projektbez.

Blatt

Stromlaufplan HD+90-110 Zeichnungsnummer Rev.

gepr.

Operator's seat

Seat contact switch +12V X200/2 GND Seat contact switch DI X200/3 DI Emergency stop Drive lever right X200/4 D O E r r o r - d e t e c t i n g D i e s e l e n g i n eV i b r a t i o n p u s h b u t t o n s w i t c h D I X200/5 DO 0-position Drive lever KAG up DI X200/6 CAN_A_H KAG down DI X200/7 CAN_A_L Drive lever left X200/8 CAN_GND Vibration push button switch DI X200/9 CAN_B_H KAG up DI X200/10 CAN_B_L KAG 3036 DI X200/11 Shield Crab steering left DI X200/12 GND Crab steering right DI X200/13 nc Foot push button switch +12V X200/14 nc Foot push button switch DI Drive lever nc X203/1 12VDC nc X203/2 GND nc X203/3 +12VDC Initiator nc X200/1

X203/4

/69.11

Datum

3 :/ 6 9 . 1 3

/70.5

/69.21

Änderung

1 :/ 6 9 . 1 3

2 :/ 6 9 . 4 4

/69.19

a b c d

X204s

1 :/ 6 9 . 1 3

233

X204b

X202

02150921

= +

68 86

Bl.

/67.25 /26.25 /37.25 /24.26

15.1 DIA-EMR 0-Stellung NA F17

15.1

X204b

X204s

/11.3

234

236

A1X16

Display

X204s

X204b

Display

U+

GND

X203/1

X203/2

A3 U+ Sitzkontakt /68.5 X202/1

Vervielfältigung oder Weitergabe nur mit unserer schriftlichen Genehmigung gestattet Schutzvermerk nach DIN 34 beachten

X200

X200/4

X200/5

U+

Diagnose EMR

0-Stellung

Not-Aus

Display

X202

S29Xb

X214b

S29Xs

X214s

X200/1

/68.5

X203

X200/3

Potentiometer Drive lever S29 A6

237

238

Display

GND

U+ Endschalter

GND Endschalter

Endschalter Signal

X200/2

X200/12

X203/3

X203/12

X203/5

/68.5

X200

X204b

X203

X213b

X213s

B3 235

X214s

X214b

X202

X203

X202/2

X203/6

X203/7

X203/9

X203/10

In Sitzkontakt

CAN_A_H

CAN_A_L

CAN_B_H

CAN_B_L

Display

GND

SIGN

A1X16

S29Xs

S29Xb

/68.5

B3: Proximity switch 0-position Drive lever

S29: Seat contact switch

A6: Potentiometer Drive lever

S2: Emergency stop

Änderung

Datum

a b c d

Plotdatum: 13.08.2010

Name

Datum

gez. 06.03.2008

Name

Janke

Projektbez.

I n s t r u m e n t p a n e l O p e r a t o r ' s s e a t c o n s oSl et r o m l a u f p l a n H D + 9 0 - 1 1 0 Zeichnungsnummer

gepr.

02150921

Rev.

= +

Blatt

69 86

Bl.

Display

U+

Vibro

KAG auf

KAG ab

Hundegang links

Hundegang rechts

U+

Vibro

KAG auf

KAG ab

Fußtaster U+

X202/3

X202/4

X202/5

X202/6

X202/11

X202/12

X202/7

X202/8

X202/9

X202/10

X202/13

A3 /68.5

X202

Vervielfältigung oder Weitergabe nur mit unserer schriftlichen Genehmigung gestattet Schutzvermerk nach DIN 34 beachten

X211

X202

X211

X202

X211

X202

X211

X202

X211

X202

X211

X202

X212

X202

X212

X202

X212

X202

X212

X202

S23AXb

S23AXs

S23 247

S30

S31.1

S31.2

S32.1

S32.2

S33

S34.1

S34.2

239

240

241

242

243

244

245

246

S23BXs

S23BXb

X202

X202/14

A3 /68.5

Fußtaster in

Display

Änderung

Armrest right

Armrest left

S30: Vibration switch

S33: Vibration switch

S31: Edge pressing assembly open / down

S34: Edge pressing assembly open / down

S32: Crab steering left / right

S35: Foot push button switch

Datum

a b c d

Plotdatum: 13.08.2010

Name

Datum

gez. 07.03.2008 gepr.

Name

Janke

Instrument panel Operator's seat

Projektbez.

Blatt

Stromlaufplan HD+90-110 Zeichnungsnummer

02150921

Rev.

= +

70 86

Bl.

Display

RC-Fahren

RC_ASC

CAN_A_H

CAN_B_H

CAN_H_1

CAN_H_2

CAN_H_1

CAN_H_2

/68.5

/33.5 X200/6

X200

CAN_A_L

A2X1

RC-Fahren

X200

A2X1

A4X1

CAN_L_2

A4X1

RC_ASC

CAN_L_1

CAN_L_2

/50.5

A2X1

RC_ASC

/50.5

/50.5 40

/33.5

X200/10

RC-Fahren

CAN_L_1

/33.5

Display

CAN_B_L

X200/7

/50.5

Display

/33.5

X200/9

Display

A4X1

X200/8

X200 A1X16

A1X24

A1X31

A1X30b

B13

CAN_A_L

CAN_B_L

CAN_A_L

A1X30b

B15

A1X28b

Zusatz-1

A1X30b

CAN-B-L

B12

/72.22

B10

CAN-B-H

Zusatz-2

/72.19

CAN-GND

A1X30b

/72.9

CAN_GND

A1X28b

Zusatz-1

CAN-A-L

/72.11

CAN_GND

A1X28b

CAN-A-H

A1X28b

/72.8

/26.25

EMR-H EMR-L /26.25

Vervielfältigung oder Weitergabe nur mit unserer schriftlichen Genehmigung gestattet Schutzvermerk nach DIN 34 beachten

CAN_GND

CAN_B_L

Zusatz-2

A1X30b

B11

Zusatz-2

B14

A1.1

/15.11

A1.1

CAN_A_H

/15.11

Zusatz-1

CAN_B_H

Zusatz-1

A1.2 /16.12

Zusatz-2

A1.2

CAN_A_H

/16.12

CAN_B_H

Zusatz-2

Änderung

Datum

a b c d

Plotdatum: 13.08.2010

Name

gez.

Datum

Name

22.11.2006

Janke

Distributor CAN

Projektbez. Zeichnungsnummer

gepr.

Blatt

Stromlaufplan HD+90-110

02150921

Rev.

= +

71 86

Bl.

RC-Fahren Download

/33.5

RC-ASC

/51.25

15.2 30

Download

/65.25

/33.5

RS232_TxD

/50.5

A4X1

X40

X101

X102

Änderung

Datum

Plotdatum: 13.08.2010

Name

gez.

X103

X41

a b c d

A1X31

Datum

Name

23.11.2006

Janke

/73.13

/71.26

R24

A1X24

A1X43

X104

Diagnostic interface

X42

A1X43

X42

X41

Projektbez.

Blatt

Stromlaufplan HD+90-110 Zeichnungsnummer

gepr.

X42

120 Ohm

CAN-B-L

CAN-B-H

/73.10

/71.23

/71.24

/73.11

CAN-A-L

CAN-A-GND

CAN-GND

/73.9

/71.22

/33.5

CAN-A-H

Vervielfältigung oder Weitergabe nur mit unserer schriftlichen Genehmigung gestattet Schutzvermerk nach DIN 34 beachten

RS232_TxD

A2X1

RS232_RxD

RC-ASC

/73.2

/50.5 50

15.2 30

X41

CAN-B-L

/11.3

/71.25

RC-ASC

248

F34

/33.5

/50.5

RS232_RxD

RC-Fahren

RS232-GND

RC-ASC

RS232-GND

RC-Fahren

/50.5

RC-Fahren A2

7.5A

/73.14

CAN-B-GND

/73.12

CAN-B-H

02150921

Rev.

= +

72 86

Bl.

A1X34

/47.24

Temp-H-GND

/47.24

Temp-H-Sig

/47.18

Temp-V-GND

Temp-V-Sig

CAN-B-GND

/47.17

/72.20

/72.22

CAN-B-L

/72.20

CAN-A-GND

CAN-B-H

/72.10

/72.9 6

CAN-A-L

VL-Sig

249

CAN-A-H

7.5A

/35.7

F15

/72.11

15.2

/11.3

Vervielfältigung oder Weitergabe nur mit unserer schriftlichen Genehmigung gestattet Schutzvermerk nach DIN 34 beachten

VL-GND

/72.26

/66.25

Spannungsversorgung an Pin 7 (+) und Pin 1 (-) A1X35

A1X36

CAN 1 GND

Janke

CAN 1 low

Name

24.11.2006

CAN 1 high

Reserve 2

Reserve 1

TxD

Datum

gez.

Name

Antenne + GPS

RxD

Plotdatum: 13.08.2010

USB GND

Datum

USB -

USB +

Antenne - GPS Änderung

a b c d

HCQ - Preparation

Projektbez. Zeichnungsnummer

gepr.

Blatt

Stromlaufplan HD+90-110

02150921

Rev.

= +

73 86

Bl.

Datum

Name

gez.

28.11.2008

Janke

Vervielfältigung oder Weitergabe nur mit unserer schriftlichen Genehmigung gestattet Schutzvermerk nach DIN 34 beachten

Änderung

Datum

a b c d

Plotdatum: 13.08.2010

Name

Reserve

Projektbez. Zeichnungsnummer

gepr.

Blatt

Stromlaufplan HD+90-110

02150921

Rev.

= +

74 86

Bl.

Central plug Diesel engine 251

Sensor Coolant level 252

M1X1s

253

M1X1b

Fuel prefilter 254

B54X1

B11X1

1 2

Sensor Engine oil pressure 256

Speed sensor Camshaft 257

B6X1

B40.1X1

1 2 3

262

263

Datum

a b c d

Plotdatum: 13.08.2010

Name

gez.

3: /28.25

1 2 3

4: /28.9

Datum

Name

11.12.2008

Janke

2: /29.5

3: 4: /29.7

1 :/ 3 2 . 3 2 :/ 3 2 . 3

Y19X1

1: /29.3 4

S13X1

261

3: /28.3 1 2 3 4

Control valve Fuel RAIL

3 :/ 3 2 . 7

2 :/ 2 7 . 1 6

Low pressure Fuel

1: /28.21

2: /31.24

1 :/ 2 7 . 1 6

Pressure sensor Fuel RAIL

B51X1

1: /31.22

2 :/ 3 2 . 6

B43X1

1: /29.19

3: /29.23

3: /29.15

2: /28.23

255

259

B40.2X1

1 :/ 3 2 . 6

Pressure switch Air filter

258

3: /28.17

2: /28.7

Temperature sensor Coolant

2: /29.21

B49X1

Speed sensor Crankshaft

1: /29.11

1: /28.5 1

2: /29.13

B48X1

Änderung

15 9

27 33

22 10 1

2: /28.15

Sensor Boost air 260

22: /28.3 23: /28.9 24: /27.18 25: /28.23 26: /28.15 27: /28.17 28: /28.5 29: /28.7 30: /27.16 31: /28.21 32: /28.25 33: /28.13 34: /30.15 35: /30.9 36: /30.11 37: /30.13 38: 39: /30.19 40: /30.21 41: /30.23 42: /30.25

1: /28.13

1: /29.23 2: 3: 4: 5: 6: 7: 8: 9: /29.15 10: /29.3 11: 12: 13: /29.13 14: /29.11 15: /29.19 16: /29.7 17: /29.5 18: 19: /30.3 20: /30.5 21: /29.21

1 :/ 3 0 . 3 2

9 15 27 21 33 42

VIEW CONTACTS

Vervielfältigung oder Weitergabe nur mit unserer schriftlichen Genehmigung gestattet Schutzvermerk nach DIN 34 beachten

16 28 1 10 22 34

22: /28.3 23: 24: /27.18 25: /28.23 26: /28.15 27: /28.17 28: /28.5 29: 30: /27.16 31: /28.21 32: /28.25 33: /28.13 34: /30.15 35: /30.9 36: /30.11 37: /30.13 38: 39: /30.19 40: /30.21 41: /30.23 42: /30.25

1: /29.23 2: 3: 4: 5: 6: 7: 8: 9: /29.15 10: /29.3 11: 12: 13: /29.13 14: /29.11 15: /29.19 16: /29.7 17: /29.5 18: 19: /30.3 20: /30.5 21: /29.21

VIEW CONTACTS

2: 1

Connector Diesel engine

Projektbez. Zeichnungsnummer

gepr.

Blatt

Stromlaufplan HD+90-110

02150921

Rev.

= +

75 86

Bl.

Level indicator Fuel tank

Filter indicator Hydraulic oil filter

Sprinkling KAG

Track offset left

Track offset right

Edge pressing assembly up

264

265

266

267

268

269

R9X1

S6X1 1

1 :/ 4 2 . 1 8 2 :/ 4 2 . 1 8 3: 4:

2 :/ 3 6 . 1 3

Y12X1 1

1 :/ 3 6 . 1 1

1 :/ 4 5 . 8 2 :/ 4 5 . 8 3: 4:

Y10X1

1 2

Y11X1

1 2 1: /44.3

1: /44.6

1: /45.12

2: /44.3

2: /44.6

2: /45.12

Drive pump forward

Drive pump reverse

270

273

274

275

271

272

Y20X1

1 2

Y3X1

1 2

Y4X1

Y1X1

1: /49.16

1: /39.10

1: /40.4

2: /45.15

2: /49.16

2: /39.10

2: /40.4

1: /39.3

Amplitude, small front

Amplitude, small rear

Amplitude, large rear

Temperature sensor Hydraulic oil

276

277

278

279

280

Y9X1

1: /40.14

1: /43.3

1: /43.11

1: /43.15

2: /40.14

2: /43.3

2: /43.11

2: /43.15

2: /39.7 2

Emergency stop Drive pump

Y8X1

1: /39.7

2: /39.3 2

Y6X1

Y2X1

1 2

1: /45.15

Y5X1

Y13X1

Valve Gear shifting

Y14X1

1 2

E d g e p r e s s i n g a s s e m b l Ry e v e r s i n g v a l v e Valve down E d g e p r e s s i n g a s s e m b l y 1 /P2a r k i n g b r a k e

1 2 Vervielfältigung oder Weitergabe nur mit unserer schriftlichen Genehmigung gestattet Schutzvermerk nach DIN 34 beachten

R13X1

1: /36.25 2

Pressure switch Parking brake 281

S4X1 1: /38.4

4: /38.4

Änderung

Datum

a b c d

Plotdatum: 13.08.2010

Name

gez.

Datum

Name

11.12.2008

Janke

Connector Engine room I

Projektbez. Zeichnungsnummer

gepr.

Blatt

Stromlaufplan HD+90-110

02150921

Rev.

= +

76 86

Bl.

Central plug Diesel engine 282

M1X2b

Central plug Diesel engine

Pressure switch Air conditioning

Pressure switch Coupling Charge indicator Air conditioning Air conditioning Alternator

Magnetic switch Starting motor

283

284

285

288

M1X2s

1 :/ 2 3 . 1 0 2 :/ 2 3 . 1 0 3 :/ 2 2 . 1 5 4 :/ 6 7 . 1 3 5: 6:

S35XA

1: /67.13

S35XB

286

1: /67.13

Y29X1

1: /67.13

287

G2D+

M1/50a

1: /22.14

1: /22.5

Magnetic switch Starting motor 289

M1/30

Vervielfältigung oder Weitergabe nur mit unserer schriftlichen Genehmigung gestattet Schutzvermerk nach DIN 34 beachten

1: /22.3

Änderung

Datum

a b c d

Plotdatum: 13.08.2010

Name

gez.

Datum

Name

12.12.2008

Janke

Connector Engine room II

Projektbez. Zeichnungsnummer

gepr.

Blatt

Stromlaufplan HD+90-110

02150921

Rev.

= +

77 86

Bl.

Driving light front right

290

292

E10X1 3 1 :/ 5 8 . 2 56B: 5 6 A :/ 5 8 . 2

Vervielfältigung oder Weitergabe nur mit unserer schriftlichen Genehmigung gestattet Schutzvermerk nach DIN 34 beachten

Driving light front left

E16X1 3 1 :/ 5 8 . 1 5 56B: 5 6 A :/ 5 8 . 1 5

Blinker front left

Blinker front right

291

293

E11X1

1: 2:

3 :/ 5 8 . 4

3 :/ 5 8 . 1 7

4 :/ 5 8 . 4

4 :/ 5 8 . 1 7

Drum lighting front right

296

298

E26Xb

2 :/ 6 0 . 1 3

299

E26Xs

E27Xs

1 :/ 6 0 . 1 1 1

1 :/ 6 0 . 1 3 1

2 :/ 6 0 . 1 1

2 :/ 6 0 . 1 3

Parking light front right

E12X1

E18X1

1 :/ 5 8 . 6

1 :/ 5 8 . 1 9

2 :/ 5 8 . 6

2 :/ 5 8 . 1 9

Signal horn

Asphalt thermometer front

294

295

H3X1

D6Xb 3

1 :/ 4 4 . 1 6 2

Änderung

Datum

Plotdatum: 13.08.2010

Name

gez.

Datum

Name

12.12.2008

Janke

Connector Front roller

2 :/ 4 4 . 1 6 6

Projektbez.

1: /47.16 2: /47.17 3: /47.14 4: /47.18 5: 6:

Blatt

Stromlaufplan HD+90-110 Zeichnungsnummer

gepr.

2 1

a b c d

1 :/ 6 0 . 1 3 2

2 :/ 6 0 . 1 1

E27Xb

1 :/ 6 0 . 1 1 2

E17X1

Drum lighting front left

297

Parking light front left

02150921

Rev.

= +

78 86

Bl.

Working spotlights rear left

Back-up light Blinker rear left

Working spotlights rear right

Back-up light Blinker rear right

Drum lighting rear left

Drum lighting rear right

300

301

302

304

310

312

E15X1

E13X1

3 1 :/ 5 8 . 1 1 56B: 5 6 A :/ 5 8 . 1 1

1 :/ 5 8 . 1 0

E21X1

E19X1

3 1 :/ 5 8 . 2 4 56B: 5 6 A :/ 5 8 . 2 4

2 :/ 5 8 . 8

E28Xb

1 :/ 5 8 . 2 3

3 :/ 5 8 . 8

3 :/ 5 8 . 2 1

311

E29Xs

1 :/ 6 0 . 1 5

Valve Tire-heating

Proximity switch Crab steering

Asphalt thermometer rear

305

306

308

Y22X1

B7Xb

1 :/ 4 9 . 2 3 2 :/ 4 9 . 2 3 3: 4:

307

1 :/ 4 2 . 3 2 :/ 4 2 . 6 3 :/ 4 2 . 4 4 :/ 4 2 . 3 5 :/ 4 2 . 6 6:

2 :/ 6 0 . 1 6

Water pump 2 315

M2X1

M3X1

1 :/ 3 9 . 1 7 2

1 :/ 3 9 . 1 9 2

2 :/ 3 9 . 1 7

2 :/ 3 9 . 1 9

2 1

1: /47.22 2: /47.23 3: /47.20 4: /47.24 5: 6:

Pump Additive sprinkling

Back-up alarm

316

317

M4X1

B7Xs

2 :/ 6 0 . 1 5

314

D9Xb 3

1 :/ 6 0 . 1 6 1

Water pump 1

2 :/ 6 0 . 1 6

313

E28Xs

1 :/ 6 0 . 1 6 2

2 :/ 6 0 . 1 5

E29Xb

1 :/ 6 0 . 1 5

2 :/ 5 8 . 2 1

Vervielfältigung oder Weitergabe nur mit unserer schriftlichen Genehmigung gestattet Schutzvermerk nach DIN 34 beachten

H1Xb

1 :/ 4 5 . 6 2

1 :/ 4 2 . 3 2 :/ 4 2 . 6 3 :/ 4 2 . 4 4 :/ 4 2 . 3 5 :/ 4 2 . 6 6:

2 :/ 4 5 . 6

1 :/ 4 4 . 1 8 2

2 :/ 4 4 . 1 8

Sensor Water level 309

B9Xb

1: /36.15 2: /36.20 3: 4:

Änderung

Datum

a b c d

Plotdatum: 13.08.2010

Name

gez.

Datum

Name

15.12.2008

Janke

Connector Rear roller

Projektbez. Zeichnungsnummer

gepr.

Blatt

Stromlaufplan HD+90-110

02150921

Rev.

= +

79 86

Bl.

Vervielfältigung oder Weitergabe nur mit unserer schriftlichen Genehmigung gestattet Schutzvermerk nach DIN 34 beachten

Spare parts list Pos.

Component

Page

6 29 30 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 20 19 21 22 23 24 26 27 28 31 32 34 35 36 25 37 76 77 230 139 140 220 238 217 208 81 81 83 83 235 124 126 62 256 101 306 307 102 85 309 72 254 210 211 65 257 66 258

A1 A1.1 A1.2 A1X1 A1X2 A1X4 A1X5 A1X6 A1X7 A1X8 A1X11 A1X12 A1X13 A1X14 A1X16 A1X17 A1X18 A1X19 A1X20 A1X21 A1X22 A1X24 A1X25 A1X26 A1X31 A1X32 A1X34 A1X35 A1X36 A1X38 A1X39 A2 A2X1 A3 A4 A4X1 A5 A6 A9 A10 B1 B1 B2 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B6X1 B7 B7Xb B7Xs B8 B9 B9Xb B11 B11X1 B12 B13 B40.1 B40.1X1 B40.2 B40.2X1

9.2 14.11 15.12 11.2 11.6 11.10 11.2 11.6 11.9 11.13 11.2 11.9 11.13 11.16 12.2 12.16 12.6 12.2 12.9 12.2 12.9 13.2 13.6 13.14 16.2 16.7 16.2 16.9 16.13 12.14 16.2 32.5 32.9 67.5 49.5 49.9 66.2 68.19 65.11 64.2 34.4 34.4 34.9 34.9 68.8 46.2 46.7 27.13 74.1 41.3 78.6 78.6 41.6 35.15 78.21 30.21 74.21 64.7 64.7 28.11 74.6 28.18 74.10

02072099 02072100 02072101 00898570 00898473 00898473 00898570 00898473 00898376 00898775 00898775 00898376 00898473 00898376 00898570 00898872 00898570 00898384 00898775 00898872 00898678 00898678 00898872 00898570 00898678 00898775 00898775 00898570 00898570 00898376 00898384 02069951 02072834 02106774 02069951 02072834 02045415 02117179 00850063 02031076 02067128 02043690 02067128 02067807 02117171 00865222 00865222 02062291 02040578 01297015 00880817 00880612 01297015 02075889 02074190 02065058 02071870 01215140 01215140 02062292 00892130 02073584 00892130

Central electric HD+ Additive Electronic system 1 Additive Electronic system 2 Connector Connector Connector Connector Connector Connector Connector Connector Connector Connector Connector Connector Connector Connector Connector Connector Connector Connector Connector Connector Connector Connector Connector Connector Connector Connector Connector Connector Microcontroller RC 4/4 Central plug complete RC 4/4 Instrument panel Microcontroller RC 4/4 Central plug complete RC 4/4 Control unit, air conditioning Potentiometer Drive lever Interface Speedometer Radio Speed sensor Wire harness Wire harness (sensor) Speed sensor Wire harness Wire harness (sensor) Wire harness Proximity switch Sensor Sensor Pressure sensor Connector Proximity switch Connection plug, 6-pole Fishing box, 6-pole Proximity switch Pressure sensor Circular connector Filter body Electric plug Loudspeaker Set Loudspeaker Set Speed sensor Electric plug Speed sensor Electric plug

B43

26.16

02062293

Temperature

Änderung

Datum

a b c d

Plotdatum: 13.08.2010

Name

Spare part No.

Datum

Description

useable for Machine type

sensor

Name

gez. 17.05.2010 Landstorfer

Spare parts list

Projektbez. Zeichnungsnummer Rev.

gepr.

Blatt

Stromlaufplan HD+90-110

02150921

= +

80 86

Bl.

Vervielfältigung oder Weitergabe nur mit unserer schriftlichen Genehmigung gestattet Schutzvermerk nach DIN 34 beachten

Spare parts list Pos.

Component

Page

259 61 260 63 261 64 262 145 145 147 147 74 253 38 39 40 50 80 82 123 127 295 125 146 128 308 148

166 301 169 167 168 300 173

B43X1 B48 B48X1 B49 B49X1 B51 B51X1 B52 B52 B53 B53 B54 B54X1 D1 D1X1 D1X2 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D6Xb D7 D8 D9 D9Xb D10 D12 D12-F1 D12-F2 D12-F3 D12-F4 D12-F5 D12-F6 D12-F7 D12-F8 D12-HL D12-HM D12-HR D12-SL D12-SR D12-VL D12-VM D12-VR D12-X1 D12-X2 E01 E02 E04 E05 E10 E10X1 E11 E11X1 E12 E12X1 E13 E13X1 E13a E14 E15 E15X1 E16

74.15 27.3 74.1 27.20 74.6 28.3 74.10 54.4 54.4 54.11 54.11 31.6 74.18 20.9 20.2 20.15 23.1 34.4 34.9 46.2 46.13 77.21 46.7 54.4 46.20 78.10 54.11 61.1 61.3 61.4 61.6 61.8 61.9 61.11 61.13 61.14 61.13 61.10 61.10 61.7 61.7 61.1 61.1 61.4 61.19 61.23 26.8 26.9 26.3 26.4 57.2 77.1 57.4 77.1 57.6 77.1 57.8 78.5 57.14 57.10 57.11 78.1 57.15

00880698 02073575 02040579 02073579 02040578 02062291 02040580 02067128 02043690 02067128 02067807 00892947 00880310 02051927 02054219 02054218 02089009 00846244 00846244 00865168 02033499 00369683 00865168 00846244 02033499 00369683 00846244 02141923 00384062 00384062 00384062 00384062 00384062 00384062 00384062 00384062 00892122 00892122 00892122 00892122 00892122 00892122 00892122 00892122 02036609 02036609 01224603 01224603 01224603 01224603 00346357 02043237 00283150 02040353 00209635 00880647 00283150 02040353 01242830 00283142 00366528 02043237 00346357

Electric plug 2-pol. Sensor Pressure , Temperature Connector Pressure sensor Connector Pressure sensor Circular connector Speed sensor Wire harness Wire harness (sensor) Speed sensor Wire harness Wire harness (sensor) Sensor Connection plug, 3-pole Control deviceDiesel engine Central plug Central plug Emergency control Amplifier Amplifier Signal Amplifier Asphalt thermometer Round connector 7-pol. Signal Amplifier Amplifier Asphalt thermometer Round connector 7-pol. Amplifier Control device XENON - Working spotlights Blade fuse Blade fuse Blade fuse Blade fuse Blade fuse Blade fuse Blade fuse Blade fuse Connector Connector Connector Connector Connector Connector Connector Connector Central plug 2-pol. Central plug 2-pol. Heater plug Heater plug Heater plug Heater plug Halogen lamp Angle female connector 3pol als ET Lamp Connection - Bush Lamp Central plug Lamp Connection - Bush License plate light Lamp Halogen lamp Angle female connector 3pol als ET Halogen lamp

292 174

E16X1 E17

77.6 57.17

02043237 00283150

Angle Lamp

58 59 56 57 163 290 164 291 165

Änderung

Datum

a b c d

Plotdatum: 13.08.2010

Name

Spare part No.

Datum

Description

useable for Machine type

female

connector

3pol

als

Name

gez. 17.05.2010 Landstorfer

Spare parts list

Projektbez. Zeichnungsnummer Rev.

gepr.

Blatt

Stromlaufplan HD+90-110

02150921

= +

81 86

Bl.

Spare parts list Pos.

Component

Page

293 175

E17X1 E18 E18X1 E19 E19X1 E20 E21 E21X1 E22 E23 E24 E25 E26 E26Xb E26Xs E27 E27Xb E27Xs E28 E28Xb E28Xs E29 E29Xb E29Xs E30 E31 E31Xb E32 E32Xb E33 E33Xb E34 E34Xb E35 E35Xb E36 E36Xb E37 E37Xb1 E38 E38Xb1 E39 E39Xb1 E40 E40Xb1 E41 E41Xb1 E42 E42Xb1 E43 E43Xb1 E44 E44Xb1 F01 F01 F02 F02 F03 F03 F04 F04 F05

77.5 57.19 77.5 57.21 78.13 57.23 57.24 78.9 59.2 59.4 59.6 59.8 59.11 77.18 77.18 59.13 77.22 77.22 59.15 78.17 78.17 59.16 78.21 78.21 64.16 60.3 60.17 60.4 60.20 60.6 60.24 60.8 60.17 60.9 60.20 60.11 60.24 61.3 61.19 61.4 61.23 61.6 61.19 61.8 61.23 61.9 61.19 61.11 61.23 61.13 61.19 61.14 61.23 8.4 21.11 21.13 8.4 8.4 21.16 8.4 21.18 60.4

02040353 00209635 00880647 00283150 02040353 00283142 00366528 02043237 00366528 00366528 00366528 00366528 00283150 00880116 00880019 00283150 00880116 00880019 00283150 00880116 00880019 00283150 00880116 00880019 02135042 00366528 00892815 00366528 00892815 00366528 00892815 00366528 00892815 00366528 00892815 00366528 00892815 02051431 02100525 02051431 02100525 02051431 02100525 02051431 02100525 02051431 02100525 02051431 02100525 02051431 02100525 02051431 02100525 01293001 01293001 01293001 01293001 01286919 01286919 02054240 02054240 02054240

Connection - Bush Lamp Central plug Lamp Connection - Bush Lamp Halogen lamp Angle female connector 3pol Halogen lamp Halogen lamp Halogen lamp Halogen lamp Lamp Connection plug, 2-pole Fishing box, 2-pole Lamp Connection plug, 2-pole Fishing box, 2-pole Lamp Connection plug, 2-pole Fishing box, 2-pole Lamp Connection plug, 2-pole Fishing box, 2-pole Inside lamp Halogen lamp Electric plug Halogen lamp Electric plug Halogen lamp Electric plug Halogen lamp Electric plug Halogen lamp Electric plug Halogen lamp Electric plug Xenon Working spotlights Electric plug Xenon Working spotlights Electric plug Xenon Working spotlights Electric plug Xenon Working spotlights Electric plug Xenon Working spotlights Electric plug Xenon Working spotlights Electric plug Xenon Working spotlights Electric plug Xenon Working spotlights Electric plug Fuse Fuse Fuse Fuse Fuse Fuse Fuse Fuse Fuse

F06 F1 F2

60.9 23.18 23.22

02054240 00384062 00384062

Fuse Blade Blade

Vervielfältigung oder Weitergabe nur mit unserer schriftlichen Genehmigung gestattet Schutzvermerk nach DIN 34 beachten

176 304 177 178 302 180 181 182 183 185 296 297 186 298 299 187 310 311 188 312 313 214 ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? 100A 100A 150A 40A

51 52

Änderung

Datum

a b c d

Plotdatum: 13.08.2010

Name

Spare part No.

Datum

Description

useable for Machine type

als

fuse fuse

Name

gez. 17.05.2010 Landstorfer

Spare parts list

Projektbez. Zeichnungsnummer Rev.

gepr.

Blatt

Stromlaufplan HD+90-110

02150921

= +

82 86

Bl.

Spare parts list Pos. 53 213

Page

Spare part No.

Description

useable for Machine type

170 171 162 248 42 44 114 317 110 113 294 191 191 191 75 75 47

F3 F4 F4 F5 F5 F6 F6 F8 F8 F9 F11 F11 F12 F12 F13 F13 F14 F14 F15 F15 F16 F17 F17 F18 F18 F19 F19 F20 F20 F21 F21 F22 F22 F23 F23 F24 F24 F26 F27 F27 F28 F29 F30 F30 F31 F32 F33 F34 G1 G2 H1 H1Xb H2 H3 H3X1 H5 H5 H5 H6 H6 K01

24.3 64.16 10.3 10.3 22.2 10.3 56.5 33.11 10.3 50.3 10.3 33.7 50.7 10.3 50.11 10.3 41.3 10.3 10.3 72.3 45.3 68.3 10.3 56.3 10.3 10.3 38.18 44.6 10.3 10.3 43.15 62.3 10.3 10.3 64.5 66.3 10.3 59.19 10.3 57.24 59.5 59.11 57.3 10.3 57.16 57.19 57.6 71.24 21.9 21.13 43.18 78.21 43.10 43.16 77.18 59.19 59.19 59.19 31.12 31.12 22.7

00384070 00384062 00384062 00384062 00384062 00384054 00384054 01263927 01263927 00384062 01263927 01263927 01263927 01263927 01263927 01263927 02034554 02035281 00384046 00384046 00384062 00386197 00386197 00384054 00384054 00384062 00384062 00384062 00384062 00384062 00384062 01243705 01243705 00384062 00384062 01243705 01243705 00384054 00384062 00384062 00384070 00384062 00384054 00384054 00384054 00386197 00386197 02027966 00351857 01294768 00840696 00880116 02028837 00207365 00880116 00342505 00355283 00395846 00386308 00209643 01289829

Blade fuse Blade fuse Blade fuse Blade fuse Blade fuse Blade fuse Blade fuse Blade fuse Blade fuse Blade fuse Blade fuse Blade fuse Blade fuse Blade fuse Blade fuse Blade fuse Blade fuse Blade fuse Blade fuse Blade fuse Blade fuse Blade fuse Blade fuse Blade fuse Blade fuse Blade fuse Blade fuse Blade fuse Blade fuse Blade fuse Blade fuse Blade fuse Blade fuse Blade fuse Blade fuse Blade fuse Blade fuse Blade fuse Blade fuse Blade fuse Blade fuse Blade fuse Blade fuse Blade fuse Blade fuse Blade fuse Blade fuse Blade fuse Battery Alternator Back-up alarm Connection plug, 2-pole Signal transmitter Signal horn Connection plug, 2-pole Rotating-beam light Lamp Pipe Pilot light, glow Lamp Relay

2 159 3 55

K01X1 K02 K02X1 K03

8.17 56.19 8.20 26.3

00892823 01289829 00892823 01289829

Connector Relay Connector Relay

45 154 79 141 78 142 143 100 Vervielfältigung oder Weitergabe nur mit unserer schriftlichen Genehmigung gestattet Schutzvermerk nach DIN 34 beachten

Component

249 122 234 153 93 117 112 192 207 219 189 172 179 184 161

Änderung

Datum

a b c d

Plotdatum: 13.08.2010

Name

Datum

2-pol. 2-pol.

Name

gez. 17.05.2010 Landstorfer

Spare parts list

Projektbez. Zeichnungsnummer Rev.

gepr.

Blatt

Stromlaufplan HD+90-110

02150921

= +

83 86

Bl.

Vervielfältigung oder Weitergabe nur mit unserer schriftlichen Genehmigung gestattet Schutzvermerk nach DIN 34 beachten

Spare parts list Pos.

Component

Page

4 48 5 54 92 156 160 98 115 111 116 49 195 196 197 201 202 203 41 289 288 252 251 282 283 95 314 96 315 118 316 221 222 194 199 204 205 206 218 43 84 264 86 280 144 46 46 236 236 88 281 94 94 103 265 155 157 157 158 158

K03X1 K04 K04X1 K3 K4 K5 K6 K8 K9 K10 K13 K14 K100 K101 K102 K104 K105 K106 M1 M1/30 M1/50a M1X1b M1X1s M1X2b M1X2s M2 M2X1 M3 M3X1 M4 M4X1 M5 M6 M7 M8 M9 M10 M11 P1 Q1 R9 R9X1 R13 R13X1 R15 S1 S1 S2 S2 S4 S4X1 S5 S5 S6 S6X1 S7 S8 S8 S9 S9

8.24 22.10 8.20 24.3 38.14 56.3 56.24 39.7 43.21 43.13 44.3 22.15 62.8 62.10 62.13 63.3 63.5 63.7 21.3 76.10 76.23 74.9 74.1 76.1 76.6 38.17 78.17 38.19 78.21 44.6 78.17 66.2 66.6 62.3 62.21 63.8 63.14 63.20 65.16 21.9 35.11 75.1 35.25 75.18 52.2 22.6 22.6 68.13 68.13 37.4 75.1 38.18 38.18 41.18 75.5 56.3 56.8 56.8 56.16 56.16

00892823 01210807 00880043 00331686 00331686 01292587 01263986 01263986 01263986 01263986 00331686 01263986 01263986 01263986 01263986 01263986 01263986 01263986 02043678 00209201 00209171 02052010 02039764 00893080 00893072 00851124 00880116 00851124 00880116 00851124 00880116 02071186 02071186 02135445 02132775 02132774 02135318 02132778 02117582 00394319 02085228 00892823 00282308 02114756 00367729 00366617 00367125 02104662 02104668 01301020 01301543 01262955 02081602 01295403 00272116 01264524 01268678 02031843 01269461 02031842

Connector 2-pol. Relay Header Relay Relay Flasher relay Relay Relay Relay Relay Relay Relay Relay Relay Relay Relay Relay Relay Starting motor Cable bracket 4-6mm² M5 Cable bracket 4-6mm² M5 Connector male Connector male Connection - Bush Electric plug Water pump Connection plug, 2-pole Water pump Connection plug, 2-pole Water pump Connection plug, 2-pole Blower Blower Pump, windshield washer Windscreen wiper motor front Windscreen wiper motor rear left Windscreen wiper motor rear Windscreen wiper motor rear right Speedometer Battery switch Fuel level sensor Connector 2-pol. Temperature sensor, hydraulic oil Connector Potentiometer Ignition switch Ignition key Emergency stop switch Emergency stop switch Pressure switch, parking brake Plug Switch Rocker Pressure switch #Text12.09.20011 Coupler socket Alarm system switch Switch Rocker Switch Rocker

190 190 215 216 73

S10 S10 S11 S12 S13

59.19 59.19 64.16 64.18 31.3

01262955 01291947 02135511 02135511 00233366

Switch Rocker Door contact switch Door contact switch Pressure switch

Änderung

Datum

a b c d

Plotdatum: 13.08.2010

Name

Spare part No.

Datum

Description

useable for Machine type

Name

gez. 17.05.2010 Landstorfer

Spare parts list

Projektbez. Zeichnungsnummer Rev.

gepr.

Blatt

Stromlaufplan HD+90-110

02150921

= +

84 86

Bl.

Spare parts list Pos.

Vervielfältigung oder Weitergabe nur mit unserer schriftlichen Genehmigung gestattet Schutzvermerk nach DIN 34 beachten

255 223 224 87 87 137 137 130 130 247 193 193 198 198 200 200 237 239 239 239 240 241 242 243 244 244 244 245 246 225 284 285 209 33

Component

Page

Spare part No.

Description

useable for Machine type

212 228 229 231 232 233 1 89 274 90 275 91 272 97 273 99 276 104 277 105 106

S13X1 S18 S19 S20 S20 S21 S21 S22 S22 S23 S26 S26 S27 S27 S28 S28 S29 S30 S30 S30 S31.1 S31.2 S32.1 S32.2 S33 S33 S33 S34.1 S34.2 S35 S35XA S35XB W1 X33 X50b X50s X51b X51s X155 X200 X202 X203 X204b X204s XF1 Y1 Y1X1 Y2 Y2X1 Y3 Y3X1 Y4 Y4X1 Y5 Y5X1 Y6 Y6X1 Y7 Y8

74.18 66.10 66.10 36.9 36.9 48.23 48.23 47.11 47.11 69.25 62.3 62.3 62.23 62.23 63.3 63.3 68.17 69.5 69.5 69.5 69.7 69.9 69.11 69.13 69.18 69.18 69.18 69.20 69.22 66.13 76.10 76.14 64.8 16.22 60.17 60.22 60.17 60.22 64.9 67.1 67.1 67.10 67.10 67.11 8.2 38.3 75.17 38.7 75.21 38.10 75.9 39.4 75.13 39.14 75.1 42.3 75.5 42.7 42.11

00880647 02118364 02118364 01269488 01497790 01291955 02081606 01269461 02081609 00848611 02083570 02089887 01262955 02089888 01262955 02089889 01289071 00388955 01512870 01512862 01290282 01290282 01290282 01290282 00388955 01512870 01512862 01290282 01290282 02124295 02114756 02114756 00384836 00898678 00880124 00880914 00880817 00880612 02034731 00880353 00880450 02125504 00880515 00880418 01506986 02122294 02100525 02122294 02100525 02058158 00880442 02058158 00880442 02122094 02100525 02125591 02100525 02125591 02125591

Central plug Thermostat Thermostat Push button switch Rocker Rocker Rocker Switch Rocker Pedal switch Switch Rocker Switch Rocker Switch Rocker Seat contact switch Vibration push button switch Flat bar Vibration push button switch Cap Vibration push button switch Rocker switch Rocker switch Rocker switch Rocker switch Vibration push button switch Flat bar Vibration push button switch Cap Vibration push button switch Rocker switch Rocker switch Pressure sensor Air conditioning Connector Connector Antenna Connector Connection plug, 8-pole Fishing box, 8-pole Connection plug, 6-pole Fishing box, 6-pole Built-in socket Central plug 14-pol. Central plug 18-pol. Central plug 14-pol. male Connection plug, 4-pole Fishing box, 4-pole Fuse box Control valve Electric plug Control valve Electric plug Solenoid valve Electric plug Solenoid valve Electric plug Solenoid valve Electric plug Control valve Electric plug Control valve Control valve

278 107 279 108 267 109

Y8X1 Y9 Y9X1 Y10 Y10X1 Y11

75.10 42.15 75.14 43.3 75.13 43.6

02100525 02125591 02100525 02126696 00880442 02126696

Electric plug Control valve Electric plug Solenoid valve Electric plug Solenoid valve

Änderung

Datum

a b c d

Plotdatum: 13.08.2010

Name

Datum

Name

gez. 17.05.2010 Landstorfer

Spare parts list

Projektbez. Zeichnungsnummer Rev.

gepr.

Blatt

Stromlaufplan HD+90-110

02150921

= +

85 86

Bl.

Spare parts list Pos.

Vervielfältigung oder Weitergabe nur mit unserer schriftlichen Genehmigung gestattet Schutzvermerk nach DIN 34 beachten

268 119 266 120 269 121 270 68 69 71 70 67 263 271 305 149 150 151 152 227 226 286

Änderung

Component Y11X1 Y12 Y12X1 Y13 Y13X1 Y14 Y14X1 Y15.1 Y15.3 Y15.4 Y15.6 Y19 Y19X1 Y20X1 Y22X1 Y24 Y25 Y26 Y27 Y28 Y29 Y29X1

Datum

a b c d

Plotdatum: 13.08.2010

Page 75.17 44.8 75.9 44.12 75.21 44.15 75.1 29.9 29.13 29.23 29.19 29.3 74.15 75.5 78.1 55.3 55.7 55.10 55.14 66.16 66.13 76.17

Name

Spare part No. 00880442 01235133 00272116 02126696 00880442 02126696 00880442 02075175 02075175 02075175 02075175 02073573 00880698 00880442 00272116 02042038 02042038 02042038 02042038 02071190 02071195 00209147

Datum

Description

useable for Machine type

Electric plug Solenoid valve Coupler socket Solenoid valve Electric plug Solenoid valve Electric plug Injection nozzle Injection nozzle Injection nozzle Injection nozzle FCU Valve Electric plug 2-pol. Electric plug Coupler socket Control valve Control valve Control valve Control valve Solenoid valve Heating Compressor Air conditioning Bush

Name

gez. 17.05.2010 Landstorfer

Spare parts list

Projektbez. Zeichnungsnummer Rev.

gepr.

Blatt

Stromlaufplan HD+90-110

02150921

= +

86 86

Bl.

FAHRTRICHTUNG

210

2SC12

22,8

MK18

Nebenabtrieb "B"; i = 1,189

"A"

Port R SAEJ518 - 3/4"

Q_leck = 9l/min

A4VG56

Port X M16x1,5 - 12L

i = 1,189

2099 i = 1,189

Hauptabtrieb i=1

Port Y M16x1,5 - 12L

"B"

i = 1,023

DEUTZ TCD 2012 L04 - 100kW / 2300min-1 i= 1

Nebenabtrieb "C"; i = 1,189

Port A SAEJ518 - 3/4"

"C"

22,8 Port S LK55 - Ø27

1049

Port R SAEJ518 - 3/4"

210 Port 1 M22x1,5 - 18L

Port T G1/2" - 18L a

Port 1 M22x1,5 - 18L

Bandage vo. li.

T2 T1

Port A SAEJ518 - 3/4"

Nebenabtrieb "A"; i = 1,023

2099 1049

Port P LK35 - Ø15

Port S LK55 - Ø27

Port X M16x1,5 - 12L

Bandage hi. li.

Por t P LK35 - Ø 15

Port Y M16x1,5 - 12L

MK18

Port P G1/2" - 18L

Por t P G1/2" - 18L

17.1

Q_verst = 8l/min

1, 0 1, 0

490

Q_spül = 8l/min 490

Q_sp_rest = 46l/min

1SC08

Q_sp_max = 54l/min

3 Fahrerstand Port A M22x1,5

1SC16

1,8

400

7bar

T R

2SC12

1SC08

1SC10

T2 T1 a X1

Port A M16x1,5

2SC12

2SC16

Port T M16x1,5

1SC16

1SC10

1SC16

Grenze zur SGR-Fahrerstandswanne

Befüllung 1

2SC12

1SC16

Port B G3/4"

2SC12

Port B SAE 1"

Rockmaster 4SP16

Port A G3/4"

1bar

Port A SAE 1"

2SC12

19 Rockmaster 4SP16

B A

16bar

2SC12

G MB PS

345 MA

Port B SAE 3/4"

Ø1,6

1SC16

2SC12

1SC08

370

Q_spül = 6,4l/min

Trelloil S DN32

Rockmaster 4SP16

Port B M16x1,5

Q_verst = 8l/min

Port L G1/4"

Rockmaster 4SP16

1, 0 1, 0

22,8

1SC10

17.2

Grenze zur VMG-Sitzanlage

1SC08

Port R G1/2"

Port L G1/2"

11 Port A M22x1,5

Port A SAE 3/4"

1SC12

Port B M22x1,5

240

7bar Port A SAE 3/4"

1,8

Port T G1/2"

1SC16

1SC20

10mü abs.

Port T M16x1,5

Rohr NW12

A10VG28

Ø1,6

Q_leck = 7l/min

Motorraum Fahrtrichtung re.

Port B M22x1,5

1SC12

MB PS B

16bar

Port P G1/2"

Rockmaster 4SH16

Port B SAE 3/4"

345

Q_spül = 6,4l/min

1SC12

1SC08

1,8

Rockmaster 4SH16

370

Q_verst = 8l/min

Q_sp_rest = 32l/min

Q_spül = 6,4/min

Rockmaster 4SH16

a X1 X2

1, 0

Rohr NW12

T2 T1

240

1, 0

1,6

10mü abs.

Rockmaster 4SH16

Port A SAE 3/4"

A10VG28

Port T G1/4"

Ø2,5

Q_leck = 7l/min

Motorraum Fahrtrichtung re.

190

MB PS B

B A

13,5bar

450

Port B SAE 3/4"

1SC08 1SC12 1SC20

1SC08 Port T1 M12x1,5; 12tief 16

Port B M22x1,5; 14tief 16

A2FM16

Port T2 M12x1,5; 12tief

Port A M22x1,5; 14tief

Bandage vo. re.

Bandage hi. re.

Port T M18x1,5

Port M1 G1/4"

Port T1 G1/2"

Port C2 G3/8"

Port C1 G3/8"

Port G2 G3/8"

33bar +-5bar

Port T2 G1/2"

1SC08

Port A M12x1,5

Port G1 G3/8"

Port B M12x1,5

Bremse eingefallen

Trelloil S DN32

Port T2 M12x1,5; 12tief

Port B M22x1,5; 14tief

1SC10

Port A M22x1,5; 14tief

A2FM16

Bremse gelüftet

Port T1 M12x1,5; 12tief

1SC08

Port T3 G1/2"

Gang

Bremse

350+30bar

Port T4 G1/2" Port T5 G1/2"

4,8 Port T G11/4"

Port T6 G3/8"

Port T7 G3/8"

Port T8 G3/4"

1SC06

Port T9 G3/8"

Port M2 M14x1,5

Motorraum Fahrtrichtung re. Motorraum neben Fahrpumpe Port T10 G3/8"

Port P G1/4"

Trelloil S DN32

Diese Zeichnung darf weder kopiert noch dritten Personen ohne unsere Erlaubnis mitgeteilt werden.Schutzvermerk nach ISO 16016.

Nutzvolumen: 200ccm

Port X1 G1/4"

14 Befüllung 2

125mü abs.

10mü abs.

125mü abs.

Tankinhalt: 60Liter

Vergrößerung Fahr- Vibropumpen siehe Blatt 3 Motorraum Fahrtrichtung links

HD+90 VV HD+90 VV-HV HD+90 VO HD+110 VV HD+110 VV-HV HD+110 VO

Blatt 1-6 TEIL

BENENNUNG

TOLERANZEN

DIN

RZ 16

WERKSTOFF

THERMISCHES SCHNEIDEN ISO 9013-331

GEWALZT, GEZOGEN

= GEGOSSEN,VORBEARBEITET X

RZ 100

RZ 4

BEZEICHNUNG, BESTELL-NR.

STUECK SCHWEISSEN EN ISO 13920-BE

UMFORMEN/STANZEN/SPANEN ISO 2768-M

RZ 63 RZ 1

2008

DATUM

GEZEICHN.

24.09. Becker D-95643 TIRSCHENREUTH

NORM-GEP.

/:/

TYP:

MASSTAB

Hydraulikschema

01 AE.NR.

k omplett überarbeitet

07.05. 2010

AENDERUNGS-VERMERK

DATUM NAME

Würner PASSMASS

ABMASSE

GIESSEN ISO 8062-CT11

+$00 $*

GEPRUEFT

HAMM-WERKSNORM

NAME

HD+90-110 (H185)

02082631 6063 01

ORDN. NR :

FAHRTRICHTUNG 2

210

2SC12

22,8

Nebenabtrieb "C"; i = 1,189

"C"

22,8

Port P G1/2" - 18L

Port F M14x1,5

Port P SAEJ518 - G1"

Port G M14x1,5

1SC10 1SC12

1SC08

10mü abs.

Port T M16x 1,5

1SC10

7bar

T2 T1

Port A SAE 3/4"

Port A M22x 1,5

1, 0

Q_verst = 8l/min

370

1SC08

1, 0

Port P G1/2"

Port 3 G3/4"

1,8

Port A SAE 3/4"

Port C1 G3/8"

Port 9 G3/4"

Port 8 G3/4"

Port 5 G3/4"

Port T3 G1/2"

Port G3 G3/8"

1SC12 1SC20

Port X M16x1,5; 12,5tief

Port A SAEJ518 - 1/2"

Port Y M14x1,5; 12,5tief

Port T1 M12x1,5; 12tief

1SC10

1SC08

Port 1 M18x1,5; 12,5tief

Port B M22x1,5; 14tief

Bandage hi. re.

Port T2 M12x1,5; 12tief

Port M1 G1/4"

1SC10

Trelloil S DN32

Port T2 M12x1,5; 12tief

A2FM16

Port Y M14x1,5; 12,5tief

Port T1 M12x1,5; 12tief

Port A M22x1,5; 14tief

Port R SAEJ518 - 1/2"

MKE12

Port T1 G1/2" Port T2 G1/2"

Port C2 G3/8"

Port C1 G3/8"

Port G2 G3/8"

Port G1 G3/8"

Port A M22x1,5; 14tief

A2FM16

Bandage vo. re.

Port T M18x1,5

Port B M12x1,5

Port A M12x1,5

33bar +-5bar 2

Bremse gelüftet

MKE12

624

Port A SAEJ518 - 1/2"

Bremse eingefallen

1SC08

Port 6 G3/4"

Port 7 G1/2"

1146

624

Port 1 M18x1,5; 12,5tief

Port C3 G3/8"

1146

Port R SAEJ518 - 1/2"

Port A M16x 1,5

Rockmaster 4SP12

1SC08

Port B G3/4"

Port B SAE 1"

Befüllung 1

Port B M16x 1,5

1SC10

1SC12 Trelloil S DN32

Rockmaster 4SP16

Port X M16x1,5; 12,5tief

Rockmaster 4SP12

1SC10

1SC08

Rockmaster 4SP12

1SC12

1SC16

Rockmaster 4SP16

22,8

Port L G1/4"

Grenze zur SGR-Fahrerstandswanne

Rahmenausschnitt vo. li.

Rockmaster 4SP12

Port 10 G3/4"

Port 4 G1/2"

Port 2 G3/4"

Port A G3/4"

Rockmaster 4SP16

Port C2 G3/8"

17.2

1bar

Port G2 G3/8"

Port 1 G3/4"

Port T1 G1/2"

13 Port A SAE 1"

Port T2 G1/2"

Port 5 G3/4"

Port C1 G3/8"

Port 2 G3/4"

Port 3 G3/4"

Port 10 G3/4"

Port 4 G1/2"

Rockmaster 4SP16 Port 9 G3/4"

Port C2 G3/8"

Port R G1/2"

Port L G1/2"

Port G1 G3/8"

Rockmaster 4SP16

Port 1 G3/4"

Port T1 G1/2"

Port G2 G3/8"

Port T2 G1/2"

2SC12

Port T M16x 1,5

2SC16

Ø1,6

1SC16

Port B SAE 3/4"

16bar T

B A

Port G1 G3/8"

Rockmaster 4SP16

Q_spül = 6,4l/min

1SC10

Rahmenausschnitt hi. li.

Port B M22x 1,5

240

Grenze zur VMG-Sitzanlage

Rockmaster 4SH16

Port 6 G3/4"

Port 7 G1/2"

1SC16

Port C3 G3/8"

Port G3 G3/8"

MB PS

Port T3 G1/2"

345

Port 8 G3/4"

Port T G1/2"

10mü abs.

2SC12

1SC20

1SC12

Rohr NW12

A10VG28

Motorraum Fahrtrichtung re.

Port B M22x 1,5

240

Rockmaster 4SH16

Q_leck = 7l/min

Ø1,6

1SC10

7bar

2SC12

Port M1 M14x1,5

Rockmaster 4SH16

Port B SAE 3/4"

16 bar

Q_spül = 6,4/min

Q_spül = 6,4l/min

Rockmaster 4SH16

345

MB PS

Q_sp_rest = 32l/min

1SC08

Rockmaster 4SH16

1SC08

1,8

1SC12

Port A M27x2

Port M2 M14x1,5

190

2SC12

R a

1,6

Rockmaster 4SH16

1SC10

Port B M27x2

T2 T1

Port G M14x1,5

Q_verst = 8l/min

Port P SAEJ518 - G1"

1, 0

Port F M14x1,5

1, 0

370

Port A SAE 3/4"

Port M1 M14x1,5

Port M2 M14x1,5

A10VG28

Port T G1/4"

Ø2,5

Q_leck = 7l/min

370

Port B M27x2

Rohr NW12

Rockmaster 4SP12

Port A M27x2

Motorraum Fahrtrichtung re.

2SC12

13,5bar

1SC16

ASC

Port A M22x 1,5

400

2SC12

G MB PS

MA MH

ASC

Port B SAE 3/4"

Fahrerstand

Bügelblech vo. li.

1SC16

1,8

17.1

2SC12

490

1SC16

Por t P G1/2" - 18L

2SC12

490

Q_spül = 8l/min

2SC12

Por t P LK35 - Ø 15

1, 0

Q_sp_rest = 46l/min

Port R SAEJ518 - 1/2"

Port Y M14x 1,5 - 10L

MKE12

Rockmaster 4SP12

Port S LK55 - Ø27

Q_verst = 8l/min

1, 0

450

Bügelblech hi. li.

Rockmaster 4SP12

1SC10

Port 1 M18x 1,5 - 15L

Port T G1/2" - 18L

Q_sp_max = 54l/min

624

210

T2 T1

A4VG56

Port X M16x 1,5 - 12L 1146

Port A SAEJ518 - 1/2"

Q_leck = 9l/min

Port Y M14x 1,5 - 10L

MKE12

"B" i = 1,189

i = 1,189

Hauptabtrieb i=1

Rockmaster 4SP12

Port R SAEJ518 - 1/2"

Rockmaster 4SP12

Port 1 M18x1,5 - 15L

Nebenabtrieb "B"; i = 1,189

"A" i = 1,023

DEUTZ TCD 2012 L04 - 100kW / 2300min-1 i= 1

624

Port A SAEJ518 - 1/2"

Nebenabtrieb "A"; i = 1,023

1146

Bandage vo. li.

1SC10

Port S LK55 - Ø27

Port X M16x1,5 - 12L

1SC08

Bandage hi. li.

Port P LK35 - Ø15

Rockmaster 4SP12

1SC08

Port T3 G1/2"

Gang

Bremse

350+30bar

Port T4 G1/2" Port T5 G1/2"

4,8 Port T G11/4"

Port T6 G3/8"

Port T7 G3/8"

Port T8 G3/4"

1SC06

Port T9 G3/8"

Diese Zeichnung darf weder kopiert noch dritten Personen ohne unsere Erlaubnis mitgeteilt werden.Schutzvermerk nach ISO 16016.

Port M2 M14x1,5

Motorraum Fahrtrichtung re. Motorraum neben Fahrpumpe

Trelloil S DN32

Port P G1/4"

Nutzvolumen: 200ccm

Port X1 G1/4"

14 Befüllung 2

Blatt 2-6

10mü abs.

TEIL

BENENNUNG

TOLERANZEN

DIN

125mü abs.

RZ 16

WERKSTOFF

THERMISCHES SCHNEIDEN ISO 9013-331

GEWALZT, GEZOGEN

= GEGOSSEN,VORBEARBEITET X

RZ 100

RZ 4

BEZEICHNUNG, BESTELL-NR.

Tankinhalt: 60Liter

Vergrößerung Fahr- Vibropumpen siehe Blatt 3 Motorraum Fahrtrichtung links

HD+90 VV-S

STUECK SCHWEISSEN EN ISO 13920-BE

UMFORMEN/STANZEN/SPANEN ISO 2768-M

RZ 63 RZ 1

2008

DATUM

GEZEICHN.

24.09. Becker D-95643 TIRSCHENREUTH

NORM-GEP.

/:/

TYP:

MASSTAB

Hydraulikschema

01 AE.NR.

k omplett überarbeitet

07.05. 2010

AENDERUNGS-VERMERK

DATUM NAME

Würner PASSMASS

ABMASSE

GIESSEN ISO 8062-CT11

+$00 $*

GEPRUEFT

HAMM-WERKSNORM

NAME

HD+90-110 (H185)

02082631 6063 01

ORDN. NR :

FAHRTRICHTUNG 31 6

210

2SC12

22,8

Nebenabtrieb "C"; i = 1,189

"C"

22,8

Port 1 M18x1,5 - 15L

Port P G1/2" - 18L

Port A M27x2

Port M1 M14x1,5

Port M2 M14x1,5

Port F M14x1,5

Port P SAEJ518 - G1"

Port G M14x1,5

1SC10 1SC12

1SC08

10mü abs.

Port T M16x1,5

1SC10

7bar

T2 T1

Port A SAE 3/4"

Port A M22x1,5

1, 0

Q_verst = 8l/min

370

1SC08

1, 0

Port P G1/2"

Rockmaster 4SH16

240

Port 3 G3/4"

Port C2 G3/8"

Port 10 G3/4"

Port 4 G1/2"

Port 5 G3/4"

Port 1 G3/4"

Port T1 G1/2"

Port 9 G3/4"

Port A SAE 1"

Port 2 G3/4"

Port A G3/4"

Rahmenausschnitt vo. li. Port T3 G1/2"

Port G3 G3/8"

Port C3 G3/8"

1SC12 1SC20

Port 6 G3/4"

Port 7 G1/2"

1SC08

Port X M16x1,5; 12,5tief 624

1SC08

1SC10

Port 1 M18x1,5; 12,5tief

Port R SAEJ518 - 1/2"

MKE12

Port Y M14x1,5; 12,5tief

Port T1 M12x1,5; 12tief 16

Port B M22x1,5; 14tief

1SC08

Port M1 G1/4"

1SC10

Trelloil S DN32

Port T2 M12x1,5; 12tief

Port T1 G1/2"

Port C2 G3/8"

Port C1 G3/8"

Port G2 G3/8"

Bandage vo. re.

Port T M18x1,5

Port B M12x1,5

Port A M12x1,5

33bar +-5bar

Port T2 G1/2"

1SC08

Port G1 G3/8"

Port A M22x1,5; 14tief

A2FM16

Bremse eingefallen

Port B M22x1,5; 14tief

Bandage hi. re.

Bremse gelüftet

Port T2 M12x1,5; 12tief

Port A M16x1,5

1146

Port T1 M12x1,5; 12tief

A2FM16

Port B M16x1,5

Rockmaster 4SP12

1SC08

Port A SAEJ518 - 1/2"

Port A M22x1,5; 14tief

1SC10

Port B G3/4"

Port B SAE 1"

Rockmaster 4SP12

Rockmaster 4SP16

1SC12 Trelloil S DN32

Rockmaster 4SP16

1SC10

1SC08

1SC12

Rockmaster 4SP16

17.2

1bar

Port 8 G3/4" 22,8

Befüllung 1

Port R G1/2"

Port L G1/2"

Grenze zur SGR-Fahrerstandswanne

2SC12

Port C1 G3/8"

Port L G1/4"

Port B M22x1,5

240

Port G1 G3/8"

Rockmaster 4SP16

Port A SAE 3/4"

Port G2 G3/8"

Port T2 G1/2"

Rockmaster 4SH16

Port T M16x1,5

2SC16

Ø1,6

1SC16

B A

Port B SAE 3/4"

16bar

12 1SC10

MB PS

Q_spül = 6,4l/min

345

1,8

Port T G1/2"

10mü abs.

Grenze zur VMG-Sitzanlage

Rohr NW12

A10VG28

Ø1,6

Q_leck = 7l/min

Motorraum Fahrtrichtung re.

Port B M22x1,5

Port B SAE 3/4"

16 bar

Rockmaster 4SH16

7bar

2SC12

Q_spül = 6,4l/min

345

MB PS

Q_sp_rest = 32l/min

1SC20

1SC08

1,8

1SC12

370

Q_verst = 8l/min

Rockmaster 4SH16

1, 0

1,6

Q_spül = 6,4/min

Rockmaster 4SH16

a X1

1, 0

Rohr NW12

T2 T1

Port B M27x2

190

2SC12

T A

Port A SAE 3/4"

A10VG28

Port T G1/4"

Ø2,5

Q_leck = 7l/min

Motorraum Fahrtrichtung re.

2SC12

ASC

2SC12

G MB PS B

Port A M22x1,5

400

13,5bar

450

Port B SAE 3/4"

Fahrerstand

Bügelblech vo. li.

1SC16

1,8

17.1

2SC12

490

1SC16

1SC08

490

Q_spül = 8l/min

2SC12

Por t P G1/2" - 18L

1SC16

Por t P LK35 - Ø 15

1, 0

Q_sp_rest = 46l/min

Port Y M14x1,5 - 10L

MKE12

2SC12

Port S LK55 - Ø27

Q_verst = 8l/min

1, 0

Port R SAEJ518 - 1/2"

210 Port T G1/2" - 18L

Q_sp_max = 54l/min

624

2SC12

A4VG56

Port X M16x1,5 - 12L 1146

Port A SAEJ518 - 1/2"

Rockmaster 4SP12

Q_leck = 9l/min

Port Y M16x1,5 - 12L

"B" i = 1,189

i = 1,189

Hauptabtrieb i=1

Rockmaster 4SP12

MK18

Port R SAEJ518 - 3/4"

Port 1 M22x1,5 - 18L

Nebenabtrieb "B"; i = 1,189

"A" i = 1,023

DEUTZ TCD 2012 L04 - 100kW / 2300min-1 i= 1

T2 T1

Port A SAEJ518 - 3/4"

Nebenabtrieb "A"; i = 1,023

2099 1049

Bandage vo. li.

1SC10

Port S LK55 - Ø27

Port X M16x1,5 - 12L

Bandage hi. li.

Port P LK35 - Ø15

Rockmaster 4SP12

1SC08

Port T3 G1/2"

Gang

Bremse

350+30bar

Port T4 G1/2" Port T5 G1/2"

4,8 Port T G11/4"

Port T6 G3/8"

Port T7 G3/8"

Port T8 G3/4"

1SC06

Port T9 G3/8"

Port M2 M14x1,5

Motorraum Fahrtrichtung re. Motorraum neben Fahrpumpe Port T10 G3/8"

Port P G1/4"

Trelloil S DN32

Diese Zeichnung darf weder kopiert noch dritten Personen ohne unsere Erlaubnis mitgeteilt werden.Schutzvermerk nach ISO 16016.

Nutzvolumen: 200ccm

Port X1 G1/4"

14 Befüllung 2

Blatt 3-6

10mü abs.

TEIL

BENENNUNG

TOLERANZEN

DIN

125mü abs.

RZ 16

WERKSTOFF

THERMISCHES SCHNEIDEN ISO 9013-331

GEWALZT, GEZOGEN

= GEGOSSEN,VORBEARBEITET X

RZ 100

RZ 4

BEZEICHNUNG, BESTELL-NR.

Tankinhalt: 60Liter

Vergrößerung Fahr- Vibropumpen siehe Blatt 3 Motorraum Fahrtrichtung links

HD+90 VO-S

STUECK SCHWEISSEN EN ISO 13920-BE

UMFORMEN/STANZEN/SPANEN ISO 2768-M

RZ 63 RZ 1

2008

DATUM

GEZEICHN.

24.09. Würner D-95643 TIRSCHENREUTH

NORM-GEP.

/:/

TYP:

MASSTAB

Hydraulikschema

01 AE.NR.

k omplett überarbeitet

07.05. 2010

AENDERUNGS-VERMERK

DATUM NAME

Würner PASSMASS

ABMASSE

GIESSEN ISO 8062-CT11

+$00 $*

GEPRUEFT

HAMM-WERKSNORM

NAME

HD+90-110 (H185)

02082631 6063 01

ORDN. NR :

FAHRTRICHTUNG

210

2SC12

22,8 Port P LK35 - Ø15

Port S LK55 - Ø27 Nebenabtrieb "A"; i = 1,023

Bandage vo. li. Nebenabtrieb "B"; i = 1,189

"A"

2099

Nebenabtrieb "C"; i = 1,189

Port A SAEJ518 - 3/4"

"C"

Port 1 M22x1,5 - 18L

Port T G1/2" - 18L

22,8 a

Port S LK55 - Ø27

1049

Port R SAEJ518 - 3/4"

210

T2 T1

A4VG56

Port X M16x1,5 - 12L

i = 1,189

Hauptabtrieb i=1

Q_leck = 9l/min

"B"

i = 1,023

DEUTZ TCD 2012 L04 - 100kW / 2300min-1 i= 1

Por t P LK35 - Ø 15

Port Y M16x1,5 - 12L

MK18

Port P G1/2" - 18L

Por t P G1/2" - 18L

17.1

Q_verst = 8l/min

1, 0 1, 0

490

Q_spül = 8l/min 490

Q_sp_rest = 46l/min

1SC08

Q_sp_max = 54l/min

3 Fahrerstand Port A M22x1,5

1SC16

1,8

400

7bar

Port B M22x1,5

240

Port R G1/2"

17.2 20

2SC12

Port L G1/2"

7bar

Port A SAE 3/4"

2SC12

Port A M16x1,5

2SC16

1SC16

1SC10

1SC16

12 32

Port B M16x1,5

Grenze zur VMG-Sitzanlage

Port A M22x1,5

1SC16

2SC12

1SC08

10mü abs.

Port T M16x1,5

1SC10

1SC12

Motorraum Fahrtrichtung re.

Port B M22x1,5

Port T G1/2"

1SC16

B A

Port P G1/2"

Rockmaster 4SH16

Port B SAE 3/4"

16bar Ø1,6

1SC20

1SC08 Q_spül = 6,4l/min

345

MB PS

1,8

Rockmaster 4SH16

370

Q_verst = 8l/min

Q_sp_rest = 32l/min

Q_spül = 6,4/min

Rockmaster 4SH16

a X1 X2

1, 0

Rohr NW12

T2 T1

240

1, 0

1,6

10mü abs.

Rockmaster 4SH16

Port A SAE 3/4"

A10VG28

Port T G1/4"

Ø2,5

Q_leck = 7l/min

Motorraum Fahrtrichtung re.

190

MB PS B

B A

13,5bar

450

Port B SAE 3/4"

Grenze zur SGR-Fahrerstandswanne

Port X M16x1,5 - 12L

Port A SAEJ518 - 3/4"

1048

Port R SAEJ518 - 3/4"

524

MS11 Port Y M16x1,5 - 12L

Port 1 M18x1,5 - 18L

Port L G1/4"

Befüllung 1

2SC12

Port B G3/4"

1SC16

Port B SAE 1"

22,8

Port G M14x1,5 - 10L Port L M18x1,5 - 18L

Trelloil S DN32

Reifensatz hi. li.

2SC12

Port A G3/4"

Rockmaster 4SP16

Port A SAE 1"

Port B R3/4" - 20S

1bar

Port Br M14x1,5 - 12L

Rockmaster 4SP16

2SC12

Port A R3/4" - 20S

1SC08 1SC12 1SC20

Port Y M16x1,5 - 12L

1SC08

MS11 1048

Port R SAEJ518 - 3/4"

524

Port T1 M12x1,5; 12tief

Port A SAEJ518 - 3/4"

Port X M16x1,5 - 12L

Port T2 M12x1,5; 12tief

Port A M22x1,5; 14tief

A2FM16

Bandage vo. re.

Port T M18x1,5

Port M1 G1/4"

Port T1 G1/2" Port T2 G1/2"

Port C2 G3/8"

Port C1 G3/8"

Port G2 G3/8"

Port A M12x1,5

Port G1 G3/8"

Port B M12x1,5

Bremse eingefallen

1SC10

Trelloil S DN32

Reifensatz hi. re.

33bar +-5bar 2

Bremse gelüftet

Port B M22x1,5; 14tief

1SC08

Port T3 G1/2"

Gang

Bremse

350+30bar

Port T4 G1/2" Port T5 G1/2"

4,8 Port T G11/4"

Port T6 G3/8"

Port T7 G3/8"

Port T8 G3/4"

1SC06

Port T9 G3/8"

Port M2 M14x1,5

Motorraum Fahrtrichtung re. Motorraum neben Fahrpumpe Port P G1/4"

Trelloil S DN32

Diese Zeichnung darf weder kopiert noch dritten Personen ohne unsere Erlaubnis mitgeteilt werden.Schutzvermerk nach ISO 16016.

Nutzvolumen: 200ccm

Port X1 G1/4"

14 Befüllung 2

Blatt 4-6

10mü abs.

TEIL

125mü abs.

Tankinhalt: 60Liter

Vergrößerung Fahr- Vibropumpen siehe Blatt 3 Motorraum Fahrtrichtung links

HD+90 VT HD+110 VT

BENENNUNG

TOLERANZEN

DIN

RZ 16

WERKSTOFF

THERMISCHES SCHNEIDEN ISO 9013-331

GEWALZT, GEZOGEN

= GEGOSSEN,VORBEARBEITET X

RZ 100

RZ 4

BEZEICHNUNG, BESTELL-NR.

STUECK SCHWEISSEN EN ISO 13920-BE

UMFORMEN/STANZEN/SPANEN ISO 2768-M

RZ 63 RZ 1

2008

DATUM

GEZEICHN.

24.09. Würner D-95643 TIRSCHENREUTH

NORM-GEP.

/:/

TYP:

MASSTAB

Hydraulikschema

01 AE.NR.

k omplett überarbeitet

07.05. 2010

AENDERUNGS-VERMERK

DATUM NAME

Würner PASSMASS

ABMASSE

GIESSEN ISO 8062-CT11

+$00 $*

GEPRUEFT

HAMM-WERKSNORM

NAME

HD+90-110 (H185)

02082631 6063 01

ORDN. NR :

6 210

2 22,8

5 Nebenabtrieb "B"; i = 1,189

"A"

Port B1 G1/4"

Port A1 G1/4"

"B"

Port A2 G1/2"

i = 1,023

i = 1,189 6D

DEUTZ TCD 2012 L04 - 100kW / 2300min-1 i=1

Hauptabtrieb i=1

EDU

Port T G1/2" - 18L

22,8

a X1

Port P LK35 - Ø15

210

Port S LK55 - Ø27

Port PA G1/2"

EDU

2SC16

Port PE G1/2"

Port P G1/2" - 18L

% 3

"C"

T2 T1

Q_leck = 9l/min

Nebenabtrieb "C"; i = 1,189

Port M1 G1/4"

A4VG56

i = 1,189

Port B2 G1/2"

Port T1 G3/8"

2SC16

Nebenabtrieb "A"; i = 1,023

O PLQ

Port P LK35 - Ø15

Port S LK55 - Ø27

Port M2 G1/4"

Port T2 G3/8"

1, 0

Port P LK35 - Ø15

1SC08

490

Q_sp_rest = 46l/min

Q_verst = 8l/min

Q_sp_max = 54l/min

Q_spül = 8l/min

1,8

Q_sp_rest = 32l/min

1,8

1SC12

2SC06 a

MB PS

Port A M18x1,5

Port B2 G1/4"

Port A3 G3/8"

Port B3 G3/8"

c Port M1 G1/4"

Port T1 G1/2"

Port T2 G1/2"

Port C1 G3/8"

Port C2 G3/8"

33bar +-5bar 2

Port T3 G1/2"

Po rt P G3/8"

Bremse

Gang

Port A SAE 3/4"

Port T4 G1/2"

Port T5 G1/2" Port T1 G3/8"

Port T G1/2"

Port T G11/4"

Port T6 G3/8"

Port T M16x1,5

Port G1 G3/8"

Port G2 G3/8"

Port T7 G3/8"

Ø1,6

Port B G3/4"

weiterer Verlauf siehe Blatt 1 bis Blatt 4

Port B M18x1,5

Port B SAE 1"

Spurversatz

Port B M18x1,5

Port B1 G1/4"

Port A2 G1/4"

Port M1 G1/4"

16bar

Port A1 G1/4"

Port A G3/4"

22,8

Motorraum an Rahmenstirnwand

Port B SAE 3/4" A

Port A M18x1,5

175bar

345

Q_spül = 6,4/min

Q_spül = 6,4l/min

1SC08

Q_verst = 8l/min

370

1, 0

1,6

Port B M18x1,5

2SC06

a X1

1, 0

Rohr NW12

T2 T1

Port A M18x1,5

KAG vorn rechts

Port A SAE 1"

2SC08

A10VG28

21 Port L G1/4"

KAG vorn links

Q_leck = 7l/min

2SC08

Port A SAE 3/4"

2SC06

B A

Port T G1/4"

Ø2,5

2SC10

2SC06

MB PS

450

Vakuumpumpe VP VP 0,9 bar max. Unterdruck Absaugdauer ca. 15 min

Port B SAE 3/4" 13,5bar

1SC10

Port T8 G3/4" Port T9 G3/8"

Port X1 G1/4"

Port M2 M14x1,5

Motorraum neben Fahrpumpe Port P G1/4"

T2 T1 X1

1SC10 Q_verst = 8l/min

1, 0

370

1SC08

1, 0

Rohr NW12

A10VG28

Q_leck = 7l/min

MB PS

345

Q_spül = 6,4l/min Port A SAE 3/4"

Ø1,6 16bar

B A

HD+90 / 110 Detail Fahr- / Vibropumpen Mit Option KAG/Spurversatz/Splittstreuer

Diese Zeichnung darf weder kopiert noch dritten Personen ohne unsere Erlaubnis mitgeteilt werden.Schutzvermerk nach ISO 16016.

1,8

Port B SAE 3/4"

Port T M16x1,5

Blatt 5-6 TEIL

BENENNUNG

TOLERANZEN

DIN

RZ 16

WERKSTOFF

THERMISCHES SCHNEIDEN ISO 9013-331

GEWALZT, GEZOGEN

= GEGOSSEN,VORBEARBEITET X

RZ 100

RZ 4

BEZEICHNUNG, BESTELL-NR.

STUECK SCHWEISSEN EN ISO 13920-BE

UMFORMEN/STANZEN/SPANEN ISO 2768-M

RZ 63 RZ 1

2008

DATUM

GEZEICHN.

24.09. Becker D-95643 TIRSCHENREUTH

NORM-GEP.

/:/

TYP:

MASSTAB

Hydraulikschema

01 AE.NR.

k omplett überarbeitet

07.05. 2010

AENDERUNGS-VERMERK

DATUM NAME

Würner PASSMASS

ABMASSE

GIESSEN ISO 8062-CT11

+$00 $*

GEPRUEFT

HAMM-WERKSNORM

NAME

HD+90-110 (H185)

02082631 6063 01

ORDN. NR :

Diese Zeichnung darf weder kopiert noch dritten Personen ohne unsere Erlaubnis mitgeteilt werden.Schutzvermerk nach ISO 16016.

Übersicht verwendeter Hydraulikkomponenten HD+90 VV (H185) HD+90 VV-S (H185) HD+90 VO-S (H185) HD+90 VT (H185) Lfd-Nr. Bezeichnung Hamm-Nr. Hamm-Nr. Hamm-Nr. Hamm-Nr. 1 Radialkolbenmotor (HD+90) 2055345 ----2055345 1 Radialkolbenmotor (HD+110) 2057204 ----2057204 1 Radialkolbenmotor --2072554 2072554 --1 Radialkolbenmotor (Durchtrieb) --2072550 2072550 --2 Dieselmotor 2043593 2043593 2043593 2043593 3 Zahnradpumpe -Single2056073 2056073 2056073 2056073 4 Zahnradpumpe -Tandem- (Option) 2081770 2081770 2081770 2081770 5 Ventilblock mit DBV 2064428 2064428 2064428 2064428 6 Zahnradpumpe -Single2140200 2140200 2140200 2140200 7 Verstellpumpe 2127224 2127224 2127224 2127220 8 Steuerblock 2056366 2056366 2056366 2056366 9 Steuerblock 2075207 2075207 2075207 2075207 11 Hochdruckfilter -Einspeisung1295381 1295381 1295381 1295381 12 Verschmutzungsanzeige 1295403 1295403 1295403 1295403 13 Zahnradmotor xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx 14 Belüftungsfilter 1259334 1259334 1259334 1259334 15 Konstantmotor 397520 397520 397520 397520 16 Saugfilter 1295543 1295543 1295543 1295543 17 Baugruppe Lenkeinheit + Winkelblock (Standart) 2084528 2084528 2084528 2084528 17.1 Lenkeinheit (Standart) 2084526 2084526 2084526 2084526 17.2 Winkelblock (Standart) 2081449 2081449 2081449 2081449 17 Baugruppe Lenkeinheit + Winkelblock (Homolog.) 2084531 2084531 2084531 2084531 17.1 Lenkeinheit (Homologation) 2042279 2042279 2042279 2042279 17.2 Winkelblock (Homologation) 2081449 2081449 2081449 2081449 18 Hochdruckfilter -Lenkung1295381 1295381 1295381 1295381 19 Baugruppe Kombikühler 2160177 2160177 2160177 2160177 20 Lenkzylinder 2081587 2081587 2081587 2081587 21 Spurversatzzylinder 2046163 2046163 2046163 2046163 22 KAG-Zylinder 2060274 2060274 2060274 2060274 23 Steuerblock 2056765 2056765 2056765 2056765 24 Wegeventil 2047810 2047810 2047810 2047810 25 Hydrauliköltank 2128459 2128459 2128459 2128459 26 Schauglas 274178 274178 274178 274178 27 Steuerblock (ASC) --1289942 1289942 --28 Steuerblock (Sammelblock) --2100464 2100464 --29 Hydraulische Handpumpe 383295 383295 383295 383295 30 Leitungs-Rückschlagventil 371084 371084 371084 371084 31 Radialkolbenmotor ----2055345 1286897 32 Verteilerblock ------1454749 35 Steuerblock Splittstreuer 2163436 2163436 2163436 2163436

Mit Option KAG/Spurversatz/ Splittstreuer

Blatt 6-6 TEIL

BENENNUNG

TOLERANZEN

DIN

RZ 16

WERKSTOFF

THERMISCHES SCHNEIDEN ISO 9013-331

GEWALZT, GEZOGEN

= GEGOSSEN,VORBEARBEITET X

RZ 100

RZ 4

BEZEICHNUNG, BESTELL-NR.

STUECK SCHWEISSEN EN ISO 13920-BE

UMFORMEN/STANZEN/SPANEN ISO 2768-M

RZ 63 RZ 1

2008

DATUM

GEZEICHN.

24.09. Becker D-95643 TIRSCHENREUTH

NORM-GEP.

/:/

TYP:

MASSTAB

Hydraulikschema

01 AE.NR.

k omplett überarbeitet

07.05. 2010

AENDERUNGS-VERMERK

DATUM NAME

Würner PASSMASS

ABMASSE

GIESSEN ISO 8062-CT11

+$00 $*

GEPRUEFT

HAMM-WERKSNORM

NAME

HD+90-110 (H185)

02082631 6063 01

ORDN. NR :

Parameterizing Instructions HD+

Parameterizing Instructions + HD

HAMM AG 22/06/2009

1/26

# 2137580

contents HD+

contents:

HANDLING ADVICES .......................................................................................................................................... 3 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4

DISCLAIMER ..................................................................................................................................................... 3 IMPORTANT SYMBOLS IN THIS INSTRUCTION ..................................................................................................... 3 GENERAL SECURITY ADVICES ........................................................................................................................... 3 PREARRANGEMENTS ......................................................................................................................................... 3

INSTRUMENT PANEL ......................................................................................................................................... 4 2.1 VIEW ON FRONT SIDE OF INSTRUMENT PANEL ................................................................................................... 4 2.2 VIEW ON BACK SIDE OF INSTRUMENT PANEL .................................................................................................... 5 2.3 SETTINGS ON INSTRUMENT PANEL .................................................................................................................... 6 2.3.1 Overview on individual settings .................................................................................................................. 6 2.3.2 Settings ........................................................................................................................................................ 7

MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT OF DRIVE LEVER........................................................................................ 8

SETUP ROUTINE OF TRACTION DRIVE ...................................................................................................... 10 4.1 START SET-UP ROUTINE .................................................................................................................................. 10 4.2 CALIBRATION OF DRIVE POTENTIOMETER ....................................................................................................... 11 4.3 SETTING OF STARTING CURRENT ..................................................................................................................... 14 4.3.1 Starting current forward ........................................................................................................................... 14 4.3.2 Starting current backward ........................................................................................................................ 15 4.4 SAVING OF SETTINGS ...................................................................................................................................... 16 4.5 TERMINATING CONDITIONS IN THE SUB-FUNCTIONS ....................................................................................... 18

PROGRAMMING AND MAINTENANCE INTERFACES ............................................................................. 19

SETTINGS WITH BODEM ................................................................................................................................. 20 6.1 CALIBRATING THE DRIVE LEVER ..................................................................................................................... 20 6.2 ADJUSTING STARTING CURRENT OF TRACTION DRIVE ..................................................................................... 22 6.3 ADJUSTING REVERSING BEHAVIOR OF TRACTION DRIVE ................................................................................. 24 6.3.1 Adjusting performance from forward to reverse ....................................................................................... 24 6.3.2 Adjusting performance from reverse to forward ....................................................................................... 24

HAMM AG 22/06/2009

2/26

# 2137580

Handling advices

1. Handling advices 1.1 Disclaimer This instruction shall help Service technicians to adjust the electrical drive control of the HD+ - series. The general security and accident prevention provisions apply. HAMM AG cannot be held liable for any occurrences which may be caused by applying the recommended steps in this document.

1.2 Important symbols in this instruction

! Security advices 9 Important information ; General information 1.3 General security advices

Parameters may only be changed in accordance with the After Sales Service or Research and Development Department of HAMM AG.

1.4 Prearrangements

HAMM AG 22/06/2009

In order to achieve optimal results, all described settings that demand a running Diesel engine, have to be performed only at operating temperature of the Diesel engine and the hydraulic system.

3/26

# 2137580

Instrument panel

2. Instrument panel 2.1 View on front side of instrument panel

HAMM AG 22/06/2009

4/26

# 2137580

Instrument panel

HAMM AG 22/06/2009

Switching of units

Type of vibration

Type of roller

2.2 View on back side of instrument panel

5/26

# 2137580

Instrument panel 2.3 Settings on instrument panel 2.3.1 Overview on individual settings



Position Type of roller 0 0 1 70 2 80 3 90 4 110 5 120 6 140 7 7 8 8 9 9 A 10 B 11 C 12 D 13 E 14 F 15

Switch S1

Position



Switch S2

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F

HAMM AG 22/06/2009

Description of roller Not defined HD+ 70 HD+ 80 HD+ 90 HD+ 110 HD+ 120 HD+ 140 Reserve Reserve Reserve Reserve Reserve Reserve Reserve Reserve Reserve

Type of vibration Description of vibration type n.n. Not defined VV 11 Both undivided VV 22 Both devided VT 11 V undivided, T-Set VO 11 V undivided, oscillation VO 21 V devided, oscillation VT 21 V devided, T-Set HVHV 11 High-frequency both undivided HVHV 22 High-frequency both divided High-frequency undivided, oscilHVO 11 lation High-frequency divided, oscillaHVO 21 tion OT 11 oscillation, T-Set OO 11 oscillation, oscillation Reserve Reserve Reserve Reserve Reserve Reserve

6/26

# 2137580

Instrument panel 2.3.2 Settings



Set machine type:

→ S1 o type of vibration → S2 o machine



mark settings on the label (#2123033) and fix it



control of settings: o keep the Service – button pressed for 3 seconds (front side of the instrument panel, centered)



customer-specific settings: o units display o options

HAMM AG 22/06/2009

→ S3

→ S4

7/26

# 2137580

Mechanical adjustment of drive lever

3. Mechanical adjustment of drive lever

9 8

Ignition on!

Diesel engine not running!

1. Drive lever in brake position



Drive lever in brake position

2. Adjusting drive potentiometer 

Turn drive potentiometer until the LED on the potentiometer (Position 1) is glowing.



Adjust the brake proximity switch (Position 2) in a way that the integrated LED is glowing in brake position. Due to the mounting it could be that this LED is not visible. In this case the correct adjustment can be checked via relay K14.

HAMM AG 22/06/2009

8/26

Position 1

Position 2

# 2137580

Mechanical adjustment of drive lever 3. Functional check of zero position indicators 

Unlock drive lever from brake position



Make sure that drive lever is in neutral position. o LED (Position 1 – lower side of drive potentiometer) must still be glowing. o LED (Position 2 – in sensor thread) must not be glowing. Due to mounting issues this LED may not be visible. In this case check if relay K14 is powered.

HAMM AG 22/06/2009

9/26

Position 1

Position 2

# 2137580

Setup routine of traction drive

4. Setup routine of traction drive

; 8 9

Even without fine adjustment of the traction drive the machine can be moved safely. But for asphalt paving this is not precise enough. Some fine tuning is necessary. Prior to the activation of the setup routine the machine must stand on even ground with enough space to the front and to the back.

Diesel engine must be running!!!

4.1 Start set-up routine



Drive lever in brake position



Setup mode: o „Speed ±“ o „Water sprinkling ±“ o press and hold for at least 2s



Display

→ „SETUP“ “SETUP“



Diesel engine remains in idle speed



Press service key to proceed

HAMM AG 22/06/2009

10/26

# 2137580

Setup routine of traction drive

4.2 Calibration of drive potentiometer 1. Read in neutral position



Display

→ „BRAKE“ “BRAKE“



Drive lever in brake position



Press service key to proceed

2. Read in max. forward position



Display

→ „FORWARD“ “FORWARD“



Drive lever in max. forward position



Press service key to proceed

HAMM AG 22/06/2009

11/26

# 2137580

Setup routine of traction drive 3. Read in max. reverse position



Display

→ „REVERSE“ “REVERSE“



Drive lever in max. reverse position



Press service key to proceed

4. Drive lever in brake position



Display

→ „BRAKE“ “BRAKE“



Drive lever in brake position



Display will proceed automatically

HAMM AG 22/06/2009

12/26

# 2137580

Setup routine of traction drive 5. Save settings for drive lever



Display

→ „SAVE“ “SAVE“



Drive lever still in brake position!



Save: o „Drive speed ±“ o „Water sprinkling ±“ o Press and hold for at least 2s



Display shows „WAITSAVE“ “WAITSAVE“



HAMM AG 22/06/2009

Display will proceed automatically after 4s

13/26

# 2137580

Setup routine of traction drive 4.3 Setting of starting current 4.3.1 Starting current forward 1. Drive lever in max. forward position



Display

→ „FORWARD“ “FORWARD“



Drive lever in max. forward position



Diesplay will proceed automatically as soon as drive lever is in max. forward position.



Diesel engine will speed up to 2000rpm

2. Reading in the starting current forward



Display

→ „FORW_+/-“ “FORW_+/-“



Let drive lever in forward position



Diesel engine stays at 2000rpm



Parking brake is released and emergency stop solenoid is powered.



Drive pump will be powered with the saved value for the starting current forward.



Change starting current forward: =

o  = „speed +“ o = „speed -“

= HAMM AG 22/06/2009

14/26

# 2137580

Setup routine of traction drive 

Max. current forward will be calculated by the system



Press service button to proceed

;

The machine adjustment is ideal if it barely moves forward.

4.3.2 Starting current backward 1. Drive lever in max. reverse position



Display

→ „REVERSE“ “REVERSE



Drive lever in max. reverse position



Display proceeds automatically as soon as drive lever is in max. reserve position.



Diesel engine remains at 2000rpm

2. Reading in starting current reverse



Display

→ „REV_+/-“ “REV_+/-“



HAMM AG 22/06/2009

Let drive lever in reverse position

15/26

# 2137580

Setup routine of traction drive 

Diesel engine remains at 2000rpm



Parking brake and emergency stop solenoid remain powered.



Drive pump will be powered with the saved value for the starting current reverse.



Change starting current reverse: o  = „speed +“ o = „speed -“



Max. current reverse will be calculated by the system



Press service button to proceed

;

The machine adjustment is ideal if it barely moves backward.

4.4 Saving of settings 1. Put drive lever in brake position



Display

→ „BRAKE“ “BRAKE“



Drive lever in brake position



Diesel engine goes down to idle speed.



Display will proceed automatically.

HAMM AG 22/06/2009

16/26

# 2137580

Setup routine of traction drive 2. Save drive pump settings



Display

→ „SAVE“ “SAVE“



Drive lever remains in brake position



Save: o „Drive Speed ±“ o „Water sprinkling ±“ o Press and hold for at least 2s



Display

→ „WAITSAVE“ “WAITSAVE“



After 4 seconds: o Display

→ „RESTART“

3. Restart of the machine



Display

→ „RESTART“ “RESTART“



; HAMM AG 22/06/2009

Restart machine

Machine can only be moved after restarting the engine!!!

17/26

# 2137580

Setup routine of traction drive 4.5 Terminating conditions in the sub-functions The sub-functions can be terminated... 

...by pressing the emergency stop switch



...if there is no input for more than 2 minutes



Display: o „RESTART“ or “RESTART“

o Error code

or error code



HAMM AG 22/06/2009

Restart machine

Previous settings are dismissed!!!

18/26

# 2137580

Programming and maintenance interfaces

5. Programming and maintenance interfaces CAN A

CAN B

RS 232 for drive controller and flash plug

HAMM AG 22/06/2009

19/26

# 2137580

Settings with bodem

6. Settings with bodem

; 8 9

Diesel engine must be running!!!

6.1 Calibrating the drive lever 1. Preparations in BODEM 

Call parameters and process data Parameters: o MIN_Signal1 o MAX_Signal1 o Mitte_Signal1



Select parameters and process data

o MIN_Signal2 o MAX_Signal2 o Mitte_Signal2 Process data: o Fahrsoll_Spur1 o Fahrsoll_Spur2

HAMM AG 22/06/2009

20/26

# 2137580

Settings with bodem 2. Read in zero position of drive lever



Drive lever in brake position



Read value for „Fahrsoll_Spur1“



Fill in the read value into the field called „Mitte_Signal1“



Read value for „Fahrsoll_Spur2“



Fill in the read value into the field called „Mitte_Signal2“

3. Read in max. forward position



Drive lever in max. forward position



Read value for „Fahrsoll_Spur1“



Fill in the read value into the field called „MAX_Signal1“



Read value for „Fahrsoll_Spur2“



Fill in the read value into the field called „MAX_Signal2”

4. Read in max. reverse position



Drive lever in max. reverse position



Read value for „Fahrsoll_Spur1“



Fill in the read value into the field called „MIN_Signal1”



Read value for „Fahrsoll_Spur2“



Fill in the read value into the field called „MIN_Signal2“

HAMM AG 22/06/2009

21/26

# 2137580

Settings with bodem 5. Saving new values



Drive lever in brake position



Save settings

6.2 Adjusting starting current of traction drive 1. Preparations in BODEM 

Call parameters and process data Parameter: o Abgleich/Pu_vor_Imin o Abgleich/Pu_vor_Imax



Select parameters and process data

o Abgleich/Pu_rueck_Imin o Abgleich/Pu_rueck_Imax Prozessgrößen: o Anst_Pumpe_vor o AnstPumpeRueck

HAMM AG 22/06/2009

22/26

# 2137580

Settings with bodem 2. Brake position



Drive lever in brake position

3. Starting current forward



Move drive lever slightly forward



Move drive lever forward until „Anst_Pumpe_vor“ is between 1 and 10 1 ≤ „Anst_Pumpe_vor“ ≤ 10



Increase or decrease parameter „Pu_vor_Imin“ until the roller barely moves forward



Parameter „Pu_vor_Imax“ will be calculated as follows: „Pu_vor_Imin + 800“

Pu_vor_Imax = Pu_vor_Imin + 800

4. Starting current reverse



Move drive lever slightly backward



Move drive lever backward until „AnstPumpeRueck“ is between 1 and 10 1 ≤ „AnstPumpeRueck“ ≤ 10



Increase or decrease parameter „Pu_rueck_Imin“ until the roller barely moves backward



Parameter „Pu_rueck_Imax“ will be calculated as follows: „Pu_rueck_Imin + 800“.

Pu_rueck_Imax = Pu_rueck_Imin + 800

5. Saving new values



Drive lever in brake position



Save settings

HAMM AG 22/06/2009

23/26

# 2137580

Settings with bodem 6.3 Adjusting reversing behavior of traction drive Call the parameter editing page

and select following group („Abgleich“).

6.3.1 Adjusting performance from forward to reverse The reversing behaviour (forward to reverse) can be affected by the parameters „Pu_vor_Null“ and „Sprung_V_n_R“.  value = roller stops smoother 

Parameter: „Pu_vor_Null“

 value = roller stops more aggressive  value = roller starts smoother



Parameter „Sprung_V_n_R“

 value = roller starts more aggressive

6.3.2 Adjusting performance from reverse to forward The reversing behaviour (reverse to forward) can be affected by the parameters „Pu_rueck_Null und Sprung_R_n_V“.  value = roller stops smoother 

Parameter: „Pu_rueck_Null“

 value = roller stops more aggressive  value = roller starts smoother



HAMM AG 22/06/2009

Parameter „Sprung_R_n_V“

 value = roller starts more aggressive 24/26

# 2137580

Notes

HAMM AG 22/06/2009

25/26

# 2137580

Notes

HAMM AG 22/06/2009

26/26

# 2137580

Error messages HD+

Error code 100 101 102 103

Location

104

Display

105

Display

106

Display Display Display Display

Display

108

Display

109

Display Display

111

Display

112

Display

113

Display

114 115 116

Text N/A CAN A missing completely CAN B missing completely no feedback from drive lever CAN A no feedback from drive lever CAN B no feedback from drive computer CAN A no feedback from drive computer CAN B no feedback from auxiliary electric system (standard) CAN A no feedback from auxiliary electric system (standard) CAN B no feedback from EMR oil pressure CAN A no feedback from EMR temperature CAN A no feedback from auxiliary electric system (option) CAN A no feedback from auxiliary electric system (option) CAN B no feedback from ASC-computer CAN A no feedback from ASC-computer CAN B no feedback from HCM CAN B faulty version on auxiliary computer (standard) faulty version on auxiliary computer (option)

Display

107

110

Text message (Bodem)

Display Display Display

117

Display

118 119 120

Display Display Display

200 201

Drive Drive

NOT_AUS

emergency stop

202

Drive

Ladestromfehlt

missing charging current

203 204

Drive Drive

SensorKsttank

sensor for fuel tank

205

Drive

SensorWasserta

sensor for water tank

206

Drive

SensorHydtemp

sensor for hydraulic temperature

207 208 209

Drive Drive Drive

RadsensorVorne

front wheel sensor

HAMM AG 02.12.2011

Reaction

Cause

no action no action no action

loose connector, wire break, short circuit loose connector, wire break, short circuit loose connector, wire break, short circuit, faulty drive lever poti

no action

loose connector, wire break, short circuit, faulty drive lever poti

no action

loose connector, wire break, short circuit, faulty drive computer

no action

loose connector, wire break, short circuit, faulty drive computer

no action

loose connector, wire break, short circuit, faulty auxiliary electric system

no action

loose connector, wire break, short circuit, faulty auxiliary electric system

no action

loose connector, wire break, short circuit, faulty EMR

no action

loose connector, wire break, short circuit, faulty EMR

no action

loose connector, wire break, short circuit, faulty auxiliary electric system

no action

loose connector, wire break, short circuit, faulty auxiliary electric system

no action

loose connector, wire break, short circuit, faulty ASC-computer

no action

loose connector, wire break, short circuit, faulty ASC-computer

no action

loose connector, wire break, short circuit, faulty HCM

no action

wrong or faulty auxiliary board (standard) on central electric (left)

no action

wrong or faulty auxiliary board (option) on central electric (right)

no action

no action no action no action

operation Stop emergency stop message on the drive computer. The controller recognises that there is no signal on digital input 3 or emergency stop Bit is missing on CAN-Bus A and CAN-Bus B in the Id's 0CFF0100 operation No input charging current. The controller recognises that there is no signal on the digital input 6, although the actual diesel speed being higher than 500 rpm operation operation error message: faulty fuel tank sensor. effect: Faulty or missing indication in the dashboard. cause / failure corrective action: Check fuel tank sensor. Values? Check for wire break; check for short circuit against supply voltage or ground. operation error message: faulty water tank sensor. effect: Faulty or missing indication in the dashboard. Cause / failure corrective action: Check water tank sensor. Values? Check for wire break; check for short circuit against supply voltage or ground. operation error message: faulty hydraulic temperature. effect: faulty or missing indication in the dashboard. cause / failure corrective action: Check hydraulic temperature sensor. Values? Check for wire break; check for short circuit against supply voltage or ground operation operation operation Error message: faulty front wheel sensor effect: Driving behaviour can be faulty. Faulty or missing speed indication in the dashboard. Function "constant speed drive" is faulty. cause / failure corrective action: The error message can also occur, if the rear drum is sending a drive signal and the front drum is stopped (rear drum has no grip) Another cause: the roller is in the pressure cut-off of the drive. Symptoms: roller is stopped and drive pump is displaced. The calculated speed is shown in the display. Check front wheel sensor. Check for wire break, short circuit against supply voltage or ground.

1/4

#2137295

Error messages HD+ Error code 210

Location Drive

Text message (Bodem) RadsensorHinte

rear wheel sensor

operation Error message: faulty rear wheel sensor effect Driving behaviour can be faulty. Faulty or missing speed indication in the dashboard. Function "constant speed drive" is faulty. cause / failure corrective action: Error message can also occur if front drum is sending a drive signal and rear drum is stopped (front drum has no grip) Another cause: the roller is in the pressure cut-off of the drive. Symptoms: roller is stopped and drive pump is displaced. The calculated speed is shown in the display. Check rear wheel sensor. Check for wire break, short circuit against supply voltage or ground.

211

Drive

Bremse defekt

brake in general

operation Error message: brake, faulty brake pressure switch effect: faulty indication in the display. Roller is driving against the brake. cause / failure corrective action: no response of brake pressure switch despite control and running diesel engine. If the roller is driving against the brake, the brake solenoid is defective (mechanically). If the roller can be moved without error function, the brake pressure switch is defective. Look for the operating temperature of the hydraulic oil! Check brake pressure switch and brake valve. Check for wire break, short circuit against supply voltage or ground.

212

Drive

Bremsdruck_def

brake pressure switch

213 214 215

Drive Drive Drive

Dieselstopp Bremsstellung Spg_Leistung

operation Error message: brake, faulty brake pressure switch. effect: faulty indication in the display. Roller drives against the brake. cause / failure corrective action: brake pressure switch reacts although diesel engine is not running or brake solenoid is not piloted. If the diesel engine is running, the brake solenoid can be piloted due to a short circuit against the supply voltage. If the diesel engine is not running, the brake pressure switch is defective. Look for operating temperature of the hydraulic oil! Check brake pressure switch and brake valve. Check for wire break, short circuit against supply voltage or ground. stop operation comparison of Can-data to hardware input on controller stop voltage on the power supply

216

Drive

SpgFreigLeist

217 218

Drive Drive

Bus_OFF_CAN_A

219

Drive

Id0CF00400CANa

diesel stop brake position missing voltage on power terminal missing voltage on terminal stop missing voltage on release input for the power drivers 13 operation Bus_OFF_CAN A 6 km/h Bus_OFF_CAN A Stop, if errors 218 and 225 are active Id0CF00400 CAN A missing 6 km/h Id0CF00400 CAN A missing

220

Drive

Id0CFF0100CANa

Id0CFF0100 CAN A missing 6 km/h

221

Drive

Id0CFF0200CANa

222

Drive

Id0CFF0700CANa

Id0CFF0100 CAN A missing 2 km/h, if errors 220 and 226 are active Id0CFF0200 CAN A missing 6 km/h Id0CFF0200 CAN A missing Stop, if errors 221 and 227 are active Id0CFF0700 CAN A missing operation Id0CFF0700 CAN A missing

223

Drive

Id0CFF0800CANa

Id0CFF0800 CAN A missing operation Id0CFF0800 CAN A missing

224

Drive

WalzentypFehlt

roller type is missing in the display

225

Drive

Bus_OFF_CAN_B

226

Drive

Id0CFF0100CANb

227

Drive

Id0CFF0200CANb

228

Drive

Id0CFF0700CANb

operation No roller type in the display. Error is displayed with missing CAN Id 0CFF0103 of Bus A and B. 2 km/h, if roller type 0 is set Bus_OFF_CAN_B 6 km/h Bus_OFF_CAN_B Stop, if errors 218 and 225 are active Id0CFF0100 CAN B missing 6 km/h Id0CFF0100 CAN B missing 2 km/h, if errors 221 and 226 are active Id0CFF0200 CAN B missing 6 km/h Id0CFF0200 CAN B missing Stop, if errors 221 and 227 are active Id0CFF0700 CAN B missing operation Id0CFF0700 CAN B missing

229

Drive

Id0CFF0800CANb

Id0CFF0800 CAN B missing operation Id0CFF0800 CAN B missing

230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237

Drive Drive Drive Drive Drive Drive Drive Drive

alteFahrwerte

old drive values

238 239 240

Drive Drive Drive

Digout_EMR P_DigoutWasser

241 242 243

Drive Drive Drive

Digout_Gang Pumpe_vor Pumpe_rueck

HAMM AG 02.12.2011

Nullstellenfeh Fahrhebeldiff Fahrhebel_Sp1 Fahrhebel_Sp2 Dieselanwahfeh keine_CAN_Umin

Text

Reaction

operation operation error neutral position Stop drive lever difference 6 km/h drive lever track 1 6 km/h drive lever track 2 6 km/h diesel selection error operation no CAN_Umin diesel speed operation

status digital output EMR status digital output water pump status digital output gear status drive pump forward status drive pump reverse

Cause

error neutral position drive lever difference drive lever track 1 drive lever track 2 diesel selection error no CAN_Umin diesel speed

operation operation status digital output EMR operation status digital output water pump 6 km/h 2 km/h 2 km/h

status digital output gear status PWM drive pump forward status PWM drive pump reverse

2/4

#2137295

Error messages HD+ Error code 244

Location

245

Drive

246 247

Drive Drive

248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262

Drive Drive Drive Drive Drive Drive Drive Drive Drive Drive Drive Drive Drive Drive Drive

status digital output parking 6 km/h brake Digout_Stellby status digital output servo 6 km/h cylinder operation Mittelst_fehlt missing drive lever neutral operation position Joy_OUT_RANGE drive lever out of range operation operation operation operation operation operation operation operation operation operation operation operation operation operation Warning no diesel start operation

263

Drive

Warning

300 301

ASC ASC

steering angle AIN 1

302

ASC

speed sensor front left

303

ASC

speed sensor front right

operation Error message: faulty wheel sensor front right. Effect: Driving behaviour can be faulty. "ASC" function is faulty. Cause / failure corrective action: Error message can also occur if rear drum is sending a signal and the front drum is stopped (rear drum has no grip). Another cause: the roller is in the pressure cut-off of the drive. Symptoms: roller is stopped and drive pump is displaced. The calculated speed is shown in the display. check wheel sensor front right. Check for wire break and short circuit against supply voltage or ground.

304

ASC

speed sensor rear left

operation Error message: faulty wheel sensor rear left. Effect: Driving behaviour can be faulty. "ASC" function is faulty. Cause / failure corrective action: Error message can also occur if rear drum is sending a signal and the front drum is stopped (rear drum has no grip). Another cause: the roller is in the pressure cut-off of the drive. Symptoms: roller is stopped and drive pump is displaced. The calculated speed is shown in the display. check wheel sensor rear left. Check for wire break and short circuit against supply voltage or ground.

305

ASC

speed sensor rear right

operation Error message: faulty wheel sensor rear right. Effect: Driving behaviour can be faulty. "ASC" function is faulty. Cause / failure corrective action: Error message can also occur if rear drum is sending a signal and the front drum is stopped (rear drum has no grip). Another cause: the roller is in the pressure cut-off of the drive. Symptoms: roller is stopped and drive pump is displaced. The calculated speed is shown in the display. check wheel sensor rear right. Check for wire break and short circuit against supply voltage or ground.

306

ASC

HAMM AG 02.12.2011

Drive

Text message (Bodem) P_DigoutBremse

Text

no setup completed

Reaction

Cause status digital output parking brake status digital output servo cylinder

drive lever is not in neutral position in auto setup drive lever out of range

drive lever is not in brake position during starting the diesel engine. display shows text < BRAKE > operation No autosetup completed on this machine.

operation operation Error message: faulty steering angle sensor. Effect: Faulty ASC-function. Cause / failure corrective action: check steering angle sensor. Values? Check for wire break and short circuit against supply voltage or ground. operation Error message: faulty wheel sensor front left. Effect: Driving behaviour can be faulty. "ASC" function is faulty. Cause / failure corrective action: Error message can also occur if rear drum is sending a signal and the front drum is stopped (rear drum has no grip). Another cause: the roller is in the pressure cut-off of the drive. Symptoms: roller is stopped and drive pump is displaced. The calculated speed is shown in the display. check wheel sensor front left. Check for wire break and short circuit against supply voltage or ground.

operation

3/4

#2137295

Error messages HD+ Error code 307 308 309 310

Location

311

ASC

312

ASC

313

ASC

314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324

ASC ASC ASC ASC ASC ASC ASC ASC ASC ASC ASC

status PWM ASC-valve front left status PWM ASC-valve operation front right status PWM ASC-valve rear operation left status PWM ASC-valve rear operation right operation operation operation operation operation operation operation operation operation operation operation

325

ASC

operation

400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409

Z-Series Z-Series Z-Series Z-Series Z-Series Z-Series Z-Series Z-Series Z-Series Z-Series Z-Series

ASC ASC ASC ASC

425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532

Z-Option Z-Option Z-Option Z-Option Z-Option Z-Option Z-Option Z-Option Z-Option Z-Option Z-Option Z-Option Z-Option Z-Option Z-Option Z-Option Z-Option Z-Option Z-Option

600

HCM

HAMM AG 02.12.2011

Text message (Bodem)

Text

Reaction

Cause

operation operation operation operation status PWM ASC-valve front left

CAN-A-fault CAN-B-fault no roller parameters ID 0CFF0100 error CAN-A ID 0CFF0100 error CAN-B ID 0CFF0400 error CAN-A ID 0CFF0400 error CAN-B ID 0CFF0500 error CAN-A ID 0CFF0500 error CAN-B free up to 24 status fault 1 status fault 2 status fault 3 status fault 4 status fault 5 status fault 6 status fault 7 status fault 8 status fault 9

operation operation operation operation operation operation operation operation operation operation operation operation operation operation operation operation operation operation operation operation

CAN-A-fault CAN-B-fault no roller parameters ID 0CFF0100 fault CAN-A ID 0CFF0100 fault CAN-B ID 0CFF0400 fault CAN-A ID 0CFF0400 fault CAN-B ID 0CFF0500 fault CAN-A ID 0CFF0500 fault CAN-B free up to 24 status fault 1 status fault 2 status fault 3 status fault 4 status fault 5 status fault 6 status fault 7 status fault 8

operation operation operation operation operation operation operation operation operation operation operation operation operation operation operation operation operation operation operation

status PWM ASC-valve front right status PWM ASC-valve rear left status PWM ASC-valve rear right

voltage on power supply no voltage on enable input Bus_OFF_CAN_A Bus_OFF_CAN_B display does not receive the roller type. A missing CAN Id 0CFF0103 of Bus A and B only indicates an error.

internal CAN-A-error internal CAN-B-error no roller parameters from the display no message from display CAN-A no message from display CAN-B no message from drive computer CAN-A no message from drive computer CAN-B no message from drive computer CAN-A no message from drive computer CAN-B vibration front vibration rear crab steering reserve back-up edge pressing equipment edge pressing equipment - sprinkling horn additive sprinkling

internal CAN-A-fault internal CAN-B-fault no roller parameters from display no message from display CAN-A no message from display CAN-B no message from drive computer CAN-A no message from drive computer CAN-B no message from drive computer CAN-A no message from drive computer CAN-B

no action

4/4

#2137295

Operation Manual

TD/TCD 2012 L04/06 2V TD/TCD 2013 L04/06 2V

Notes Notes This engine is defined exclusively for purpose according to the scope of delivery and built by the equipment manufacturer (use for the intended purpose). Any other use above and beyond this will be considered as misuse. The manufacturer will not accept any liability for damages resulting from this. The user bears the sole risk. Use for the intended purpose also includes observance of the operating, maintenance and repair conditions specified by the manufacturer. The engine should only be operated, serviced and repaired by personnel trained in its use and the hazards involved. The pertinent rules for the prevention of accidents and other generally recognised safety and industrial medicine rules must be observed. When the engine is running there is a danger of injury caused by: – rotating and hot components – on motors with external ignition (high electrical voltage). Contact must be avoided! Unauthorised engine modifications will invalidate any liability claims against the manufacturer for resultant damage. Equally, manipulations to the injection and control system can affect the engine's performance and the exhaust characteristics. Adherence to legislation on pollution can no longer be guaranteed under such conditions. Do not change the cooling air feed area to the blower of fan. An unobstructed cooling air supply must be guaranteed. The manufacturer will accept no liability for damage resulting from this. When carrying out maintenance work on the en-

gine, the use of DEUTZ original parts is prescribed. These are specially designed for your engine and guarantee perfect operation. Non-compliance results in the expiry of the warranty! Maintenance/cleaning work on the engine may only be carried out when the engine is not running and has cooled down. When doing this, make sure that the electrical system is switched off (remove ignition key). The specifications for accident prevention with electrical systems (e.g. VDE-0100/-0101/-0104/0105 Electrical protective measures against dangerous contact voltages) must be observed. Cover all electrical components tightly when cleaning with liquids. Do not work on the fuel system while the engine is running - Danger to life! Wait for the pressure to drop after the engine has come to a standstill (in engines with DEUTZ Common Rail about 5 minutes, otherwise 1 minute) because the system is under high pressure - Danger to life! During the first trial run do not stand in the danger area of the engine. Danger due to high pressure in case of leaks Danger to life! – In case of leaks immediately contact workshop. – When working on the fuel system, make sure that the engine is not started inadvertently during repairs - Danger to life!

Foreword Dear customer,

Engine serial number

Congratulations on the purchase of your DEUTZ engine.

Please enter the engine serial number here. This will simplify the handling of customer service, repair and spare parts queries.

DEUTZ air/liquid-cooled engines are developed for a broad spectrum of applications. Consequently, a wide range of variants is offered to meet the requirements of specific cases. The engine is equipped accordingly for the particular installation situation, i.e. not all the components described in the operating manual are installed in your engine.

Notes

We have endeavoured to highlight any differences so that you will be able to locate the operating and maintenance instructions applicable to your engine more quickly and easily.

This document may only be reprinted and reproduced, even in part, with our express permission.

Please make sure that this operating manual is available to everyone involved in the operation, maintenance and repair of the engine and that they have understood the contents.

We reserve the right to make technical changes to the descriptions and data in this operating manual in the interest of further development of the engines.

Order number 0312 3459 en

If you have any queries, please contact us, we'll be happy to advise you. Sincerely, DEUTZ AG

Table of contents Foreword. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

Belt drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Setting work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

1 General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

Electrical system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

2 Engine description . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

7 Faults. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

Fault table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

Engine illustration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

Engine management . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

Lubricating oil circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

8 Transport and storage . . . . . . . . . . . 68

Fuel schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

Transport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

Coolant schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

Protecting the engine against corrosion . . . 69

Electrics/Electronics . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 3 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

9 Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71

Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

Engine and setting data . . . . . . . . . . . 71

Ambient conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 First time commissioning . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Start procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Operation monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Stop procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 4 Operating media. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Lubricating oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 5 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Maintenance schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 6 Care and maintenance work . . . . . . . . 41 Lubricating oil system. . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Fuel system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Engine cleaning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Suction system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

General

General notes DEUTZ diesel engines DEUTZ diesel engines are the product of years of research and development. Profound know-how combined with high quality requirements are the guarantee for the production of engines with a long life, high reliability levels and low fuel consumption. Obviously the high requirements for the protection of the environment are also met. Safety precautions when the engine is running Maintenance work or repairs may only be performed on the shut-down engine. Make sure that the engine cannot be started inadvertently - Danger of accident! When the work is complete, be sure to refit any panels and guards that have been removed. Observe industrial safety regulations when running the engine in an enclosed space or underground. When working on the running engine, work clothing must be close fitting. Never fill the fuel tank while the engine is running. Service and Maintenance Service and maintenance are also decisive for whether the engine satisfactorily meets the set demands. Recommended service intervals must therefore be observed and service and maintenance work must be carried out conscientiously.

velopments for improving the engines are also introduced in the original DEUTZ parts of course. Only the use of original DEUTZ parts manufactured according to the state-of-the-art can guarantee perfect functioning and high reliability. DEUTZ Xchange components DEUTZ replacement parts are a low-cost alternative. Of course, the quality standards here are just as high as for new parts. DEUTZ replacement parts are equal to the original DEUTZ parts in function and reliability. Asbestos The gaskets used in this engine contain no asbestos. Please use the appropriate spare parts for maintenance and repair work. Service We want to preserve the high performance of our engines, and with it the confidence and satisfaction of our customers. We are therefore represented worldwide by a network of service branches. The DEUTZ name does not merely stand for engines that are the products of extensive development work, DEUTZ also stands for complete service packages that ensure optimum operation of our engines, and for customer services operations that you can count on.

Original DEUTZ parts

Please contact your service partner in case of malfunctions and sare parts inquiries. Our specially trained personnel will ensure fast, professional repairs using original DEUTZ spare parts in case of damage.

Original DEUTZ parts are subject to the same strict quality demands as the DEUTZ engines. Further de-

The DEUTZ home page gives you a continuously upto-date overview of the service partners in your vicin-

Special care should be taken under abnormally demanding operating conditions.

ity with notes on product responsibilities and services. Or you can use another fast, convenient way via the Internet under www.deutzshop.de. The DEUTZ P@rts Online parts catalogue gives you a direct contact to your nearest local service partner.

California Proposition 65 Warning Diesel engines and some of its constituents are known to the State of California to cause cancer, birth defects and other reproductive harm. Masthead DEUTZ AG Ottostraße 1 51149 Cologne Telephone:+49 (221) 822-0 Fax:

+49 (221) 822-5850

www.deutz.com info@deutz.com

General

General notes

Danger This symbol is used for all safety instructions which, if not observed, present a direct danger to life and limb for the person involved. Observe these carefully. The attention of operating personnel should be drawn to these safety instructions. Furthermore, the legislation for "general regulations for safety and the prevention of accidents" must be observed. Caution This symbol indicates a danger to the part and engine. The relevant instructions must be observed, failure to do so can lead to destruction of the part and the engine. Notes This symbol accompanies notes of a general kind.

Engine description

Type

Rating plate

Location of the rating plate

The engine type A, engine number B and the power data are stamped on the rating plate.

The rating plate C is mounted on the cylinder head cover or crankcase.

The engine type and number must be stated when purchasing spare parts.

Engine description

Type

Engine serial number

Cylinder numbering

The engine number is stamped onto the crankcase (arrow) and onto the rating plate.

Cylinder arrangement The cylinders are counted consecutively starting from flywheel (1). Direction of rotation Looking at the power transmission side. rotating to the left: counter-clockwise. Engine sides Looking at the power transmission side.

Engine illustration

Engine description

Engine TCD 2013 L04 2V with mech. injection system PLD and mech./electr. control, view from right (example) 1 Lubricating oil filling 2 Charge air line 3 Coolant outlet to the cooler 4 Transport device 5 Ventilation line to the compensation tank 6 Fan hub 7 Fuel pump 8 V-rib belt 9 Tension pulley 10 Coolant pump 11 Engine mounting 12 Lubricating oil drain plug 13 Lube oil replacement filter 14 Lube oil cooler 15 Generator 16 Hydraulic pump or compressor mounting (optional) 17 Spin-on fuel filter (transport position) 18 Electrical motor shutdown 19 Crankcase ventilation valve 20 Cover for cable harness mount 21 Cylinder head cover 22 Injection pump 23 Control canister (exhaust turbocharger pressure regulation)

Engine description

Engine illustration Engine TCD 2013 L04 2V with mech. injection system PLD and mech./electr. control, view from left (example) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Turbocharger Transport device Mechanical speed control Gear connection (SAE housing) Engine mounting Lubricating oil drain plug Lubricating oil return line from the exhaust turbocharger 8 Starter 9 Lubricating oil filling (optional) 10 Coolant inlet 11 Exhaust manifold line

Engine illustration

Engine description Engine TCD 2012 L04 2V with DEUTZ Common Rail (DCR), view from right (example) 1 Lubricating oil filling 2 Combustion air inlet 3 Cover for cable harness mount 4 Fan 5 Generator 6 Coolant pump 7 Tension pulley 8 Lube oil cooler 9 Lubricating oil filter 10 Fuel filter 11 Hydraulic pump or compressor mounting (optional) 12 Flywheel 13 Transport bracket (only for transport) 14 Crankcase ventilation valve 15 Transport device 16 Cylinder head cover 17 Control block FCU (Fuel Control Unit)

Engine description

Engine illustration Engine TCD 2012 L04 2V with DEUTZ Common Rail (DCR), view from left (example)

ïï

1 2 3 4 5

ïð

Transport device Exhaust manifold line Turbocharger Transport bracket (only for transport) Lubricating oil return line from the exhaust turbocharger 6 Relay (starter) 7 V-rib belt 8 Coolant inlet 9 Coolant outlet 10 Fan mounting 11 Compensation line connection to tank 12 Ventilation line connection

Engine description

Engine illustration îï

îî

îí

Engine TCD 2012 L06 2V with DEUTZ Common Rail (DCR), view from right (example) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Lubricating oil filling Combustion air inlet Transport device Generator Fan hub Fuel supply pump Belt pulley with torsional vibration damper on crankshaft 8 V-rib belt 9 Tension pulley 10 Coolant pump 11 Lube oil replacement filter 12 Lubricating oil drain plug 13 Lube oil cooler 14 Cab heating supply flow line 15 Exchangeable fuel filter 16 Lubricating oil dipstick 17 Engine mounting 18 Hydraulic pump or air compressor mounting (optional) 19 Lubricating oil filling (optional) 20 Central plug (for engine control) 21 Crankcase ventilation valve 22 High-pressure pump 23 Rail 24 Injector

îð

ïç

ïè

ïé ïê

ïë ïì

Engine description

Engine illustration Engine TCD 2012 L06 2V with DEUTZ Common Rail (DCR), view from left (example) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Crankcase ventilation valve Charge air line Transport device Gear connection (SAE housing) Engine mounting Lubricating oil drain plug Starter cover Lubricating oil return line from the exhaust turbocharger 9 Turbocharger 10 Charge air connection to the charge air cooler 11 Coolant inlet 12 Coolant outlet 13 Exhaust manifold line 14 Cylinder head cover

Engine illustration

Engine description Engine TCD 2013 L04 2V with DEUTZ Common Rail (DCR), view from right (example) 1 Combustion air inlet (heating flange mounting, optional) 2 Cab heating return flow connection 3 Compensation line connection to tank 4 Ventilation line connection 5 Fan 6 Generator 7 Belt pulley with torsional vibration damper on crankshaft 8 V-belts 9 Fuel supply pump drive 10 Exchangeable fuel filter 11 Lube oil replacement filter 12 Lube oil cooler 13 Hydraulic pump or air compressor mounting (optional) 14 Lubricating oil return line for crankcase ventilation 15 Cab heating supply flow line 16 Central plug (for engine control) 17 Control block FCU (Fuel Control Unit) 18 High-pressure pump 19 Crankcase ventilation valve 20 Injector 21 Lubricating oil filling

Engine description

Engine illustration Engine TCD 2013 L04 2V with DEUTZ Common Rail (DCR), view from left (example) 1 2 3 4 5 6

Lubricating oil filling (optional) Gear connection (SAE housing) Engine mounting Lubricating oil drain plug Starter Lubricating oil return line from the exhaust turbocharger 7 Turbocharger 8 Coolant inlet 9 Charge air connection to the charge air cooler 10 Coolant outlet 11 Exhaust manifold line 12 Combustion air inlet 13 Transport device

Engine description

Engine illustration

Engine TCD 2013 L06 2V with DEUTZ Common Rail (DCR), view from right (example) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Combustion air inlet Lubricating oil filling Generator Coolant pump Lube oil replacement filter Exchangeable fuel filter Lubricating oil dipstick Lubricating oil drain plug Lubricating oil return line for crankcase ventilation 10 Engine mounting 11 Gear connection (SAE housing) 12 Central plug (for engine control) 13 Control block FCU (Fuel Control Unit) 14 Rail 15 Transport device 16 Crankcase ventilation valve 17 Injector

Engine description

Engine illustration Engine TCD 2013 L06 2V with DEUTZ Common Rail (DCR), view from left (example) 1 Turbocharger 2 Exhaust manifold line 3 Starter 4 Lubricating oil pipe to the turbocharger 5 Coolant drain plug 6 Coolant inlet 7 Engine mounting 8 V-rib belt 9 Fan 10 Tension pulley 11 Transport device 12 Compensation line connection to tank 13 Ventilation line connection 14 Coolant outlet

Lubricating oil circuit

Engine description Lubricating oil schematic (example) 1 Lubricating oil sump 2 Lubricating oil suction intake pipe 3 Lubricating oil pump 3.1 Overpressure valve (only for 2013) 4 Lube oil cooler 4.1 Return flow shutoff valve (only for 2012) 4.2 Bypass valve 4.3 Bypass valve for lubricating oil filter 4.4 Pressure control valve 5 Lubricating oil filter 6 Main lubricating oil lines 6a Internal connected exhaust gas recirculation (optional, only for 6-cyl. engines) 7 Crankshaft bearing 8 Big-end bearing 9 Camshaft bearing 10 Line to injector nozzle 11 Piston cooling nozzle with pressure holding valve 12 Tappet with impulse lubrication of the rocker arm 13 Tappet rod, lubricating oil feed to the rocker arm lubrication 14 Rocker arm 15 Return flow to the lubricating oil pan 16 Lubricating oil pipe to the turbocharger 17 Turbocharger 18 Return line from the compressor/hydraulic pump to the crankcase 19 Air compressor or hydraulic pump 20 Lubricating oil line to the air compressor/hydraulic pump 21 Return line from the turbocharger

Engine description

Fuel schematic Fuel schematic of the DCR engine (example) 1 Fuel container A= minimum distance 500 mm 2 Fuel pre-filter with manual supply pump for filling the low-pressure area (mounted on device side) 3 Line to the fuel supply pump 4 Fuel supply pump 5 Line to the spin-on fuel filter 6 Exchangeable fuel filter 7 Fuel line to the control block 8 Control block FCU (Fuel Control Unit) 9 Fuel line from the control block to the high-pressure pumps and the rail 10 High-pressure pump 11 Rail 12 Fuel line to the injector 13 Injector 14 Fuel return line at the cylinder head 15 Fuel return to fuel tank

Coolant schematic

Engine description

Coolant schematic

Coolant schematic (example) 1 Coolant outlet at the cooler 2 Thermostat 3 Coolant supply line to the pump 4 Coolant pump 5 Lube oil cooler 6 Cylinder cooling 7 Cylinder pipe/head cooling 8 Coolant supply flow to the cab heating 9 Cab heating (optional) 10 Coolant for the thermostat 11 Coolant return flow from the cab heating 12 Compensation line 13 Ventilation line to the compensation tank 14 Coolant outlet to the cooler 15 Compensation tank 16 Compensation line to the cooler 17 Cooler

Electrics/Electronics

Engine description

Electrics (example) Engine side 1 Fuel pressure transducer in the FCU 2 Coolant temperature 3 Charge air pressure/temperature transmitter – A=TCD 2012/2013L06 – B=TCD 2012/2013L04 4 Engine adapter plug 5 Engine control unit 6 Speed transmitter via crankshaft 7 Rail pressure, laterally on the rail 8 Lubricating oil level transmitter (optional) 9 Lubricating oil pressure transmitter 10 Fuel transducer 11 Speed transmitter via camshaft 12 Central plug (for engine control) Equipment side 13 Power supply (battery) 14 Multifunction displays 15 Outputs (configurable, e.g. for lamps, torque (PWM), speed, engine running signal, etc.) 16 Inputs (configurable) 17 Accelerator 18 Hand throttle (optional) 19 Switch functions (optional, e.g. for P-factor, regulator type, peak curves, fixed speeds etc. also multi-step switches) 20 Detachable key switch Start/Stop 21 Diagnostic button 22 Error lamp with blink code 23 Diagnostic interface/CAN bus

Engine description

Electrics/Electronics

Other application side components (depending on the application) Water trap fuel filter Override key (for temporary bypassing of the engine protection functions) Coolant level transmitter Separate engine stop switch Fan control Switch for brake contact, engine brake, clutch Drive speed sensor, drive speed control unit, +keys for increasing/decreasing speed Cold start aid indicator lamp This lamp flashes in the case of a serious fault, e.g. the heating flange is drawing current although the control unit is not controlling it. The power supply to the heating flange must then be disconnected separately (overheating protection heating flange)

Engine description

Electrics/Electronics Information about the engine electronics This engine is equipped with an electronic DEUTZ control unit. The equipping of the respective system depends on the desired scope of function and the planned type of engine application. The resultant wiring with pin assignment can be seen in the appropriate wiring diagram. The installation regulations of the DEUTZ AG must also be taken into account. Precautions The connections of the control units are only dust and water proof when the mating plugs are plugged (protection class IP69K)! The control units must be protected against spray water and moisture until plugging in the mating plugs! Reverse polarity can lead to failure of the control unit. To avoid damaging the control units, all the connections on the control unit must be disconnected before electric welding work. Interventions in the electrical system contrary to the DEUTZ regulations or by unqualified personnel can permamently damage the engine electronics and have serious consequences which are not covered by the manufacturer's guarantee.

It is strictly prohibited: a) to make changes or connections to the wiring of the electrical control devices and the data transmission cable (CAN lines). b) to switch control units. Diagnostic and maintenance work may only be carried out by authorised personnel using equipment approved by DEUTZ.

Supply voltage DEUTZ diesel engines must be operated with a 12 V or 24 V supply. An adequate charging condition of the battery must be ensured. Interruption of the power supply when the engine is running can lead to damage to the electrics/electronics. Failure of the supply voltage leads to engine standstill. Voltages above 32 Volt will destroy the control unit.

Installation instructions

Diagnostics

The control units are calibrated to the respective engine and identified by the engine number. Every engine may only be operated with the appropriate control unit.

DEUTZ control units are equipped with self-diagnosis. Active and passive error entries are saved in the error memory. Active errors are displayed by error lamp/diagnostic lamp ( 65 ). The active errors can be called by blink codes or by the DEUTZ diagnostic program SERDIA. Passive errors must be deleted by SERDIA.

Setpoint transmitters (pedal value transmitters) necessary for vehicle operation must be connected to the vehicle side cable harness and calibrated with the DEUTZ diagnostic program SERDIA (SERvice DIAgnosis). Wiring and cable assignment of the vehicle side cable harness must be taken from the connection diagram of the DEUTZ installation consulting.

with error lamp (optional). – See blink codes for details. via diagnostic socket (SERDIA).

Operation

Ambient conditions can be used as cold starting aids.( 29) Coolant Mixing ratio anti-freeze/cooling water. High ambient temperatures, high altitude Under the operating conditions listed below, the amount of fuel is reduced automatically, controlled by the electronic control unit. Under the following application and operating conditions, the amount of fuel must be reduced. above 1000 m altitude above 30 °C ambient temperature

Low ambient temperatures Lubricating oil Select lubricating oil according to ambient temperature If cold starting occurs frequently cut the lube oil changing interval by half. Fuel Use Winter fuel below 0 °C ( 36 ). Battery A good charging condition of the battery ( 60 ) is the prerequisite for starting the engine. Heating up the battery to approx. 20°C improves the starting behaviour of the engine. (Remove and store the battery in a warm room).

Reason: Air density decreases as altitude or ambient temperature increase. This reduces the amount of oxygen in the engine intake air and the fuel-air mixture would be too rich if the injected amount of fuel were not reduced. The results would be: – black smoke in the exhaust – high engine temperature – reduction in engine performance – possible impairment of starting behaviour Consult your equipment supplier or DEUTZ partner if you have any other questions.

Cold start aid Depending on the type of engine, glow plugs, heating plugs, heating flange, flame glow system

Operation

First time commissioning

Preparations for initial commissioning (Maintenance schedule E 10) Remove engine corrosion protection Remove any transport devices. Check the battery and cable connections and mount if necessary. Checking the belt tension ( 54 ). Have the engine monitor or warning system checked by authorised personnel. Check the engine mounting. Check that all hose unions and clips fit properly. The following additional work must be carried out on generally overhauled engines: Check the fuel pre-filter and main filter and change if necessary. Check the intake air cleaner (if available, maintain according to maintenance indicator). Drain lubricating oil and condensation water from the charge air cooler. Fill with engine lube oil.

Fill with engine lube oil.

Pour in fuel

Low lubricating oil level and overfilling lead to engine damage.

The fuel low pressure system must be vented before the first start-up after filling with the manualy supply pump.

The engines are generally supplied without lubricating oil filling. Select lubricating oil quality and viscosity before filling. Order DEUTZ lubricating oils from your DEUTZ partner

Only re-fuel when the engine is not running. Ensure cleanliness. Do not spill fuel. Additional venting of the fuel system by a 5 minute trial run at idle speed or on low load is absolutely essential.

Fill the engine with lubricating oil via the lubricating oil filler neck. Observe the lubricating oil filling level ( 71 ). Check lubricating oil level, if necessary top up.

Only use clean commercially available brand diesel fuel. Observe fuel quality ( 36). Use summer or winter-grade fuel, depending on the ambient temperature.

Operation

First time commissioning

Start engine and run up until the thermostat opens ( line 1 heats up ). Engine operation with open thermostat 2 - 3 minutes. Check the coolant level in the compensation tank and top up coolant if necessary. If required, repeat procedure with engine start. Fill up coolant to the MAX mark on the compensation tank and close the cooling system cap. Switch on any available heating and set to the highest level so that the heating circuit is filled and vented. Observe the filling volume of the cooling system ( 71). Fill oil-bath air filter with lubricating oil. No lubricating oil may be filled in the cyclone pre-separator that may be connected upstream. Fill lubricating oil pan (1) of the oil-bath filter with lubricating oil as far as the marking arrow.

Filling the coolant system The coolant must have a prescribed concentration of cooling system corrosion protection agent. Never operate the engine without coolant, even for a short time! Order coolant corrosion protection agent from your DEUTZ partner. Connect coolant outlet (1) and coolant inlet (2) to the cooling system. Connect supply line from the compensation tank to the water pump or to the coolant inlet line (2). Connect ventilation line from the engine and, if necessary, from the cooler to the compensation tank. Fill cooling system via the compensation tank. Close compensation tank with valve.

Trial run Venting of the fuel system by operating for 5 minutes on no load or with low load is absolutely essential. Carry out a brief trial run up to operating temperature (approx. 90 °C) after preparations. Do not load the engine if possible. Work with the engine not running: – Check engine for tightness. – Check the lubricating oil level and top up lubricating oil if necessary. – Check the coolant level and top up coolant if necessary. Work during the trial run: – Check engine for tightness.

Operation

Start procedure Starting Before starting, make sure that nobody is standing in the immediate vicinity of the engine or work machine. After repair work: Check that all guards have been replaced and that all tools have been removed from the engine. When starting with the flame glow plug/ glow plug/heating flange system do not use any other starting aid (e.g. injection with start pilot). Risk of accident! Attention: The engine may never be started with the mechanical speed transmitter removed. Disconnect the battery connections! If the engine does not start properly when the heating flange is automatically actuated (starter does not receive current as a result of a fault in the equipment/customer electrical control system) the starting procedure must be abandoned (set the ignition switch to OFF, disconnect the power supply to the heating flange).

If the engine does not start and the error lamp blinks, the EMR3 system has activated the start lock to protect the engine. The start lock is released by switching off the system with the ignition key for about 30 seconds. Separate the engine if possible by disengaging driven units. Do not actuate the starter for more than 20 seconds. If the engine does not start up, wait for one minute and then repeat the starting process. If the engine does not start up after two attempts, determine the cause as per fault table ( 62 ). Do not run up the engine immediately to high idling speed / full load operation from cold.

if the engine fails to start.

Disconnect the engine by uncoupling devices to be driven where possible. If the starter is connected to the EMR3 by a relay, the maximum starting time is limited by the EMR3. The pause between two start attempts is preset by the EMR3. If the touch start function is programmed, a short start command with the ignition key in position 2 or a start button, if available, suffices. The start is then continued automatically by the EMR3. The EMR3 can be programmed for special applications by data record so that the control unit can also carry out further start attempts automatically

Operation

Start procedure

w îêîìëóï

Start for mech. injection system (example) Disconnect the engine by uncoupling devices to be driven (where possible). The speed adjusting lever (1) must be at the limit stop of the low idling (arrow). The stop lever (2) must have been brought to the normal position as a result of its spring force (direction of arrow).

w îëéìëóð

Without cold start aid Insert key. Turn key to the right. – Position 1 = operating voltage. – Pilot lamps (1) and (2) light up. Push the key in and turn further clockwise against spring pressure. – Level 2 = no function. – Level 3 = start. Release key as soon as the engine starts up. – The pilot lamps will go out.

Glow plugs with cold start aid Insert key – Position 0 = no operating voltage. Turn key to the right. – Position 1 = operating voltage. – Pilot lamps (1) and (2) light up. – Preheat until glow display goes out. Push the key in and turn further clockwise against spring pressure. – Level 2 = no function. – Level 3 = start. Release key as soon as the engine starts up. – The pilot lamps will go out.

Operation

Operation monitoring Operation monitoring by EMR3 The EMR3 system monitors the engine condition and itself. The statuses are displayed by the error lamp. Lamp test: – The error lamp lights up for approx. 2 s after switching on the ignition (ignition lock stage 1) Steady light: – There is a system error or an engine variable (temperature, pressure etc.) is in the warning range. The EMR3 can reduced the engine performance depending on the error to protect the engine. Fast flashing: – Attention, the engine is in danger and must be switched off. – The control unit switches the engine off automatically depending on the application. – The control unit can preset a forced engine operation with low idling speed to cool down the engine before switching off, automatic switch-off if necessary. – There may be a start lock after engine stop. – The start lock is released by switching off the system with the ignition key for about 30 seconds. – Additional control lamps, e.g. for lubricating oil pressure or lubricating oil temperature, are switched on if necessary. – The power reduction can be bypassed, the automatic switch-off delayed or a start lock bypassed with the override key on the instru-

ment panel to avoid critical situations. This brief deactivation of the engine protection functions is logged in the control unit. The engine protection functions are released in co-operation with the equipment manufacturer and the DEUTZ installation consulting and may be designed individually. It is therefore absolutely essential to observe the operating instructions of the equipment manufacturer.

Display instrument Possible displays: Colour scale – Display of the operating state by coloured arears (green = OK/red = take suitable action). Measured value scale – Actual value can be read off directly. The nominal value should be taken from the Technical Data ( 73).

Operation

Operation monitoring

Instruments and symbols Instruments / symbols Designation

Possible display:

Measure

Lubricating oil pressure dis- Lubricating oil pressure below minimum play

Switch off engine

Lubricating oil pressure dis- Lubricating oil pressure in the red area play

Switch off engine

Coolant temperature

Switch off engine

Coolant temperature too high

Lubricating oil pressure pilot If the pilot lamp lights up after starting the engine or while Switch off engine lamp the engine is running, the lubricating oil pressure is too low

Lube oil level

If the pilot lamp lights up after starting the engine or while Check lubricating oil level / if necessary top up the engine is running, the lubricating oil level is too low

Coolant level

If the control lamp lights up after the engine starts or while the engine is running, the coolant level is too low

Switch off the engine, allow to cool down and top up coolant

Operating hours counter

Indicates the previous operating time of the engine

Observe the maintenance intervals

Horn

With acoustic signal

See fault table (

62).

Operation

Stop procedure

Shutting off Avoid switching off from full load (coking/ blockage of the remaining lubricating oil in the turbocharger bearing housing). The lubricating oil supply of the turbocharger is then no longer guaranteed! This shortens the life of the turbocharger. Run the engine in low idling speed for approximately one minute after relieving the load. The control unit remains active for about another 40 seconds to save the system data (lag) and then switches off automatically. Electrical shutdown (optional) Move the key to position 0. Control lamps A+B+C go out. A = charge pilot light B = lube oil pressure pilot light C = pilot light for pre-heating system P = gear position: park 0 = gear position: switch off engine 1 = gear position: pre-heat engine 2 = gear position: start engine

Stopping for mechanical speed control Move speed adjustment lever (1) to slow idle. Activate stop lever (2) until the engine comes to a stop. Charge current pilot lamp and lubricating oil pressure pilot lamp light up after the engine has stopped. Turn key to the left (to level 0= and pull out. Pilot lamps go out. Move the key to position 0. Control lamps A+B+C go out. A = charge pilot light B = lube oil pressure pilot light C = pilot light for pre-heating system P = gear position: park 0 = gear position: switch off engine 1 = gear position: pre-heat engine 2 = gear position: start engine

Operating media

General Modern diesel engines place very high demands on the lubricating oil to be used. The specific engine performances which have increased constantly over the last few years lead to an increased thermal load on the lubricating oil. The lubricating oil is also more exposed to contamination due to reduced oil comsumption and longer oil change intervals. For this reason it is necessary to observe the requirements and recommendations described in this operating manual in order not to shorten the life of the engine. Lubricating oils always consist of a base oil and an additive package. The most important tasks of a lubricating oil (e.g. wear protection, corrosion protection, neutralisation of acids from combustion products, prevention of coke and soot deposits on the engine parts) are assumed by the additives. The properties of the base oil are also decisive for the quality of the product, e.g. with regard to thermal load capacity. In principle, all engine oils of the same specification can be mixed. However, mixing of engine oils should be avoided because the worst properties of the mixture are always dominant. The lubricating oil quality has a considerable influence on the life, performance and thus also on the costs-effectiveness of the engine. It basically applies that: The better the lubricating oil quality, the better these properties. The lubricating oil viscosity describes the flow behaviour of the lubricating oil depending on the temperature. The lubricating oil viscosity has no influence and effect on the lubricating oil quality. Synthetic lubricating oils are used increasingly and have advantages. These oils have a better tem-

Lubricating oil perature and oxidation stability as well as a relatively low cold viscosity. Since some processes relevant to the definition of the lube oil change intervals are not essentially dependent on the lube oil quality (such as the incorporation of soot and other contaminations), the lube oil change interval when using synthetic lube oils may not be increased in relation to the specifications of the lube oil change intervals.

Recommended quality class

Biodegradable lubricating oils may be used in DEUTZ engines if they meet the requirements of this operating manual.

DEUTZ lubricating oils DQC II-05 TLS - 15W40 D Container

Order number

Quality

5 litre container 20 litre container

0101 6331 0101 6332

209 litre barrel

0101 6333

Lubricating oils are classified by DEUTZ according to their efficiency and quality class (DQC: DEUTZ Quality Class). It basically applies that: with increasing quality class (DQC I, II, III, IV) the lubricating oils are more efficient and higher quality. The appended quality class designation (- 02 / - 05) indicates in which year the classification was made.

DEUTZ

ACEA

API

DQC III - See TR 0199-99-3002 05 Please contact your DEUTZ partner DQC IV 05

DEUTZ lubricating oils DQC III-05 TLX - 10W40 FE Container

Order number

Lubricating oils according to other comparable specifications can be used as long as they meet DEUTZ requirements. In regions in which none of these qualities are available, please contact your responsible DEUTZ partner.

5 litre container 20 litre container

0101 6335 0101 6336

209 litre barrel

0101 6337

The following lubricating oils are specified for the engines described in this operating manual.

DEUTZ lubricating oils DQC IV-05 synthetic DEUTZ-Oil DQC IV-5W30 synthetic

Recommended quality class

Container 20 litre container

Order number 0101 7849

209 litre barrel

0101 7850

DEUTZ

ACEA

API

DQC II - E3-96 / E5-02 / E7- CG-4 / CH4 / C I-4 05 04

Operating media

Lubricating oil Lubricating oil change intervals The intervals depend on: – lubricating oil quality – sulphur content in the fuel – type of application of engine The lubricating oil change interval must be halved if at least one of the following conditions applies: – Constant ambient temperature below -10 °C (14 °F) or lube oil temperature below 60 °C (84 °F). – sulphur content in the diesel fuel of 0.5 - 1 weight %. – operation with bio-diesel fuel If the oil change intervals for vehicle engines are to be carried out according to operating hours, the oil change intervals for built-in engines apply. If the lubricating oil change intervals are not reached within a year, the oil should be changed at least once a year.

purpose lubricating oils should be used basically. Single-purpose lubricating oils can also be used in enclosed, heated spaces at temperatures >5 ° C. Depending on the ambient temperature we recommend the following common viscosity classes:

Viscosity The prescribed lubricating oil quality must be observed when selecting the viscosity class! The ambient temperature at the installation site or in the application area of the engine is decisive for choosing the right viscosity class. Too high a viscosity can lead to starting difficulties, too low a viscosity can endanger the lubrication effect and cause a high lubricating oil consumption. At ambient temperatures below -40 °C, the lubricating oil must be pre-heated (e.g. by storing the vehicle or the machine in a hall). The viscosity is classified according to SAE. Multi-

Operating media

Permissible fuels The following fuel specifications / standards are approved: Diesel fuels according to DIN EN 590 – Nato F-54 (equivalent to diesel fuel in accordance with DIN EN 590) US diesel fuel according to ASTM D 975 GradeNo.1-D and 2-D Japanese diesel fuel JIS K 2204 Grade 1 Fuel and Grade 2 Fuel with lubricating properties according to diesel fuel EN 590 (HFFR max. 460 micrometer according to EN ISO 12156) Biodiesel per EN 14214 (only permissible for engines with mechanical injection system). Use commercially available fuels with a sulphur content below 0.5 %. The lubricating oil change intervals must be halved at a higher sulphur content. If other fuels are used which do not meet the requirements of the operating manual, the warranty will be voided. The certification measurements to satisfy the legal emission limits are performed with the test fuels defined by law. These correspond to the diesel fuels according to EN 590 and ASTM D 975 described in this operating manual. No emission values are guaranteed with the other fuels described in this operating manual.

Fuels Winter operation with diesel fuel Only carry out mixing in the tank. Fill with the appropriate amount of paraffin first, then add the diesel fuel. Normal and high grade fuels may not be mixed. At low ambient temperatures paraffin discharges can lead to blockages in the fuel system and cause operating faults. Below 0 °C ambient temperature use winter diesel (down to -20 °C) (filling stations provide this in good time before the cold season starts). Below -20 °C paraffin should be added. The relevant percentages are given in the adjacent diagram. Special diesel fuels can be used for arctic climates to -44 °C. If it is necessary to use summer diesel fuel below 0°C, paraffin can also be added by up to 30 % as per the diagram on the right. Usually a sufficient cold resistance can be achieved by adding a flow improver. Ask your DEUTZ partner.

I Summer-grade diesel fuel II Winter-grade diesel fuel A Outdoor temperature B Percentage of paraffin to be added

Operating media

Coolant General Never operate the engine without coolant (even for a short time)! In liquid-cooled engines, the coolant must be conditioned and monitored, otherwise the engine could be damaged by: corrosion cavitation freezing Water quality The right water quality is important for conditioning the coolant. Clear, clean water within the following analysis values should always be used: Analysis values

min

max

ph value at 20 °C

6,5

8,5

Chloride ion content

[mg/dm 3]

100

Sulphate ion content

[mg/dm 3]

100

Total hardness (carbonate hardness percentage of the total hardness min. 3 dGH)

[°dGH]

3,0

12,0

Specifications of the water quality are made by the local water board. pH value too low: Addition of diluted sodium or potassium lye. Small trial mixtures are advisable. Total hardness too high: Mixing with softened water (pH neutralized condensate or water softened by ion exchanger).

Total hardness or carbonate hardness too low: Mixing with harder water (harder water is usually available in the form of drinking water). Chlorides and/or sulphates too high: Mixing with softened water (pH neutralized condensate or water softened by ion exchanger). Cooling system corrosion protection agent Health damaging nitrous amines form when nitrite-based cooling system corrosion protection agents are mixed with amine-based agents! Cooling system corrosion protection agents must be disposed of in an environmentally friendly way. The conditioning of the coolant for liquid-cooled DEUTZ compact engines is performed by mixing an anti-freeze with corrosion protection inhibitors based on ethylene glycol into the water. DEUTZ cooling system corrosion protection agent Container 5 litre container

Order number 0101 1490

20 litre container

0116 4160

210 litre barrel

1221 1500

Please contact your DEUTZ partner if the DEUTZ cooling system corrosion protection agent is not available. The cooling system must be monitored regularly. This also includes checking the coolant system corrosion protection agent concentration in addition to checking the coolant level. The cooling system corrosion protection agent concentration can be checked with conventional test instruments (e.g. refractometer). Cooling sysWater percent- Cold protectem corrosion age tion up to protection agent percentage min. 35 %

65 %

-22 °C

40 %

60 %

-28 °C

max. 45 %

55 %

-35 °C

At temperatures below -35 °C, please contact your responsible DEUTZ partner. It is possible to use other cooling system corrosion protection agents (e.g. chemical corrosion protection agents) in exceptional cases. Consult your DEUTZ partner.

This cooling system corrosion protection agent is free from nitrite, amine and phosphate and is adapted to the materials in our engines. Order from your DEUTZ partner.

Maintenance

Maintenance schedule

Assignment of the DEUTZ maintenance and service schedules to maintenance intervals Standard and EPA 1) certified engines

Standard maintenance schedule TD/TCD 2012 L04/06 2V and TD/TCD 2013 L04/06 2V Stage

Activity

E10

see

To be carried out by

Industrial engines/Agricultural technology (every .... oh)

Initial commissioning

Authorised specialists

For measures to be taken during the run-in phase or commissioning of new or overhauled engines, see ( 27)

E20

Daily inspection

Customer

E30

Maintenance

E40

Extended maintenance I

1,000 oh

E45

Interim stage

2,000 oh

E50

Extended maintenance II

E60

Intermediate overhaul

E70

General overhaul

1x daily or ev ery 10 operating hours in continuous operation 500 oh 3)

2) 4)

Authorised specialists

3,000 oh (only for EPA) 6,000 oh 12,000 oh

EPA (Environmental Protection Agency).

The oil load may be high depending on the application. Shorter maintenance intervals are necessary for this 250 oh.

Data for lubricating oil change interval, in relation to lubricating oil quality DQC III.

For engines TD/TCD 2012 L04 2V with mechanical injection system, which are predominantly operated at a high load and a high s peed, the lubricating oil change interval is reduced to 250 h.

*If the water level warning system (lamp/siren) responds, the fuel pre-filter must be emptied immediately. Changing the pre-filter cartridge depends on the degree of dirt contamination of the fuel being used. If other fuels are used w hich do not meet the requirements of the operating manual, the warranty will be voided.

Maintenance schedule

Maintenance

Maintenance measures A self-adhesive maintenance diagram is provided with every engine. This should be stuck to the engine or device in a prominent position. Order number: 0312 2450 (TCD 2012 2V) and 0312 2451 (TCD 2013 2V) Stage

Measure

E10

The measures are listed in chapter 3.

Lubricating oil level (if necessary top up)

Coolant level (top up if necessary)

Engine tightness (visual inspection for leaks)

Suction air filter/dry air filter (maintain in accordance with maintenance indicator)

Clean

Fuel pre-filter with water trap (renew the filter insert if necessary). If the warning system responds (lamp/horn), the water trap bowl must be emptied immediately.

Check

V-belts (retension or renew if necessary)

Coolant (additive concentration)

Coolant level (top up if necessary)

Lubricating oil (lubricating oil change intervals depending upon the engine application). xxxxxxxx

Lubricating oil filter/insert (every time the lubricating oil is changed)

Charge air cooler (drain lubricating oil and condensation)

Check glow plugs and heating flange for functioning.

Check valve in the injection pump (only for mechanical injection system)

Battery and cable connectors

Engine monitor, warning system Maintenance only to be carried out by authorised service personnel

Filter cartridge of the crank space ventilation valve Tighten engine mountings, if necessary (renew in case of damage)

Fastenings, hose unions / clips (renew if damaged) Fuel filter insert (main filter)

Suction air filter/dry air filter (maintain in accordance with maintenance indicator)

Fuel pre-filter with water trap (renew the filter insert if necessary). If the warning system responds (lamp/horn), the water trap bowl must be emptied immediately.

E20

E30

Check

Replace E40

Check

Replace

Page

Maintenance

Stage E45 E50

Maintenance schedule Measure

Page

Check

if necessary, set control piston clearance for exhaust gas recirculation (optional).

Check

Valve clearance (set if necessary, earlier if there is any noise) V-rib belt and tensioning pulley (replace if wear limit is fallen below)

56 55

Replace

V-belt, V-rib belt and tensioning pulley

Injection valve (only for EPA and only for mechanical injection system) E60

Check

Electronic injector test via EMR3 (only for DEUTZ Common Rail System)

Replace

V-rib belt and tensioning pulley

Injection valve (only for EPA and DCR) Crankcase ventilation valve (only for EPA) annually

Every 2 years

Clean

Charge air cooler inlet area (drain condensation), (only for EPA)

Replace

Fuel pre-filter (renew the filter insert if necessary).

Engine monitor, warning system Maintenance only to be carried out by authorised service personnel

Replace

Coolant (additive concentration)

48 55

Check

V-belt, V-rib belt and tensioning pulley Crankcase breather valve

Care and maintenance work

Lubricating oil system Regulations for working on the lubricating oil system Do not work when the engine is running! Smoking and naked lights prohibited! Danger of scalding from hot lubricating oil! Original DEUTZ filters must be used when changing filters. Pay attention to utmost cleanliness when working on the lubricating oil system. Clean the area around the components concerned carefully. Blow damp parts dry with compressed air. Observe the safety regulations and national specifications for handling lube oils. Dispose of leaking lubricating oil and filter elements properly. Do not allow used oil to seep away into the ground. Perform a trial run after all work. Pay attention to tightness and lubricating oil pressure and then check the engine oil level. In case of fuels containing more than 1% sulphur, contact your service representative.

Checking the lubricating oil level Low lubricating oil level or overfilling lead to engine damage! The lubricating oil level may only be checked with the engine in a horizontal position and switched off. If the engine is warm, switch off the engine and check the lubricating oil level after 5 minutes. If the engine is cold you can check it immediately.

Pour in lube oil. – Quality/viscosity data. – Filling volume ( 71 ). Check engine lubricating oil level (see previous chapter).

Be careful of hot lubricating oil. Danger of scalding! Pull out the lubricating oil dipstick and wipe off with a lint-free, clean cloth. Insert the lubricating oil dipstick as far as it will go. Extract the lubricating oil dipstick and read off the oil level. The oil level must always be between the MIN and MAX marks! Top up to the MAX mark if necessary. Changing the lubricating oil Warm up the engine (lubricating oil temperature > 80 °C). Ensure that the engine or vehicle is in a level position. Switch off the engine. Place a collecting receptacle underneath the lube oil drain screw. Unscrew the lube oil drain screw, drain oil. Fit a new sealing ring to the lube oil drain screw, insert and tighten. (tightening torque 100 Nm).

Care and maintenance work

Lubricating oil system

Change lubricating oil filter The filter cartridge should never be prefilled. There is a danger of dirt contamination!

Oil the gasket of the new DEUTZ original filter cartridge lightly. Screw on new filter by hand until the gasket is in place and then tighten with a torque of 15-17 Nm. If necessary, fix the clips of the anti-rotation lock.

Remove the clips if an anti-rotation lock is fitted. Loosen and unscrew the filter cartridge with the tool (order no. 170050) . Collect draining lubricating oil Clean the sealing surface of the filter support with a lint-free, clean cloth.

Lubricating oil system

Care and maintenance work

Replace lubricating oil filter cartridge The filter cartridge should never be prefilled. There is a danger of dirt contamination! Switch off the engine. Loosen lubricating oil filter cap (1) with 2 to 3 turns and wait 30 seconds. Unscrew lubricating oil filter cap (1) with paper filter cartridge (5) anticlockwise. Carefully loosen paper filter cartridge (5) upwards from the guide (4) located in the housing (3). Collect any lubricating oil that escapes.

Collect any lubricating oil that may escape. Bend the paper filter cartridge (5) in the collecting vessel slightly sideways until the cartridge comes off the clamp (6). Clean any dirt from the sealing area of the filter media and lubricating oil filter cap (1) as well as guide (4).

Replace round sealing ring (2) and grease lightly. Press new paper filter cartridge (5) into the clamp (6) and carefully insert into the guide (4). Screw in lubricating oil filter cap (1) clockwise (25 Nm). Start engine.

Care and maintenance work

Specifications when working on the fuel system Engine must be switched off! Smoking and naked lights prohibited! No injection/high pressure pipes may be disconnected while the engine is running. Caution when handling hot fuel! Pay attention to utmost cleanliness when refuelling and working on the fuel system. Clean the respective affected parts carefully. Blow damp areas dry with compressed air. Observe the safety regulations and national specifications for handling fuels. Dispose of leaking fuel and filter elements properly. Do not allow fuel to seep away into the ground. After all work on the fuel system, the system should be vented, a trial run performed and the tightness checked. It will be necessary to vent the fuel system when commissioning for the first time, after maintenance work or if the tank has been run dry. Original DEUTZ filters must be used when changing filters. Additional venting of the fuel system by a 5 minute trial run at idle speed or on low load is absolutely essential.

Fuel system

Pay attention to utmost cleanliness due to the high production accuracy of the system! The fuel system must be tight and closed. Make a visual inspection for leaks/damage in the system. Clean and dry the engine and engine compartment thoroughly before beginning work. Areas of the engine compartment from which dirt could be loosened must be covered with a fresh, clean foil. Work on the fuel system may only be carried out in an absolutely clean environment. Contamination of the air such as dirt, dust, moisture etc. must be avoided. Change the fuel filter cartridge The filter cartridge should never be prefilled. There is a danger of dirt contamination! Remove the clips if an anti-rotation lock is fitted. Loosen and unscrew the filter cartridge with the tool (order no. 170050) . Catch any escaping fuel. Clean the sealing surface of the filter support with a lint-free, clean cloth. Oil the gasket of the new DEUTZ original filter cartridge lightly. Screw on new filter by hand until the gasket is in place and then tighten with a torque of 15-17 Nm. If necessary, fix the clips of the anti-rotation lock. Vent the fuel system.

Fuel system

Care and maintenance work

Replace fuel filter cartridge The filter cartridge should never be prefilled. There is a danger of dirt contamination! Switch off the engine. Loosen lubricating oil filter cap (1) with 2 to 3 turns and wait 30 seconds. Unscrew fuel filter cap (1) with paper filter cartridge (5) anticlockwise. Carefully loosen paper filter cartridge (5) upwards from the guide (4) located in the housing (3). Catch any escaping fuel.

Collect any fuel oil that escapes. Bend the paper filter cartridge (5) in the collecting vessel slightly sideways until the cartridge comes off the clamp (6). Clean any dirt from the sealing area of the filter media and fuel filter cap (1) as well as guide (4).

Replace round sealing ring (2) and grease lightly. Press new paper filter cartridge (5) into the clamp (6) and carefully insert into the guide (4). Screw in fuel filter cap (1) clockwise (25 Nm). Start engine.

Care and maintenance work

Empty emulsion in the water collection vessel and clean the vessel. – The special tool can be ordered under part number 8192 ( 77). Screw together the filter insert (2) and water collection vessel (3). Wet the sealing surfaces (8) of the filter insert (2) and the water collection vessel (3) with fuel. Assembly in clockwise direction. Open the fuel shutoff tap and vent the system, see venting the fuel system. Check for leaks after starting the engine. Change the fuel pre-filter insert Clean/Replace/Vent fuel pre-filter (for mechanical injection system) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Fuel pre-filter holder Filter insert Water collecting vessel (bowl) Electrical connection Drain plug Fuel manual supply pump Venting screw Sealing surface Connection for electrical water level sensor warning lamp/horn Close fuel shutoff tap (with high-level tank). Place fuel collection vessel underneath the fuel pre-filter. Release the water drain tap (5) and drain the fuel completely. Unscrew the filter insert (2) with water collection vessel (3) in anticlockwise direction and remove.

Shut off the fuel supply to the engine (with highlevel tank). Place water collection vessel (3) underneath the pre-filter. Disconnect the plug of the optional water level sensor (4). Open the drain tap (5) and drain off the liquid. Unscrew the filter insert (2) together with the water collection vessel (3). Unscrew the water collection vessel (3) from the filter insert (2). Clean the water collection vessel (3) and all the existing sealing surfaces with a brush and diesel fuel. Oil the gaskets of the new DEUTZ original filter insert (2) lightly or wet with diesel fuel. Screw the water collection vessel (3) to the filter insert (2). Screw new filter insert (2) to the filter holder (tightening torque 17-18 Nm).

Fuel system Connect connectors of the water level sensor (9). Open the fuel supply to the engine. Vent the fuel system. Vent the fuel pre-filter. Loosen the venting screw (7) slightly. Operate the pump until fuel emerges without bubbles. Tighten the venting screw (7). Vent engine Bring engine control to stop position. Position fuel collecting vessel below the constant-pressure valve in the crankcase/filter housing. Open constant-pressure valve in the crankcase/ fuel stopcock in the filter housing. Turn over the engine with starter (max. 20 Sec.) until bubble-free fuel emerges at the constantpressure valve in the crankcase/filter housing. Screw in ventilation screws (tightening torque 25-5 Nm) and constant-pressure valve. Bring engine control to the start position and start. Check for leaks after starting the engine.

Care and maintenance work

Fuel system

pre-filter. Release the water drain tap (7) + drain the fuel completely. Unscrew the filter insert (5) with water collection vessel (8) in anticlockwise direction and remove. Close fuel shutoff tap (with high-level tank). Loosen water collecting vessel (8) anticlockwise from the old filer cartridge (5) and remove. – The special tool can be ordered under part number 8192 ( 77).

ïï Clean/purge or change the fuel pre-filter (for the DCR system) 1 Fuel supply flow to the pump 2 Fuel return flow from the control block FCU (Fuel Control Unit) 3 Fuel manual pump with bayonet lock for locking and unlocking 4 Thermostat valve with stop lever (optional) 5 Filter insert 6 Connection option for electrical water level sensor 7 Water drain tap 8 Water collecting vessel (bowl) 9 Fuel inlet from the fuel tank 10 Fuel return to fuel tank 11 Connection for electrical warning lamp/horn Filter replacement Close fuel shutoff tap (with high-level tank). Place fuel collection vessel underneath the fuel

Lock bayonet lock of the fuel manual pump (3) by pressing and turning clockwise at the same time. Start the engine and operate approx. 5 minutes in idling mode or at low load. Check the pre-filter for leaks while doing this.

Drain remaining fuel into the fuel collecting vessel and clean water collecting vessel (8). Screw water collecting vessel (8) clockwise onto the new filter cartridge (5). Clean any dirt from the sealing area of the new filter cartridge (5) and opposite side of the filter head. Lightly moisten sealing areas of the filter cartridge (5) with fuel and screw onto the filter head again clockwise (17-18 Nm). Open the fuel shutoff tap and vent the system, see venting the fuel system. Properly dispose of the collected fuel and old filter cartridge (5). Vent the fuel system Unlock bayonet lock of the fuel manual pump (3) by pressing and turning anticlockwise at the same time. The pump piston is now pressed out by the spring. Keep pumping until a very strong resistance can be felt and the pumping only progresses very slowly. Now continue pumping several times. (The return line must be filled).

Care and maintenance work

Cooling system

Specifications when working on the cooling system Danger of scalding from hot coolant! Cooling system under pressure! Only open the cap when cool! The coolant must have a prescribed concentration of cooling system corrosion protection agent! Observe safety regulations and national specifications when handling cooling media. Observe the manufacturer's specifications for an external cooler. Dispose of leaking liquids properly and do not allow them to seep into the ground. Order coolant corrosion protection agent from your DEUTZ partner. Never operate the engine without coolant (even for a short time)! Checking the coolant level with an external cooler Fill in new coolant and vent the system according to the specifications of the cooling system manufacturer. Open the cooling system cap (1) carefully. The coolant level must always be between the MIN and MAX marks of the compensation tank! Fill up to the MAX mark if necessary.

Check coolant additive concentration Open the cooling system cap (1) carefully. Check the coolant additive concentration in the cooler/compensation tank (2) with a conventional freeze protection measuring instrument (1) (e.g. hydrometer, refractometer). Necessary coolant additive concentration Coolant mixing ratio ( 37). You can order the appropriate test instrument from your DEUTZ partner under order number 1824.

Emptying the cooling system Open the cooling system cap (1) carefully. Ensure that the engine or vehicle is in a level position. Remove the locking screw (1) in the crankcase. Drain coolant. Tighten locking screw (1) again. If the locking screw (1) is not accessible, the drainage can be carried out at the engine oil cooler (coolant duct).

Cooling system

Care and maintenance work

Fill the cooling system Open the cooling system cap (1) carefully. Fill up coolant to the MAX mark on the compensation tank and close the cooling system cap (1). Switch on any available heating and set to the highest level so that the heating circuit is filled and vented. Run engine up to operating temperature (opening temperature of the thermostat). Switch off the engine. Check coolant level in cooled engine and top up to the MAX mark on the compensation tank if necessary.

Fill and ventilate cooling system Open cooler locking cap. Remove locking screw. Fill with coolant as far as the max. marking or filling limit (heating valve of the system must be opened, if necessary). Screw in locking screw again and tighten. Start the engine and warm up until the thermostat opens. Check coolant level when the engine is cold and refill if necessary. Close cooler locking cap. The cooling system (insofar as installed in compliance with our installation guidelines) is automatically drained after filling.

Care and maintenance work

Cleaning work For all cleaning work, make sure that no parts are damaged (e.g. bent cooler mesh). Cover electrical/electronic parts and connections to clean the engine (e.g. control units, generator, solenoid valves etc.). Do not aim the water/steam jet directly at them. Allow engine to warm up. Only carry out cleaning work on the engine when it is not running! Remove the engine cover and cooling air cover if available and remount after cleaning.

Engine cleaning

Cleaning with cold cleaner Spray the engine with cold cleaner and leave it for about 10 minutes to take effect. Spray the engine clean with a high pressure water jet. Warm up the engine so that the water residues evaporate. Cleaning with a high pressure cleaner Always clean the cooler and cooling fins from the exhaust air side to the fresh air side. Warm up the engine so that the water residues evaporate.

General The following causes of soiling make it necessary to clean the engine: High dust content in the air. Chaff and chopped straw in the area of the engine. Coolant leaks Lubricating oil leakage Fuel leaks Because of the different application conditions, cleaning depends on the degree of dirt contamination. Cleaning with compressed air Blow dirt off or out. Always blow out the cooler and cooling fins from the exhaust air side to the fresh air side.

Suction system

Care and maintenance work

Regulations for working on the intake system Do not work when the engine is running!

Pay attention to utmost cleanliness when working on the intake system, close intake openings if necessary. Dispose of old filter elements properly.

Maintenance indicators for dry air filter The dry air filter is maintained according to a maintenance switch or maintenance indicator. Maintenance is necessary when: – the yellow warning light of the maintenance switch lights up when the engine is running. – the red field (1) of the maintenance indicator is fully visible. After carrying out maintenance work, reset the signal by pressing the button on the maintenance indicator. The maintenance indicator is now ready for operation again.

Care and maintenance work

Suction system

Renewing the safety cartridge of the dry air filter Never clean the safety cartridge (4). Renew safety cartridge (4) according to the interval in the maintenance schedule To do this: – Unscrew hexagon nut (5), pull out safety cartridge (4). – Insert new safety cartridge, screw on hexagonal nut. Insert filter element (3), mount hood (2) and fix with clamping yoke (1). Clean the dust discharge valve of the dry air filter Empty the dust discharge valve (1) by pressing together the discharge slit. Remove any caked dust by pressing together the upper section of the valve. Clean the discharge slit.

Maintaining the dry air filter Do not clean the filter element (3) with petrol or hot liquids! Renew damaged filter elements. Maintain the filter element (3) according to the interval in the maintenance schedule Lift up the clamping yoke (1). Remove the filter hood (2) and pull out the filter element (3). Filter element (3): – blow out with dry compressed air (max. 5 bar) from the inside to the outside if soiling is only slight, – renew if heavily soiled.

Care and maintenance work

Suction system

renew if damaged. Fill the lubricating oil pan (3) of the oil bath air filter with engine oil up to the mark (arrow). Mount the lubricating oil pan (3) with filter insert (4) on the filter housing (1) and close the quick release clamps (2). Start engine and check for tightness.

Emptying the cyclone precleaner Never fill the dust container (3) with lubricating oil! Loosen wing nut (1) and lift off housing cover (2). Remove the dust container (3) from the base (4) and empty it. Clean the container using a brush and clean diesel fuel. Then dry. Place the dust container (3) on the base (4) and tighten the housing cover (2) with wing nut (1).

Cleaning oil bath air filter Never clean the filter with petrol!

Dispose of the old lubricating oil in accordance with the regulations. Select the engine lubricating oil according to the requirements before filling the filter. Shut down engine and wait about 10 minutes until the lubricating oil has collected in the lubricating oil pan (3). Loosen the quick release clamps (2) and remove the lubricating oil pan (3) with filter insert (4). Dispose of dirty lubricating oil. Clean lubricating oil pan (3), filter cartridge (4) and filter housing (1) with a brush and clean diesel fuel. Visually inspect the rubber gaskets (5), (6) and

Care and maintenance work

Belt drives

Checking the belt drive Only carry out work/function check on the belt drive when the engine is not running! Only check / change V-belts when the engine is not running! Refit the V-belt guard! Retension the new V-belts after 15 minutes running time. In the event of wear of the double belts or damage to one of the Vbelts always replace both belts as a pair. The difference in length of the new V-belts must not exceed 0.15 % one to the other. Check the whole belt drive visually for damage. Renew damaged parts. Remount protective devices if necessary. Pay attention to correct fit of new belts, check the tension after running for 15 minutes.

Checking the belt tension Lower indicator arm (1) into the measuring device. Place guide (3) between two belt pulleys on the V-belt (2). The stop have to be at the side. Press the button (4) at right angles to the V-belt (2) evenly until you hear or feel the spring snap in. Lift the measuring device carefully without altering the position of the indicator arm (1). Read the measured value at the point of intersection (arrow), scale (5) and indicator arm (1). If necessary, re-tension belt and measure again.

Replace V-rib belt Press tensioning pulley (1) with pin wrench (3) in the direction of the arrow until a holding pin Ø 6 mm (4) can be fixed in the assembly bore. The V-rib belt (2) is now free of tension. First remove the V-rib belt (2) from the smallest pulley or from the tensioning pulley. Mount V-rib belt (2). Retain tensioning pulley using the pin wrench and remove the holding pin. Re-tension using the tensioning pulley and pin wrench (3). Check whether the V-rib belt is correctly in its guide.

Tools Belt tension measuring device (order number: 8115) can be obtained from your DEUTZ partner.

Belt drives

Care and maintenance work

Check belt length Spacing between the nose of the moving tensioning arm and the limit stop of the fixed tensioning housing. If gap "a" is less than 3 mm, the belt must be replaced.

Care and maintenance work

Setting work

Setting schematic for the valve and control piston clearance Engine TCD 2012/2013, L04 2V Valve overlap: Exhaust valve is not yet closed, inlet valve begins to open. Valve overlap

Settings

Engine TCD 2012/2013, L06 2V Check valve clearance, adjust if necessary Let the engine cool down for at least 30 minutes before setting the valve clearance: Lubricating oil temperature below 80 °C. Place turning gear over fastening screws of the belt pulleys. Turn the crankcase until reaching valve overlap. Outlet valve is not yet closed, inlet valve begins to open. The cylinders to be set can be seen in the setting schematic.

Valve overlap

Settings

Setting work

Care and maintenance work

Set valve clearance (inner exhaust recirculation) This engine is equipped with an internal exhaust feedback system. 4-cylinder: The outlet valve opens briefly in the discharge stroke: 6-cylinder: The outlet valve opens briefly in the suction intake stroke: Do not confuse this with the valve overlap! Loosen locking nut (1) with special tool (order no.: 8199). Loosen rotation angle disc (3) (order no.: 8190) and place pin wrench insert (4) (order no.: 8193) on valve clearance setting screw (2). Fix magnet (5) of the rotation angle disc (3). Turn rotation angle disc (3) clockwise to the stop (rocker arm without clearance) and set scale to zero.

Turn rotation angle disc (3) anticlockwise until reaching the specified rotation angle: Engine TCD 2012 IN = inlet valve 75° EX = outlet valve 120° Engine TCD 2013 IN = inlet valve 90° EX = outlet valve 150° Secure the rotation angle disc (3) against twisting. Tighten locking nut (1). Then set the second valve on the rocker arm as described above. Perform the setting procedure on every cylinder.

Care and maintenance work

Setting work

Set valve clearance (with internal exhaust gas recirculation EGR connected) The same setting regulation applies for the outlet valves as for engines without exhaust gas recirculation. Set inlet valve Loosen locking nut (6). Loosen rotation angle disc (3) (order no.: 8190) and insert crow foot wrench (8) (order no.: 8199) in valve clearance setting screw (7) on inlet valve. Fix magnet (5) of the rotation angle disc (3). Turn rotation angle disc (3) clockwise to the stop (rocker arm without clearance) and set scale to zero.

Turn rotation angle disc (3) anticlockwise until reaching the specified rotation angle: Engine TCD 2012 IN = inlet valve 75° Engine TCD 2013 IN = inlet valve 90° Secure the rotation angle disc (3) against twisting. Tighten locking nut (6). Then set the second valve on the rocker arm as described above. Perform the setting procedure on every cylinder.

Setting work

Care and maintenance work

Set control piston clearance (with internal exhaust gas recirculation EGR connected) After setting the valve clearance, the control piston clearance must be set as follows: Turn the crankcase until reaching valve overlap of the first cylinder. Outlet valve is not yet closed, inlet valve begins to open. The cylinders to be set can be seen in the setting schematic.

Loosen locking nut (1). Place rotation angle disc and pin wrench insert (order number: 8194) on setting screw (2). Fix magnet of the rotation angle disc. Turn rotation angle disc clockwise to the stop (control piston without clearance) and set scale to zero. Turn rotation angle disc anticlockwise until reaching the specified rotation angle. Control piston clearance x: 144° Tighten locking nut (1). Perform the setting procedure on every control piston.

Care and maintenance work

Regulations for working on the electrical system Do not touch the voltage conducting parts, faulty warning lamps should be immediately replaced. Pay attention to correct polarity of the connections. Cover electrical/electronic parts and connections before cleaning the engine (e.g. control units, generator, solenoid valves etc.) Do not aim the water/steam jet directly at them. Run the engine warm afterwards to evaporate moisture residues. Touching a lead against the frame to check whether it is live must not, under any circumstances, be carried out. For electrical welding work, the ground terminal of the welding gear must be clamped directly to the part being welded. Three-phase current generator: Never disconnect the cables between battery, generator and regulator while the engine is running.

Electrical system

Battery Electronically stored data could be lost if the battery is disconnected. Keep battery clean and dry. Make sure the battery is fitted correctly and securely. Dispose of old batteries in an environmentally friendly way. Danger of explosion! The gases emitted by the battery are explosive! Fire, sparks, smoking and naked lights are prohibited! Danger of acid burns! Wear protective gloves and glasses! Avoid contact with skin and clothing! Danger of short circuit! Do not rest tools on the battery!

Check acid level Unscrew caps. Note the manufacturer’s specifications concerning the liquid level. The liquid should normally be 10-15 mm above the top edge of the plate or reach up to any available control device. Only use distilled water to top up the battery. Screw in caps. Checking the voltage Check the battery voltage with a conventional voltmeter. The voltage indicates the charging state. It should be between 12 and 14.4 Volt depending per battery. Check acid density Unscrew caps. Measure the electrolyte density of individual cells with a commercial hydrometer. Hydrometer

Care and maintenance work

Electrical system reading indicates battery’s state of charge. The acid temperature when measuring should be 20 °C if possible. Check the acid level before recharging. Screw in caps. Acid density [kg/ l]

Charge status

Measure

Normal

Tropical

1,28

1,23

good

none

1,20

1,12

half

charge

1,12

1,08

empty

charge

Installing the battery Insert new or charged battery and attach the fastenings. Clean the terminals and battery poles with fine emery paper. Connect the plus pole first and then the minus pole. Otherwise there is a danger of short-circuit! Make sure the terminals have good contact. Tighten clamp bolts hand-tight. Grease the assembled terminals with an acidfree, acid-resistant grease.

Removing the battery Always disconnect the minus pole first when removing the battery. Otherwise there is a danger of short-circuit! Remove the fastenings and take out the battery. Charging the battery Unscrew caps. Charge the battery with a conventional battery charger. Observe the manufacturer specifications! Screw in caps.

Faults

Fault table

Faults and remedies Faults

Causes

Engine does not start or is diffi- Not disconnected (if possible) cult to start Engine stop lever still in stop position/Shut-off magnet defective (for mech. injection system)

Check coupling Check/replace

Below starting limit temperature

Check

Lube oil level too high Exhaust gas backpressure too high

Check lube oil level, if necessary drain off. Check

Belt/V-rib belt (fuel pump in belt drive)

Check whether torn or loose

Wrong SAE viscosity class of the engine lubricating oil Fuel quality does not comply with operating manual

Change the lubricating oil Change the fuel

Air in fuel system

Vent fuel system

Battery defective or discharged

Check battery

Cable connection to starter loose or oxidized

Check cable connections

Starter defective or pinion does not engage

Check starter

Too high a base load

Reduce load

Engine does not start and diag- Engine electronics prevents starting nostic lamp flashes Engine starts, but runs irregu- Belt/V-rib belt (fuel pump in belt drive) larly or fails Incorrect valve clearance Injector defective

Measures

Check error according to error code and eliminate error if necessary Check whether torn or loose Settings Change

Injection valve defective

Change

Glow plugs defective Air in fuel system

Change Vent

Fuel filter contaminated

Clean

Fuel quality does not comply with operating manual

Change the fuel

Injection line leaks

Check injection line

Injection valve defective

Check fuel injector / change if necessary

Faults

Fault table Faults

Causes

Measures

Speed changes are possible and diagnostic lamp lights up

Engine electronics has detected a system error and activates an equivalent speed

Check error according to error code and eliminate error if necessary

Engine becomes excessively hot. Temperature warning system activates

Low coolant

Fill up

Vent line blocked

Clean

Injector defective

Change

Coolant heat exchanger soiled

Clean

Coolant pump defective (V-rib belt torn or loose)

Check whether torn or loose

Lubricating oil level too low

Fill up lube oil

Lube oil level too high

Check lube oil level, if necessary drain off.

Fan defective/V-rib belt torn or loose

Check fan/V-belt, change if necessary

Heat short-circuit in the cooling system

Check the cooling system

Resistance in cooling system is too high / flow volume too low Lube oil level too high

Check the cooling system Check lube oil level, if necessary drain off.

Lube oil filter contaminated on the air or lube oil side

Change

Engine stop lever still in stop position/Shut-off magnet defective (for mech. injection system)

Check/replace

Fuel quality does not comply with operating manual

Change the fuel

Air filter clogged / turbocharger defective

Check/replace

Air filter maintenance switch / maintenance indicator defective

Check/replace

Charge air line leaking

Check charge air line

Charge air cooler soiled

Clean

Injection line leaks

Check injection line

Injector defective Injection valve defective

Change Check fuel injector

Engine electronics reduce performance

Check error according to error code and eliminate error if necessary

Engine output is deficient

Engine performs poorly and diagnostic lamp lights

Faults

Fault table Causes

Engine does not run on all cylin- Injection line leaks ders Injection valve defective Engine lubricating oil pressure is non-existant or excessively low

Injector defective Lubricating oil level too low

Fill up lube oil

Excessive inclination of engine

Check engine mounting / reduce inclination

Wrong SAE viscosity class of the engine lubricating oil

Change the lubricating oil Check lube oil level, if necessary drain off. Check engine mounting / reduce inclination

Too long an operation in low idle or too low a load

Load change

Lube oil level too high

Check lube oil level, if necessary drain off.

Excessive inclination of engine

Check engine mounting / reduce inclination

Too long an operation in low idle or too low a load

Load change

Engine producing white smoke Below starting limit temperature Fuel quality does not comply with operating manual Injection valve defective Engine producing black smoke Air filter clogged / turbocharger defective Air filter maintenance switch / maintenance indicator defective

Check injection line Check fuel injector / change if necessary Change

Engine lubricating oil consump- Lube oil level too high tion excessive Excessive inclination of engine Engine producing blue smoke

Measures

Check Change the fuel Check fuel injector / change if necessary Check/replace Check/replace

Charge air line leaking

Check charge air line

Injection valve defective Injector defective

Check fuel injector / change if necessary Change

Faults

Engine management Engine protection function of the EMR3 system The error lamp goes out when all the errors have been eliminated. For some errors, it is necessary to switch off the ignition, wait 30 s and only then switch back on the ignition. Depending on the design of the monitoring functions, the EMR3 can protect the engine from damage in certain error situations by monitoring important limit values during operation and checking the correct functioning of the system components. The appropriate monitoring functions are switched off when a sensor fails. Only the sensor failure is documented in the error memory. Depending on the severity of a detected error, the engine can continue to run with restrictions, whereby the error lamp lights permanently or the error lamp indicates a serious system error by flashing. In this case, the engine must be switched off as soon as it is safe to do so. The flashing error lamp may have the following meaning depending on the motor configuration: Switch off prompt for the operator. Attention: Failure to do so will lead to loss of guarantee! Automatic shutdown of the engine after a short warning time, possibly in connection with a start lock. Engine forced to run at low idle speed to cool the engine, with automatic shutdown if necessary. Start lock

Use of the diagnostic key With the diagnostic key (1), it is possible to read out the existing errors as blink codes. The diagnostic key (1) and the error lamp (2) are accommodated in the vehicle drive stand. The occurrence of errors is indicated by flashing or steady lighting of the error lamp (2). To get more detailed information about all the existing errors, these can be read out in the following way in the form of blink codes only when the engine is at a standstill: After pressing the diagnostic key (1) for at least one second, the error lamp (2) goes out and the first error is output after releasing the key as a blink code. Evaluate blink code according to the table overleaf. After outputting the error blink code, the error lamp (2) goes out for five seconds. Then the next error (i.e. the following one in the error memory) can be displayed by pressing the diagnostic key (1) again. If the last error was displayed, the first error is displayed again on pressing the diagnostic key (1) again.

Table of error blink codes The possible blink codes, their meanings and measures for eliminating the errors can be taken from the table on the next page. The blink code values in the first column indicate the number of short blink signals to be initiated (duration alight approx. 0.4 s), the number of subsequent long blink signals (duration alight approx. 0.8 s) and the number of short terminating blink signals. The code 2-1-4 of the "overspeed" error is made up of two short, one long and two short blink signals for example. If an error cannot be eliminated by the measures listed in the table, please contact your responsible DEUTZ partner.

Faults

Engine management

Error code table Blink code

Function/component

Error

Short (0.4 s)

Long (0.8 s)

Short (0.4 s)

Output to coolant temperature lamp

Signal defective, control unit overtemperature

Speed manual setting

Faulty/implausible signal

Intake air temperature sensor

Signal defective

Transmission oil temperature sensor

Signal defective

Rail pressure monitoring

Signal implausible, pressure/pressure deviation outside the permissible range

Output to lubricating oil pressure warning lamp Output to valve of the fuel metering unit

Signal defective, control unit overtemperature Signal defective, control unit overtemperature

Monitoring air filter

Air pressure after filter too low

Output to actuators

Short-circuit to battery

Output to actuators

Short-circuit to earth

Output to engine operation lamp

Signal defective, control unit overtemperature

Multistage switch 1 / 2 / 3

Faulty/implausible signal

Lubricating oil temperature sensor

Faulty/implausible signal

Monitoring of lubricating oil temperature

Temperature outside nominal range

Override switch monitoring

Signal implausible

Rail pressure reducing valve

Valve open/Pressure surge necessary/No opening after pressure surge

Rail pressure sensor

Signal defective, pressure deviation outside the permissible range

2 2

3 3

1 2

Monitoring lubricating oil pressure Monitoring coolant temperature

Pressure pressure outside the nominal range Temperature above the nominal range

Monitoring suction intake air temperature

Temperature above the nominal range

Monitoring coolant level

Level below nominal range

Monitoring fuel temperature

Temperature outside nominal range

Faults

Engine management Blink code

Function/component

Error

Short (0.4 s)

Long (0.8 s)

Short (0.4 s)

Output to fan actuator 1 / 2 Monitoring fan speed

Signal defective, control unit overtemperature Speed outside the nominal range

Monitoring combustion

Misfiring detected in one or more cylinders

Monitoring of output to actuators

Relay does not open or opens with delay, short-circuit to earth

Output to cold-start aid

Signal defective, relay defective, jams or wrongly connected, shortcircuit

CAN bus

Timeout of one or several send messages, bus inactive

Sensor supply voltage 1 / 2 / 3

Voltage outside the nominal range

Atmospheric pressure sensor

Faulty/implausible signal

Hydraulic oil temperature sensor

Signal defective Temperature outside nominal range Voltage outside the nominal range

Monitoring hydraulic temperature Monitoring battery

Output to cold-start aid pilot lamp

Signal defective, control unit overtemperature

4 4

1 1

4 5

Output to external EGR actuator Output to external EGR actuator

Signal defective Signal defective, control unit overtemperature

Output to external EGR actuator

Signal defective

Lubricating oil wear time measuring device

Critical time reached

Output to starter relay

Signal defective, control unit overtemperature

Output to error lamp

Signal defective, control unit overtemperature

Monitoring terminal 15

No signal detected

Monitoring terminal 50

Permanent signal detected

Speed measurement

Travelling speed implausible

Output to internal engine brake

Signal defective

All other blink codes: Please consult your DEUTZ partner. Behaviour in case of error Signal faulty/implausible: Carry out function test on the parts concerned; check wiring and plugs for short-circuits, breaks and corrosion. Output to external EGR actuator.

Transport and storage

Transport

Suspension equipment Always use proper suspension equipment when transporting the engine. The suspension device (1) must be adjustable for the engine's centre of gravity. After transportation and before commissioning of engine: remove attachment eyes (2).

Danger to life! The engine may tip over or fall down if suspended incorrectly! The fastening attachment cannot be fixed securely above the centre of gravity (1). The fastening attachment can slip, the engine swings backwards and forwards (1). Too short a fastening attachment causes bending torques in the transport device (2) and can damage it.

Protecting the engine against corrosion General Engines contain the following types of corrosion protection: Interior corrosion protection Exterior corrosion protection Your DEUTZ partner has the right corrosion protection agent for your needs. The following measures for corrosion protection after taking the engine out of operation meet the requirements for 12 months corrosion protection. The following corrosion protection work may only be carried out by persons familiar with it and instructed in the potential dangers. If these measures are deviated from by exposing the corrosion-protected engines or parts to unfavourable conditions (installation outdoors or storage in damp, badly aired places) or damage to the corrosion protection layer, a shorter corrosion protection duration is to be expected. The engine corrosion protection should be checked about every 3 months by opening the covers. If corrosion is detected, the corrosion protection should be renewed. At the end of the corrosion protection work the crank drive may no longer be turned so that the corrosion protection agent in the bearings, bearing liners and cylinder liners is not scraped off. Before operating a corrosion protected engine, the corrosion protection must be removed. Interior corrosion protection Interior corrosion protection is always provided by wetting of the walls with the implemented cor-

rosion protection agent in a corrosion protection run of the engine. The corrosion protection run can be performed once to protect the different systems: Fuel system Fill the fuel tank with a mixture of: – 90 % distilled fuel – 10 % corrosion protection oil SAE 20W-20 Perform a corrosion protection run with no load for at least 5 minutes. Lubricating oil system Drain lubricating oil from warm engine. Thoroughly clean lube oil tray, cylinder head with rocker arms, valves, valve springs with diesel fuel or cleaning agent. Fill the engine with corrosion protection oil SAE 20W-20 up to the MAX mark and perform a corrosion protection run for at least 5 minutes so that all the components of the lubricating oil system are wetted or wet all accessible parts with corrosion protection oil and pump corrosion protection oil through the engine with a separate pump until all bearings and bearing liners are wetted. Air compressor If a compressor is installed, a corrosion protection agent must be sprayed into the compressor suction system after shutting down the engine until it emerges visibly from the pressure nozzle. Cooling system Depending on the series the engines are equipped with cooling air, cooling oil or cooling

Transport and storage fluid system (cooling water with cooling system protection agent). Cooling air system, see section Exterior corrosion protection. In engines of the oil-cooled series the circulating lubricating oil serves simultaneously for cooling. The cooling chambers are protected automatically against corrosion with the lube oil system. If a coolant with corrosion protection properties is poured into liquid-cooled engines, no further action is necessary after draining. If not, the coolant must be drained and, to ensure the formation of a covering layer on the inside surfaces of the cooling system, a corrosion protection run performed with a mixture of: – 95 % treated water – 5 % corrosion protection agent The duration of the corrosion protection run and the concentration of the corrosion protection agent are specified by the manufacturer of the corrosion protection agent. Then drain the coolant. Air intake pipes After the corrosion protection run, remove the cylinder head cover and deinstall injectors. The respective piston must be set to LT. The accessible part of the cylinder liner should be coated with corrosion protection oil with a spray lance through the opening. Spray corrosion protection oil SAE 20W-20 into the suction air intake line. Exterior corrosion protection The engine must be cleaned thoroughly with a cleaning agent before exterior corrosion protec-

Transport and storage

tion. Any signs of corrosion and damage to the paintwork must be removed. Cooling air system in air-cooled engines The air guidance compartment of the engines is unpainted and must be sprayed with a corrosion protection agent. Bare exterior surfaces and parts Coat or spray all bare exterior parts and surfaces (e.g. flywheel, flange faces) with corrosion protection agent. Rubber parts Rubber parts (e.g. muffs) which are not painted over must be rubbed down with talcum powder. Belt drive Remove V-belts and V-rib belts and store packed. Spray V-belt pulleys and tension rollers with corrosion protection agent. Toothed belts for engine control may not be removed. Engine openings All engine openings must be fitted with air-tight, water-tight covers to delay the vapourisation process of the corrosion protection agents. With installed air compressor, the suction and pressure connection must be sealed by a cap. Air should be excluded to avoid ventilation of the engine (chimney effect) for the suction from an air supply pipe.

Protecting the engine against corrosion Also close the fuel/tank/supply line to the engine so that the sensitive rail system is protected against dirt and dust. Protect the electronics against moisture/corrosion. Storage and packaging After being protected against corrosion, the engine must be stored in a dry, ventilated hall and suitably covered. The cover must be placed loosely over the engine so that the air can circulate around it to prevent condensation from forming. Use a desiccant if necessary.

should be purged with fresh water for about 15 minutes before filling. Removal of exterior corrosion protection All areas and components coated with corrosion protection agent must be washed off with distilled fuel or a suitable cleaning agent. Wash out grooves of V-belt pulleys if necessary. Mount V-belts or V-rib belts as specified. Fill with coolant. Connect fuel/tank/supply line to the engine. Pay attention to cleanliness. Start the engine.

Removal of corrosion protection The corrosion protection must be removed from the corrosion protected engine before starting. The packaging and all covers over the closed openings must be removed. Any corrosion deposits and paint damage should be remedied. Fuel system If there is a mixture of diesel fuel/corrosion protection oil in the fuel tank, drain it. Fill the fuel tank and fuel system with the proper fuel. Coolant system If the implemented corrosion protection agent is compatible with the intended cooling system protection agent, this can be filled directly into the coolant system as specified. If it is uncertain whether the implemented corrosion protection agent is compatible with the cooling system protection agent, the cooling system

Technical data

Engine and setting data

General technical data Engine type

TD/TCD 2012 L04 2V

TCD 2012 L06 2V

No. of cylinders

Cylinder arrangement

upright in row

Bore

[mm]

101

Stroke

[mm]

126

Engine swept volume

[cm ]

4038

6067

Compression ratio

Functional principle/combustion method

Four-stroke diesel with charging and direct injection

Charge air cooler

without/with

Charge air temperature outlet at rated power Direction of rotation looking onto the flywheel

[°C]

with 50 left

Injection system Deutz Common Rail (DCR) Mechanical injection system Pumpe Leitung Düse (PLD pump line nozzle) Weight excluding cooling system to DIN 70020-A

[approx. kg]

DCR/PLD

DCR

410

530

Engine power rating according to ISO 3046

[kW]

Engine performance, speed and start of pumping, among other things, are stamped on the engine rating plate.

Speed (nominal revolutions)

[rpm]

2400

Valve clearance: inlet/outlet

[°]

Angular degree 75/120

Setting with special tool Ignition pressure Start of pumping

[kPa (bar)] 16000 (160) [°KW v. OT] Engine performance, speed and start of pumping, among other things, are stamped on the engine rating plate.

Firing order of the engine

1-3- 4- 2

V-belt tension

1-5-3-6-2-4

Pre-tensioning/Re-tensioning

Generator

[N]

650/400 ± 50

Fuel pump/Coolant pump

[N]

650/400 ± 50

Technical data

Engine and setting data

Engine type

TD/TCD 2012 L04 2V

V-rib belt tensioning The V-rib belt has an automatically tensioning spring-loaded tensioning pulley and is not re-tensioned.

Spring-loaded tensioning pulley

Cooling Coolant volume (engine content only without cooler)

TCD 2012 L06 2V

Liquid-cooled/cooling system protection [approx. ltr.]

5,6

7,3

Permissible continuous coolant temperature

[°C]

max. 110

Temperature difference between coolant inlet/outlet

[°C]

4 to 8

Start of thermostat opening Thermostat fully open

[°C] [°C]

86 102

Coolant preheating

Only necessary in winter operation.

Lubrication Lubricating oil SAE ( 34 )

Pressure lubrication

Lube oil temperature in the lube oil tray, maximum Lubricating oil pressure in warm state (114°C) and low idle, minimum

[°C]

125

[kPa (bar)]

80 (0,8)

Lube oil first fill quantities Specified lubricating oil filling volumes apply for the standard versions. The lubricating oil filling volume may vary in engines which deviate from the standard, e.g. different lubricating oil pan/lubricating oil dipstick variants and/or special inclined versions. The lubricating oil dipstick mark is always decisive. Lube oil first fill quantity without filter, minimum / maximum [approx. ltr.] 12,5/15,0 23,5/26,0 Lube oil first fill quantity with filter, minimum / maximum

[approx. ltr.]

13,0/15,5

24,0/26,5

Technical data

Engine and setting data

General technical data Engine type

TD/TCD 2013 L04 2V

TCD 2013 L06 2V

No. of cylinders

Cylinder arrangement

upright in row

Bore

[mm]

108

Stroke

[mm]

130

Engine swept volume

[cm ]

4761

7142

Compression ratio

Functional principle/combustion method

Four-stroke diesel with charging and direct injection

Charge air cooler

without/with

Charge air temperature outlet at rated power Direction of rotation looking onto the flywheel

[°C]

with 50 left

Injection system Deutz Common Rail (DCR) Mechanical injection system Pumpe Leitung Düse (PLD pump line nozzle) Weight excluding cooling system to DIN 70020-A

[approx. kg]

DCR + PLD

DCR

450

500

Engine power rating according to ISO 3046

[kW]

Engine performance, speed and start of pumping, among other things, are stamped on the engine rating plate.

Speed (nominal revolutions)

[rpm]

2300

Valve clearance: inlet/outlet

[°]

Angular degree 90/150

Setting with special tool Ignition pressure Start of pumping

[kPa (bar)] 16000 (160) [°KW v. OT] Engine performance, speed and start of pumping, among other things, are stamped on the engine rating plate.

Firing order of the engine

1-3- 4- 2

V-belt tension

1-5-3-6-2-4

Pre-tensioning/Re-tensioning

Generator

[N]

650/400 ± 50

Fuel pump/Coolant pump

[N]

650/400 ± 50

Technical data

Engine and setting data

Engine type

TD/TCD 2013 L04 2V

V-rib belt tensioning The V-rib belt has an automatically tensioning spring-loaded tensioning pulley and is not re-tensioned.

Spring-loaded tensioning pulley

Cooling Coolant volume (engine content only without cooler)

TCD 2013 L06 2V

Liquid-cooled/cooling system protection [approx. ltr.]

7,2

9,8

Permissible continuous coolant temperature

[°C]

max. 105

Temperature difference between coolant inlet/outlet

[°C]

4 to 8

Start of thermostat opening Thermostat fully open

[°C] [°C]

86 102

Coolant preheating

Only necessary in winter operation.

Lubrication Lube oil SAE ( 34) Lube oil temperature in the lube oil tray, maximum Lubricating oil pressure in warm state (114°C) and low idle, minimum

Pressure lubrication [°C]

125

[kPa (bar)]

80 (0,8)

[approx. ltr.]

13,0/15,5

24,0/26,5

Technical data

Engine and setting data

Tool ordering The special tools described in this chapter can be ordered from: Fa. Wilbär Taubenstrasse 5 D-42826 Remscheid Tel.: 0049 (0) 2191-9339-0 Fax: 0049 (0) 2191-9339-200 E-mail: info@wilbaer.de http://www.deutz-tools.com

Torx tool

V-belt tension measuring instrument

Order no.: 8189

Order number: 8115

The Torx screw system is used in engines in this series among other things. This system was introduced for a number of reasons:

Measuring instrument for checking the specified Vbelt tensions.

Excellent accessibility High force transmission when loosening and tightening Slipping or breaking of the key and risk of injury are practically excluded.

Technical data

Engine and setting data

Rotaqtion angle disc

Pin wrench insert

Crow foot wrench

Order no.: 8190

Order no.: 8193 (5 mm) valve clearance

Order no.: 8199

Rotation angle disc for setting the valve and control piston clearance

Order no.: 8194 (4 mm) control piston clearance

Crow foot wrench for rotation angle disc 8190 in connection with conventional square bar extension.

Pin wrench inserts for rotation angle disc

Technical data

Engine and setting data

Turning gear

Bowl key

Closing plugs and caps

Order no.: 100 330

Order no.: 8192

Order no.: 170 160

For turning over the engine as an attachment for the torsional vibration damper

Special tool for removing the water collection vessel in the fuel pre-filter (Racor type)

A set of closing plugs and caps for sealing fuel lines.

Technical data

Engine and setting data

Filling aid Order no.: 170 150 Aid for filling the coolant in engines with external cooling system.

DEUTZ AG Service Information Systems Ottostraße 1 D-51149 Köln Phone: +49 (0) 221-822-0 Fax: +49 (0) 221-822-5850 Internet: www.deutz.com E-mail: info@deutz.com

The engine company.

18501000.TXT

Technical data Valid from Serial-No. 0001

HD+ 90 VV TCD 2012 L04 H185 22.03.2011

Machine dimensions Total length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4600 Wheel base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3400 Total width with cabin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1790 Total width with edge press. equip.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1790 Loading width, minimum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1790 Working width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1680 Max. working width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1850 Lateral overhang, left/right . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55/55 Total hight without cab.(steer.wh.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2185 Total hight with cabin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3050 Total hight with ROPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3100 Loading hight, minimum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2185 Curb clearance, left/right . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .790/790 Ground clearance, centre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .330 Turning radius, inside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5250 Turning radius, outside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6930 Center of gravity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .800

mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm

Drum dimensions Drums, number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Drum type, front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .smooth/nondivided Drum type, rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .smooth/nondivided Drum width, front/rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1680/1680 mm Drum diameter, front/rear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1200/1200 mm Shell thickness, front/rear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17/17 mm Weights Basic weight without cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8490 Basic weight w. ROPS-cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8840 Basic weight without cab, with ROPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8680 Cab weigth. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .350 ROPS weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .190 Operating weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9380 Operating weight with ROPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9220 Maximum weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12200 Axle load, front/rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4740/4640 Static linear load, front/rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28,2/27,6 Static surface load, front/rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0,24/0,23 Linear load with vibr., front, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73,7/64,6 Linear load with vibr., rear, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73,7/64,0 Mass of vibrating parts, front/rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1775/1775 Mass spring moun. parts, front/rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2965/2865 Spring mount.:vibr.mass, front/rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1,7/1,6 Compaction force, front, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121/106 Compaction force, rear, I/II. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121/106 French classification, value/class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22,2/VT1

kg kg kg kg kg kg kg kg kg kg/cm kg/cm² kg/cm kg/cm kg kg kN kN

Ref. 18501000_00

18501000.TXT

Technical data Valid from Serial-No. 0001

HD+ 90 VV TCD 2012 L04 H185 22.03.2011

Displacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4038 Bore/stroke . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101/126 Torque max./speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .520/1600 Injection system, type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Common Rail Speed adjustment, actuation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EMR3 Fuel consumption, 100 % eng. output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28,3 Fuel consumption, average . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12,7 Operating hours per tank filling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 Engine oil consumption, average . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0,02 Operating voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12 Alternator, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .01294768 Alternator, capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14/95 Starting motor, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2142471 Starting motor, capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12/4000 Battery, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00351857 Battery, capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12/135

cm³ mm/mm Nm/UpM

L/h L/h h L/h V V/A V/W V/Ah

Vibration control Frequency setting, function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .electrical Frequency regulation, function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Option Vibr. setting, front, rear, double . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .front, rear, double Vibration system Vibrating mode, front/rear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Circ. vibr./circ. vibr. Vibration Vibration frequency, front, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42/50 Vibration frequency, rear, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42/50 Amplitude, front, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0,62/0,34 Amplitude, rear, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0,62/0,34 Centrifugal force, front, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75/60 Centrifugal force, rear, I/II. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75/60 Drive Hydrostatic drive, front/rear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hydr. motor/hydr. motor Speed, infinitely variable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0-12,0 Climbing ability, vibration on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35/40 Theor. climb. abil., with/no vibr. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46/51 Static lateral inclination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45 Permissible longitudinal tilt, dies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 Permissible lateral inclination, di . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 max.perm.ambient temp. by full load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hydraulic pump, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2161538 Hydraulic motor, front, Hamm No.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2055345 Hydraulic motor, rear, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2055345

Hz Hz mm mm kN kN

km/h % % ° ° ° °C

Vibrator drive Hydraulic pomp 1, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2160979 Hydraulic pump 2, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2071800 Hydraulic motor, front, Hamm No.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00397520 Hydraulic motor, rear, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00397520 Steering Steering, type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Articulated steering Steering, actuation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .hydrostatic, steer. wheel

Ref. 18501000_00

18501000.TXT

Technical data Valid from Serial-No. 0001

HD+ 90 VV TCD 2012 L04 H185 22.03.2011

Steering unit, hydr., Hamm No.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2084528 Hydraulic pump, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2140200 Steering lock +/- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 ° Track offset, left/right. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .170 mm Oscillation angle +/-. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 ° Cooling blower drive Hydraulic pump, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2081770 Hydraulic motor, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2056080 Tank capacity/Filling amount Engine oil-capacity (oil change) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11,5 Engine oil grade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-4, SAE 10W40 Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16,0 Engine coolant, type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Coolant emulsion Coolant water/protective agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60/40 Fuel tank, capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150 Fuel tank, material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Plastic Hydr. reserv., capac. (oil change) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40 Hydraulic oil grade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .HLP-VG46 Hydraulic oil reservoir, material. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Sheet steel Vibrator oil, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .01238051 Vibrator front. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6,5 Vibrator rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6,5 Water tank, capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .834 Water tank, material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Plastic

L L % L L

L L L

Brake system Service brake, mode of action . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .hydrostatic Service brake, application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Drive lever Parking brake, mode of action . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Spring-loaded/mechanical Parking brake, application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .electr. a. autom. Emergency brake, mode of action . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .hydr./mech. Emergency brake, application. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Emergency stop Sprinkler system Water sprinkler, type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Pressure Pump, water sprinkler, type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Membrane pump Actuation, sprinkling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .interval/manual Service parts Engine oil filter, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00234486 Fuel filter, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2043673 Fuel prefilter, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .01292404 Air filter, type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .dry + prefractionator Air filter cartridge, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2051200 Safety filter cartridge, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2051202 Hydraulic oil filter, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .01296396 Hydr. oil filter, steer., Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .01296396 Water filter insert, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2033909 V-belt, compressor, Hamm No.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00201367 V-belt, alternator, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2043529 V-belt, cooling pump, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .01213156

Ref. 18501000_00

18501000.TXT

Technical data Valid from Serial-No. 0001

HD+ 90 VV TCD 2012 L04 H185 22.03.2011

Operating data Output*, 1 pass/2 km/h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2500 Output*, 1 pass/5 km/h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6300 Output*, 1 pass/8 km/h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10000 Output*, 3 pass./5 km/h. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2100 Output*, 1pass/2km/h 20cm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .500 Output*, 1pass/2km/h 30cm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .750 Output*, 1pass/2km/h 40cm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1000 Output*, 1pass/2km/h 50cm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1250 Output*, 1pass/2km/h 60cm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1510 * =work.factor=0.83/work.width=90% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sound level Acoustic pressure LP(A) cabin, max. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81 Acoustic power LW(A), measured. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103 Acoustic power LW(A), sticker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106 Acoustic power LW(A), lim. val. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108

m²/h m²/h m²/h m²/h m³/h m³/h m³/h m³/h m³/h

db(A) dB(A)/1p dB(A)/1p dB(A)/1p

Measuring data diesel engine Idling speed/rated speed/max. speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 950/2300/2300 UpM Operating temperature from-to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80 - 105 °C Maximum temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118 °C Measuring data hydraulic Filling circuit pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25 High-pressure limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .425 Range of adjustment from-to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .400 - 1200 Leakage press. pump max. warm/cold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0,5/1,5 Leakage oil motor front maximum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16,5 Leak.press. motor fr max. warm/cold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Leakage oil motor rear maximum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16,5 Leak.press. motor re max. warm/cold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating temp. hydr. oil tank max. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating temperature pump max. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating temper. motor front max. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating temper. motor rear max. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Measuring data vibration hydraulic Filling circuit pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25 High-pressure limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .350 Range of adjustment from-to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .400 - 1200 Filling circuit pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25 High-pressure limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .350 Range of adjustment from-to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .400 - 1200 Wor.press. la.ampl. single from*-to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Work.press. la.ampl. doub. from*-to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wor.press. sm.ampl. single from*-to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wor.press. sm.ampl. doub. from*-to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Leakage oil motor maximum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5,0 Leak. pressure motor max. warm/cold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating temperature pump max. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating temperature motor max. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Temperature vibr. bear. cover max. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . * = on resilient base. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Ref. 18501000_00

bar bar mA bar L/Min bar L/Min bar °C °C °C °C

bar bar mA bar bar mA bar bar bar bar L/Min bar °C °C °C

18501000.TXT

Technical data Valid from Serial-No. 0001

HD+ 90 VV TCD 2012 L04 H185 22.03.2011

Measuring data steering hydraulic Pressure relief steering unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .190 bar Pressure relief shock valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240 bar Working pressure steering* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bar * = on dry asph. surface in neutral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Measuring data cooling blower drive Pressure relief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .210 bar Working pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bar Measuring data brake Service brake stopping distance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Parking brake blocks in 2. gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .yes Emergency stop/stopping distance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Opening pressure parking brake min. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Ref. 18501000_00

m J/N m bar

18502000.TXT

Technical data Valid from Serial-No. 0004

HD+ 90 VV-HV TCD 2012 L04 H185 22.03.2011

mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm

Drum dimensions Drums, number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Drum type, front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .smooth/nondivided Drum type, rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .smooth/nondivided Drum width, front/rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1680/1680 mm Drum diameter, front/rear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1200/1200 mm Shell thickness, front/rear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17/17 mm Weights Basic weight without cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8490 Basic weight w. ROPS-cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8840 Basic weight without cab, with ROPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8680 Cab weigth. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .350 ROPS weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .190 Operating weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9380 Operating weight with ROPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9220 Maximum weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12200 Axle load, front/rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4740/4640 Static linear load, front/rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28,2/27,6 Static surface load, front/rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0,24/0,23 Linear load with vibr., front, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73,7/84,6 Linear load with vibr., rear, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73,1/84,0 Mass of vibrating parts, front/rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1775/1775 Mass spring moun. parts, front/rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2965/2865 Spring mount.:vibr.mass, front/rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1,7/1,6 Compaction force, front, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121/139 Compaction force, rear, I/II. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121/139 French classification, value/class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20,1/VT0

kg kg kg kg kg kg kg kg kg kg/cm kg/cm² kg/cm kg/cm kg kg kN kN

Ref. 18502000_00

18502000.TXT

Technical data Valid from Serial-No. 0004

HD+ 90 VV-HV TCD 2012 L04 H185 22.03.2011

cm³ mm/mm Nm/UpM

L/h L/h h L/h V V/A V/W V/Ah

Vibration control Frequency setting, function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .electrical Frequency regulation, function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Option Vibr. setting, front, rear, double . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .front, rear, double Vibration system Vibrating mode, front/rear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Circ. vibr./circ. vibr. Vibration Vibration frequency, front, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45/67 Vibration frequency, rear, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45/67 Amplitude, front, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0,53/0,30 Amplitude, rear, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0,53/0,30 Centrifugal force, front, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75/93 Centrifugal force, rear, I/II. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75/93 Drive Hydrostatic drive, front/rear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hydr. motor/hydr. motor Speed, infinitely variable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0-12,0 Climbing ability, vibration on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35/40 Theor. climb. abil., with/no vibr. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46/51 Static lateral inclination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45 Permissible longitudinal tilt, dies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 Permissible lateral inclination, di . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 max.perm.ambient temp. by full load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hydraulic pump, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2161538 Hydraulic motor, front, Hamm No.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2055345 Hydraulic motor, rear, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2055345

Hz Hz mm mm kN kN

km/h % % ° ° ° °C

Ref. 18502000_00

18502000.TXT

Technical data Valid from Serial-No. 0004

HD+ 90 VV-HV TCD 2012 L04 H185 22.03.2011

L L % L L

L L L

Ref. 18502000_00

18502000.TXT

Technical data Valid from Serial-No. 0004

HD+ 90 VV-HV TCD 2012 L04 H185 22.03.2011

m²/h m²/h m²/h m²/h m³/h m³/h m³/h m³/h m³/h

db(A) dB(A)/1p dB(A)/1p dB(A)/1p

Measuring data diesel engine Idling speed/rated speed/max. speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 950/2300/2300 UpM Operating temperature from-to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80 - 105 °C Maximum temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118 °C Measuring data hydraulic Filling circuit pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25 High-pressure limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .425 Range of adjustment from-to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .400 - 1200 Leakage press. pump max. warm/cold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0,5/1,5 Leakage oil motor front maximum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16,5 Leak.press. motor fr max. warm/cold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Leakage oil motor rear maximum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16,5 Leak.press. motor re max. warm/cold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating temp. hydr. oil tank max. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating temperature pump max. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating temper. motor front max. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating temper. motor rear max. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Measuring data vibration hydraulic Filling circuit pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25 High-pressure limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .350 Range of adjustment from-to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .400 - 1200 Filling circuit pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25 High-pressure limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .350 Range of adjustment from-to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .400 - 1200 Wor.press. la.ampl. single from*-to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Work.press. la.ampl. doub. from*-to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wor.press. sm.ampl. single from*-to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wor.press. sm.ampl. doub. from*-to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Leakage oil motor maximum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6,7 Leak. pressure motor max. warm/cold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating temperature pump max. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating temperature motor max. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Temperature vibr. bear. cover max. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . * = on resilient base. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Ref. 18502000_00

bar bar mA bar L/Min bar L/Min bar °C °C °C °C

bar bar mA bar bar mA bar bar bar bar L/Min bar °C °C °C

18502000.TXT

Technical data Valid from Serial-No. 0004

HD+ 90 VV-HV TCD 2012 L04 H185 22.03.2011

Ref. 18502000_00

m J/N m bar

18506000.TXT

Technical data Valid from Serial-No. 0003

HD+ 90 VT TCD 2012 L04 H185 22.03.2011

Machine dimensions Total length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4600 Wheel base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3400 Total width with cabin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1790 Total width with edge press. equip.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1790 Loading width, minimum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1790 Working width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1680 Max. working width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1820 Lateral overhang, left/right . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55/55 Total hight without cab.(steer.wh.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2185 Total hight with cabin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3050 Total hight with ROPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3100 Loading hight, minimum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2185 Curb clearance, left/right . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .790/790 Ground clearance, centre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .330 Turning radius, inside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5250 Turning radius, outside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6930 Center of gravity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .800

mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm

Drum dimensions Drums, number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 Drum type, front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .smooth/nondivided Drum width, front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1680 mm Drum diameter, front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1200 mm Shell thickness, front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17 mm Wheel dimensions Width over tires, rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1620 Number of tires, rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 Size of tires, rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11.00-20 Diameter of tires, rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1030 Tire width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .310 Inflation pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 Weights Basic weight without cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7980 Basic weight w. ROPS-cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8330 Basic weight without cab, with ROPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8170 Cab weigth. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .350 ROPS weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .190 Operating weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8885 Operating weight with ROPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8785 Maximum weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12200 Axle load, front/rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4740/4145 Load per tire, rear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1036,3 Static linear load, front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28,2 Static surface drum load, front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0,24 Linear load with vibr., front, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73,7/64,6 Mass of vibrating parts, front. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1775 Mass of elast. mounted parts, front. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2965 Spring mounted:vibrat. mass, front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1,7 Compaction force, front, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121/106 Compaction force, rear, I/II. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41/41 French classification, value/class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22,2/VX1

Ref. 18506000_00

mm mm bar

kg kg kg kg kg kg kg kg kg kg kg/cm kg/cm² kg/cm kg kg kN kN

18506000.TXT

Technical data Valid from Serial-No. 0003

HD+ 90 VT TCD 2012 L04 H185 22.03.2011

Diesel engine Manufacturer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .DEUTZ Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TCD 2012 L04 2V Power rating ISO 14396, kW/PS/rpm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100,0/136,0/2300 Power rating SAE J1349, kW/HP/rpm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100,0/134,0/2300 Number of cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 Cooling, type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Water Displacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4038 Bore/stroke . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101/126 Torque max./speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .520/1600 Injection system, type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Common Rail Speed adjustment, actuation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EMR3 Fuel consumption, 100 % eng. output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28,3 Fuel consumption, average . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12,7 Operating hours per tank filling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 Engine oil consumption, average . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0,02 Operating voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12 Alternator, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .01294768 Alternator, capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14/95 Starting motor, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2142471 Starting motor, capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12/4000 Battery, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00351857 Battery, capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12/135

cm³ mm/mm Nm/UpM

L/h L/h h L/h V V/A V/W V/Ah

Vibration control Frequency setting, function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .electrical Frequency regulation, function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Option Vibration system Vibrating mode, front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Circular vibrator Vibration Vibration frequency, front, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42/50 Hz Amplitude, front, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0,62/0,34 mm Centrifugal force, front, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75/60 kN Drive Hydrostatic drive, front/rear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hydr. motor/hydr. motor Speed, infinitely variable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0-12,0 Climbing ability, vibration on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30/40 Theor. climb. abil., with/no vibr. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49/54 Static lateral inclination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45 Permissible longitudinal tilt, dies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 Permissible lateral inclination, di . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 max.perm.ambient temp. by full load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hydraulic pump, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2161538 Hydraulic motor, front, Hamm No.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2055345 Hydraulic motor, rear, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1286986

km/h % % ° ° ° °C

Vibrator drive Hydraulic pump, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2071800 Hydraulic motor, front, Hamm No.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00397520

Ref. 18506000_00

18506000.TXT

Technical data Valid from Serial-No. 0003

HD+ 90 VT TCD 2012 L04 H185 22.03.2011

Steering Steering, type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Articulated steering Steering, actuation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .hydrostatic, steer. wheel Steering unit, hydr., Hamm No.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2084528 Hydraulic pump, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2140200 Steering lock +/- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 ° Track offset, left/right. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .170 mm Oscillation angle +/-. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 ° Cooling blower drive Hydraulic pump, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2081770 Hydraulic motor, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2056080 Tank capacity/Filling amount Engine oil-capacity (oil change) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11,5 Engine oil grade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-4, SAE 10W40 Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16,0 Engine coolant, type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Coolant emulsion Coolant water/protective agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60/40 Fuel tank, capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150 Fuel tank, material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Plastic Hydr. reserv., capac. (oil change) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40 Hydraulic oil grade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .HLP-VG46 Hydraulic oil reservoir, material. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Sheet steel Vibrator oil, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .01238051 Vibrator front. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6,5 Water tank, capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .834 Water tank, material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Plastic Additive tank, capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22 Additive tank, material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Sheet steel

L L % L L

L L L

Brake system Service brake, mode of action . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .hydrostatic Service brake, application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Drive lever Parking brake, mode of action . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Spring-loaded/mechanical Parking brake, application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .electr. a. autom. Emergency brake, mode of action . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .hydr./mech. Emergency brake, application. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Emergency stop Sprinkler system Water sprinkler, type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Pressure Pump, water sprinkler, type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Membrane pump Actuation, sprinkling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .interval/manual Additive sprinkling, type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Pressure Pump, additive sprinkling, type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Membrane pump Actuation, additive sprinkling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Push button Service parts Engine oil filter, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00234486 Fuel filter, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2043673 Fuel prefilter, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .01292404 Air filter, type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .dry + prefractionator Air filter cartridge, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2051200 Safety filter cartridge, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2051202 Hydraulic oil filter, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .01285491 Hydr. oil filter, steer., Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00383279 Ref. 18506000_00

18506000.TXT

Technical data Valid from Serial-No. 0003

HD+ 90 VT TCD 2012 L04 H185 22.03.2011

Water filter insert, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00386596 V-belt, compressor, Hamm No.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00324485 V-belt, alternator, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2043529 V-belt, cooling pump, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .01213156 Operating data Output*, 1 pass/2 km/h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2500 Output*, 1 pass/5 km/h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6300 Output*, 1 pass/8 km/h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10000 Output*, 3 pass./5 km/h. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2100 Output*, 1pass/2km/h 20cm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .500 Output*, 1pass/2km/h 30cm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .750 Output*, 1pass/2km/h 40cm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1000 Output*, 1pass/2km/h 50cm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1250 Output*, 1pass/2km/h 60cm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1510 * =work.factor=0.83/work.width=90% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sound level Acoustic pressure LP(A) cabin, max. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81 Acoustic power LW(A), measured. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103 Acoustic power LW(A), sticker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106 Acoustic power LW(A), lim. val. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108

m²/h m²/h m²/h m²/h m³/h m³/h m³/h m³/h m³/h

db(A) dB(A)/1p dB(A)/1p dB(A)/1p

bar bar mA bar L/Min bar L/Min bar °C °C °C °C

Measuring data vibration hydraulic Filling circuit pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25 High-pressure limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .350 Range of adjustment from-to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .400 - 1200 Wor.press. la.ampl. single from*-to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Work.press. la.ampl. doub. from*-to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wor.press. sm.ampl. single from*-to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wor.press. sm.ampl. doub. from*-to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Leakage oil motor maximum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5,0 Leak. pressure motor max. warm/cold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating temperature pump max. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating temperature motor max. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Temperature vibr. bear. cover max. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

bar bar mA bar bar bar bar L/Min bar °C °C °C

Ref. 18506000_00

18506000.TXT

Technical data Valid from Serial-No. 0003

HD+ 90 VT TCD 2012 L04 H185 22.03.2011

* = on resilient base. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Measuring data steering hydraulic Pressure relief steering unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .190 bar Pressure relief shock valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240 bar Working pressure steering* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bar * = on dry asph. surface in neutral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Measuring data cooling blower drive Pressure relief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .210 bar Working pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bar Measuring data brake Service brake stopping distance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Parking brake blocks in 2. gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .yes Emergency stop/stopping distance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Opening pressure parking brake min. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Ref. 18506000_00

m J/N m bar

mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm

Drum dimensions Drums, number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Drum type, front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .smooth/nondivided Drum type, rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .smooth/nondivided Drum width, front/rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1680/1680 mm Drum diameter, front/rear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1200/1200 mm Shell thickness, front/rear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17/17 mm Weights Basic weight without cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8490 Basic weight w. ROPS-cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8840 Basic weight without cab, with ROPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8680 Cab weigth. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .350 ROPS weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .190 Operating weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9380 Operating weight with ROPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9220 Maximum weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12200 Axle load, front/rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4740/4640 Static linear load, front/rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28,2/27,6 Static surface load, front/rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0,24/0,23 Linear load with vibr., front, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73,7/64,6 Mass of vibrating parts, front/rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1775/1775 Mass spring moun. parts, front/rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2965/2865 Spring mount.:vibr.mass, front/rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1,7/1,6 Compaction force, front, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121/106 Compaction force, rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .236 French classification, value/class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22,2/VT1

kg kg kg kg kg kg kg kg kg kg/cm kg/cm² kg/cm kg kg kN kN

Ref. 18503000_00

Bore/stroke . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101/126 Torque max./speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .520/1600 Injection system, type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Common Rail Speed adjustment, actuation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EMR3 Fuel consumption, 100 % eng. output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28,3 Fuel consumption, average . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12,7 Operating hours per tank filling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 Engine oil consumption, average . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0,02 Operating voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12 Alternator, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .01294768 Alternator, capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14/95 Starting motor, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2142471 Starting motor, capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12/4000 Battery, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00351857 Battery, capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12/135

mm/mm Nm/UpM

L/h L/h h L/h V V/A V/W V/Ah

Vibration control Frequency setting, function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .electrical Frequency regulation, function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Option Vibr. setting, front, rear, double . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .front, rear, double Vibration system Vibrating mode, front/rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Circular vibrator/osci. Vibration Vibration frequency, front, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42/50 Hz Amplitude, front, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0,62/0,34 mm Centrifugal force, front, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75/60 kN Oscillation Oscillation frequency, rear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39 Tangential amplitude, rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1,44 Oscillation force, rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .144 Oscillation moment, rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55,5 Drive Hydrostatic drive, front/rear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hydr. motor/hydr. motor Speed, infinitely variable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0-12,0 Climbing ability, vibration on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35/40 Theor. climb. abil., with/no vibr. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46/51 Static lateral inclination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45 Permissible longitudinal tilt, dies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 Permissible lateral inclination, di . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 max.perm.ambient temp. by full load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hydraulic pump, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2161538 Hydraulic motor, front, Hamm No.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2055345 Hydraulic motor, rear, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2055345

Hz mm kN kNm

km/h % % ° ° ° °C

Ref. 18503000_00

L L % L L

L L

Ref. 18503000_00

V-belt, cooling pump, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .01213156 Operating data Output*, 1 pass/2 km/h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2500 Output*, 1 pass/5 km/h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6300 Output*, 1 pass/8 km/h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10000 Output*, 3 pass./5 km/h. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2100 Output*, 1pass/2km/h 20cm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .500 Output*, 1pass/2km/h 30cm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .750 Output*, 1pass/2km/h 40cm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1000 Output*, 1pass/2km/h 50cm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1250 Output*, 1pass/2km/h 60cm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1510 * =work.factor=0.83/work.width=90% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sound level Acoustic pressure LP(A) cabin, max. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81 Acoustic power LW(A), measured. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103 Acoustic power LW(A), sticker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106 Acoustic power LW(A), lim. val. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108

m²/h m²/h m²/h m²/h m³/h m³/h m³/h m³/h m³/h

db(A) dB(A)/1p dB(A)/1p dB(A)/1p

Measuring data diesel engine Idling speed/rated speed/max. speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 950/2300/2300 UpM Operating temperature from-to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80 - 105 °C Maximum temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118 °C Measuring data hydraulic Filling circuit pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25 High-pressure limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .425 Range of adjustment from-to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .400 - 1200 Leakage press. pump max. warm/cold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0,5/1,5 Leakage oil motor front maximum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16,5 Leak.press. motor fr max. warm/cold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Leakage oil motor rear maximum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16,5 Leak.press. motor re max. warm/cold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating temp. hydr. oil tank max. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating temperature pump max. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating temper. motor front max. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating temper. motor rear max. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Measuring data vibration hydraulic Filling circuit pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25 High-pressure limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .350 Range of adjustment from-to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .400 - 1200 Wor.press. la.ampl. single from*-to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Work.press. la.ampl. doub. from*-to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wor.press. sm.ampl. single from*-to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wor.press. sm.ampl. doub. from*-to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Leakage oil motor front maximum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5,0 Leakage oil motor rear maximum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4,4 Leak. pressure motor max. warm/cold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating temperature pump max. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating temperature motor max. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Temperature vibr. bear. cover max. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . * = on resilient base. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Ref. 18503000_00

bar bar mA bar L/Min bar L/Min bar °C °C °C °C

bar bar mA bar bar bar bar L/Min L/Min bar °C °C °C

Ref. 18503000_00

m J/N m bar

18504000.TXT

Technical data Valid from Serial-No. 0006

HD+ 90 VV-S TCD 2012 L04 H185 22.03.2011

mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm

Drum dimensions Drums, number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Drum type, front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .smooth/divided Drum type, rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .smooth/divided Drum width, front/rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1680/1680 mm Drum diameter, front/rear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1200/1200 mm Shell thickness, front/rear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17/17 mm Weights Basic weight without cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8970 Basic weight w. ROPS-cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9320 Basic weight without cab, with ROPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9160 Cab weigth. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .350 ROPS weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .190 Operating weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9860 Operating weight with ROPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9700 Maximum weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12400 Axle load, front/rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4980/4880 Static linear load, front/rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29,6/29,0 Static surface load, front/rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0,25/0,24 Linear load with vibr., front, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80,6/86,7 Linear load with vibr., rear, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80,0/86,1 Mass of vibrating parts, front/rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2015/2015 Mass spring moun. parts, front/rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2965/2865 Spring mount.:vibr.mass, front/rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1,5/1,4 Compaction force, front, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .133/143 Compaction force, rear, I/II. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132/142 French classification, value/class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23,1/VT1

kg kg kg kg kg kg kg kg kg kg/cm kg/cm² kg/cm kg/cm kg kg kN kN

Ref. 18504000_00

18504000.TXT

Technical data Valid from Serial-No. 0006

HD+ 90 VV-S TCD 2012 L04 H185 22.03.2011

cm³ mm/mm Nm/UpM

L/h L/h h L/h V V/A V/W V/Ah

Vibration control Frequency setting, function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .electrical Frequency regulation, function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Option Vibr. setting, front, rear, double . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .front, rear, double Vibration system Vibrating mode, front/rear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Circ. vibr./circ. vibr. Vibration Vibration frequency, front, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42/55 Vibration frequency, rear, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42/55 Amplitude, front, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0,61/0,39 Amplitude, rear, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0,61/0,39 Centrifugal force, front, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84/94 Centrifugal force, rear, I/II. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84/94 Drive Hydrostatic drive, front/rear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hydr. motor/hydr. motor Speed, infinitely variable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0-12,0 Climbing ability, vibration on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35/40 Theor. climb. abil., with/no vibr. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51/56 Static lateral inclination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45 Permissible longitudinal tilt, dies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 Permissible lateral inclination, di . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 max.perm.ambient temp. by full load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hydraulic pump, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2161538 Hydr. motor, front left, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2072554 Hydr. motor, front right, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2072550 Hydr. motor, rear left, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2072554 Hydr. motor, rear right, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2072550

Hz Hz mm mm kN kN

km/h % % ° ° ° °C

Ref. 18504000_00

18504000.TXT

Technical data Valid from Serial-No. 0006

HD+ 90 VV-S TCD 2012 L04 H185 22.03.2011

Steering Steering, type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Articulated steering Steering, actuation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .hydrostatic, steer. wheel Steering unit, hydr., Hamm No.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2084528 Hydraulic pump, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2140200 Steering lock +/- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 ° Track offset, left/right. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .170 mm Oscillation angle +/-. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 ° Cooling blower drive Hydraulic pump, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2081770 Hydraulic motor, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2056080 Tank capacity/Filling amount Engine oil-capacity (oil change) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11,5 Engine oil grade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-4, SAE 10W40 Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16,0 Engine coolant, type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Coolant emulsion Coolant water/protective agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60/40 Fuel tank, capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150 Fuel tank, material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Plastic Hydr. reserv., capac. (oil change) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40 Hydraulic oil grade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .HLP-VG46 Hydraulic oil reservoir, material. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Sheet steel Water tank, capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .834 Water tank, material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Plastic

L L % L L

Ref. 18504000_00

18504000.TXT

Technical data Valid from Serial-No. 0006

HD+ 90 VV-S TCD 2012 L04 H185 22.03.2011

m²/h m²/h m²/h m²/h m³/h m³/h m³/h m³/h m³/h

db(A) dB(A)/1p dB(A)/1p dB(A)/1p

Measuring data diesel engine Idling speed/rated speed/max. speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 950/2300/2300 UpM Operating temperature from-to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80 - 105 °C Maximum temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118 °C Measuring data hydraulic Filling circuit pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25 High-pressure limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .425 Range of adjustment from-to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .400 - 1200 Leakage press. pump max. warm/cold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0,5/1,5 Leakage oil motor front maximum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8,2 Leak.press. motor fr max. warm/cold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Leakage oil motor rear maximum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8,2 Leak.press. motor re max. warm/cold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating temp. hydr. oil tank max. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating temperature pump max. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating temper. motor front max. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating temper. motor rear max. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Measuring data vibration hydraulic Filling circuit pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25 High-pressure limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .350 Range of adjustment from-to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .400 - 1200 Wor.press. la.ampl. single from*-to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Work.press. la.ampl. doub. from*-to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wor.press. sm.ampl. single from*-to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wor.press. sm.ampl. doub. from*-to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Leakage oil motor front maximum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5,5 Leakage oil motor rear maximum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5,5 Leak. pressure motor max. warm/cold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating temperature pump max. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating temperature motor max. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Temperature vibr. bear. cover max. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . * = on resilient base. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

bar bar mA bar L/Min bar L/Min bar °C °C °C °C

bar bar mA bar bar bar bar L/Min L/Min bar °C °C °C

18504000.TXT

Technical data Valid from Serial-No. 0006

HD+ 90 VV-S TCD 2012 L04 H185 22.03.2011

Working pressure steering* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bar * = on dry asph. surface in neutral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Measuring data cooling blower drive Pressure relief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .210 bar Working pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bar Measuring data brake Service brake stopping distance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Parking brake blocks in 2. gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .yes Emergency stop/stopping distance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Opening pressure parking brake min. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Ref. 18504000_00

m J/N m bar

18511000.TXT

Technical data Valid from Serial-No. 0001

HD+ 90 VT-S TCD 2012 L04 H185 22.03.2011

Machine dimensions Total length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4600 Wheel base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3400 Total width with cabin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1790 Total width with edge press. equip.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1790 Loading width, minimum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1790 Working width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1680 Max. working width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1820 Lateral overhang, left/right . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55/55 Total hight without cab.(steer.wh.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2185 Total hight with cabin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3050 Total hight with ROPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3100 Loading hight, minimum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2185 Curb clearance, left/right . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .790/790 Ground clearance, centre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .330 Turning radius, inside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5250 Turning radius, outside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6930 Center of gravity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .800

mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm

Drum dimensions Drums, number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 Drum type, front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .smooth/divided Drum width, front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1680 mm Drum diameter, front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1200 mm Shell thickness, front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17 mm Wheel dimensions Width over tires, rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1620 Number of tires, rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 Size of tires, rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11.00-20 Diameter of tires, rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1030 Tire width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .310 Inflation pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 Weights Basic weight without cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8220 Basic weight w. ROPS-cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8570 Basic weight without cab, with ROPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8410 Cab weigth. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .350 ROPS weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .190 Operating weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9125 Operating weight with ROPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8965 Maximum weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12200 Axle load, front/rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4980/4145 Load per tire, rear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1036,3 Static linear load, front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29,5 Static surface drum load, front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0,25 Linear load with vibr., front, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80,4/86,5 Mass of vibrating parts, front. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2015 Mass of elast. mounted parts, front. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2933 Spring mounted:vibrat. mass, front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1,5 Compaction force, front, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .133/143 Compaction force, rear, I/II. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41/41 French classification, value/class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23,0/VX1

Ref. 18511000_00

mm mm bar

kg kg kg kg kg kg kg kg kg kg kg/cm kg/cm² kg/cm kg kg kN kN

18511000.TXT

Technical data Valid from Serial-No. 0001

HD+ 90 VT-S TCD 2012 L04 H185 22.03.2011

cm³ mm/mm Nm/UpM

L/h L/h h L/h V V/A V/W V/Ah

Vibration control Frequency setting, function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .electrical Frequency regulation, function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Option Vibration system Vibrating mode, front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Circular vibrator Vibration Vibration frequency, front, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42/55 Hz Amplitude, front, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0,61/0,39 mm Centrifugal force, front, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84/94 kN Drive Hydrostatic drive, front/rear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hydr. motor/hydr. motor Speed, infinitely variable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0-12,0 Climbing ability, vibration on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30/40 Theor. climb. abil., with/no vibr. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49/54 Static lateral inclination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45 Permissible longitudinal tilt, dies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 Permissible lateral inclination, di . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 max.perm.ambient temp. by full load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hydraulic pump, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2161538 Hydr. motor, front left, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2072554 Hydr. motor, front right, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2072550 Hydraulic motor, rear, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1286986

km/h % % ° ° ° °C

Ref. 18511000_00

18511000.TXT

Technical data Valid from Serial-No. 0001

HD+ 90 VT-S TCD 2012 L04 H185 22.03.2011

L L % L L

L L L

Brake system Service brake, mode of action . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .hydrostatic Service brake, application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Drive lever Parking brake, mode of action . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Spring-loaded/mechanical Parking brake, application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .electr. a. autom. Emergency brake, mode of action . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .hydr./mech. Emergency brake, application. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Emergency stop Sprinkler system Water sprinkler, type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Pressure Pump, water sprinkler, type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Membrane pump Actuation, sprinkling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .interval/manual Additive sprinkling, type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Pressure Pump, additive sprinkling, type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Membrane pump Actuation, additive sprinkling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Push button Service parts Engine oil filter, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00234486 Fuel filter, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2043673 Fuel prefilter, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .01292404 Air filter, type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .dry + prefractionator Air filter cartridge, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2051200 Safety filter cartridge, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2051202 Hydraulic oil filter, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .01285491 Hydr. oil filter, steer., Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00383279 Ref. 18511000_00

18511000.TXT

Technical data Valid from Serial-No. 0001

HD+ 90 VT-S TCD 2012 L04 H185 22.03.2011

m²/h m²/h m²/h m²/h m³/h m³/h m³/h m³/h m³/h

db(A) dB(A)/1p dB(A)/1p dB(A)/1p

bar bar mA bar L/Min bar L/Min bar °C °C °C °C

bar bar mA bar bar bar bar L/Min bar °C °C °C

Ref. 18511000_00

18511000.TXT

Technical data Valid from Serial-No. 0001

HD+ 90 VT-S TCD 2012 L04 H185 22.03.2011

Ref. 18511000_00

m J/N m bar

18505000.TXT

Technical data Valid from Serial-No. 0006

HD+ 90 VO-S TCD 2012 L04 H185 22.03.2011

mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm

Drum dimensions Drums, number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Drum type, front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .smooth/divided Drum type, rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .smooth/nondivided Drum width, front/rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1680/1680 mm Drum diameter, front/rear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1200/1200 mm Shell thickness, front/rear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17/17 mm Weights Basic weight without cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8730 Basic weight w. ROPS-cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9080 Basic weight without cab, with ROPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8920 Cab weigth. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .350 ROPS weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .190 Operating weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9620 Operating weight with ROPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9460 Maximum weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12200 Axle load, front/rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4980/4640 Static linear load, front/rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29,6/27,6 Static surface load, front/rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0,25/0,23 Linear load with vibr., front, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80,6/86,7 Mass of vibrating parts, front/rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2015/1775 Mass spring moun. parts, front/rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2965/2865 Spring mount.:vibr.mass, front/rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1,5/1,6 Compaction force, front, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .133/143 Compaction force, rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .190 French classification, value/class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23,1/VT1

kg kg kg kg kg kg kg kg kg kg/cm kg/cm² kg/cm kg kg kN kN

Ref. 18505000_00

18505000.TXT

Technical data Valid from Serial-No. 0006

HD+ 90 VO-S TCD 2012 L04 H185 22.03.2011

mm/mm Nm/UpM

L/h L/h h L/h V V/A V/W V/Ah

Vibration control Frequency setting, function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .electrical Frequency regulation, function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Option Vibr. setting, front, rear, double . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .front, rear, double Vibration system Vibrating mode, front/rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Circular vibrator/osci. Vibration Vibration frequency, front, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42/55 Hz Amplitude, front, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0,61/0,39 mm Centrifugal force, front, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84/94 kN Oscillation Oscillation frequency, rear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39 Tangential amplitude, rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1,44 Oscillation force, rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .144 Oscillation moment, rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55,5 Drive Hydrostatic drive, front/rear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hydr. motor/hydr. motor Speed, infinitely variable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0-12,0 Climbing ability, vibration on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35/40 Theor. climb. abil., with/no vibr. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48/53 Static lateral inclination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45 Permissible longitudinal tilt, dies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 Permissible lateral inclination, di . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 max.perm.ambient temp. by full load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hydraulic pump, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2161538 Hydr. motor, front left, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2072554 Hydr. motor, front right, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2072550 Hydraulic motor, rear, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2055345

Hz mm kN kNm

km/h % % ° ° ° °C

Ref. 18505000_00

18505000.TXT

Technical data Valid from Serial-No. 0006

HD+ 90 VO-S TCD 2012 L04 H185 22.03.2011

Steering Steering, type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Articulated steering Steering, actuation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .hydrostatic, steer. wheel Steering unit, hydr., Hamm No.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2084528 Hydraulic pump, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2140200 Steering lock +/- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 ° Track offset, left/right. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .170 mm Oscillation angle +/-. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 ° Cooling blower drive Hydraulic pump, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2081770 Hydraulic motor, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2056080 Tank capacity/Filling amount Engine oil-capacity (oil change) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11,5 Engine oil grade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-4, SAE 10W40 Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16,0 Engine coolant, type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Coolant emulsion Coolant water/protective agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60/40 Fuel tank, capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150 Fuel tank, material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Plastic Hydr. reserv., capac. (oil change) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40 Hydraulic oil grade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .HLP-VG46 Hydraulic oil reservoir, material. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Sheet steel Water tank, capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .834 Water tank, material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Plastic

L L % L L

Ref. 18505000_00

18505000.TXT

Technical data Valid from Serial-No. 0006

HD+ 90 VO-S TCD 2012 L04 H185 22.03.2011

m²/h m²/h m²/h m²/h m³/h m³/h m³/h m³/h m³/h

db(A) dB(A)/1p dB(A)/1p dB(A)/1p

Measuring data diesel engine Idling speed/rated speed/max. speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 950/2300/2300 UpM Operating temperature from-to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80 - 105 °C Maximum temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118 °C Measuring data hydraulic Filling circuit pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25 High-pressure limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .425 Range of adjustment from-to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .400 - 1200 Leakage press. pump max. warm/cold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0,5/1,5 Leakage oil motor front maximum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8,2 Leak.press. motor fr max. warm/cold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Leakage oil motor rear maximum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16,5 Leak.press. motor re max. warm/cold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating temp. hydr. oil tank max. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating temperature pump max. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating temper. motor front max. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating temper. motor rear max. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Measuring data vibration hydraulic Filling circuit pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25 High-pressure limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .350 Range of adjustment from-to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .400 - 1200 Wor.press. la.ampl. single from*-to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Work.press. la.ampl. doub. from*-to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wor.press. sm.ampl. single from*-to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wor.press. sm.ampl. doub. from*-to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Leakage oil motor front maximum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5,5 Leakage oil motor rear maximum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4,4 Leak. pressure motor max. warm/cold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating temperature pump max. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating temperature motor max. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Temperature vibr. bear. cover max. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . * = on resilient base. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

bar bar mA bar L/Min bar L/Min bar °C °C °C °C

bar bar mA bar bar bar bar L/Min L/Min bar °C °C °C

18505000.TXT

Technical data Valid from Serial-No. 0006

HD+ 90 VO-S TCD 2012 L04 H185 22.03.2011

Ref. 18505000_00

m J/N m bar

18507000.TXT

Technical data Valid from Serial-No. 0004

HD+ 110 VV TCD 2012 L04 H185 22.03.2011

mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm

Drum dimensions Drums, number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Drum type, front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .smooth/nondivided Drum type, rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .smooth/nondivided Drum width, front/rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1680/1680 mm Drum diameter, front/rear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1200/1200 mm Shell thickness, front/rear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22/22 mm Weights Basic weight without cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9800 Basic weight w. ROPS-cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10150 Basic weight without cab, with ROPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9990 Cab weigth. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .350 ROPS weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .190 Operating weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10690 Operating weight with ROPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10530 Maximum weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13300 Axle load, front/rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5395/5295 Static linear load, front/rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32,1/31,5 Static surface load, front/rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0,27/0,26 Linear load with vibr., front, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104,9/92,2 Linear load with vibr., rear, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104,3/91,6 Mass of vibrating parts, front/rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2150/2150 Mass spring moun. parts, front/rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3245/3145 Spring mount.:vibr.mass, front/rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1,5/1,5 Compaction force, front, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .173/152 Compaction force, rear, I/II. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .172/151 French classification, value/class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28,9/VT2

kg kg kg kg kg kg kg kg kg kg/cm kg/cm² kg/cm kg/cm kg kg kN kN

Ref. 18507000_00

18507000.TXT

Technical data Valid from Serial-No. 0004

HD+ 110 VV TCD 2012 L04 H185 22.03.2011

cm³ mm/mm Nm/UpM

L/h L/h h L/h V V/A V/W V/Ah

Vibration control Frequency setting, function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .electrical Frequency regulation, function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Option Vibr. setting, front, rear, double . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .front, rear, double Vibration system Vibrating mode, front/rear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Circ. vibr./circ. vibr. Vibration Vibration frequency, front, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42/50 Vibration frequency, rear, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42/50 Amplitude, front, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0,81/0,47 Amplitude, rear, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0,81/0,47 Centrifugal force, front, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120/99 Centrifugal force, rear, I/II. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120/99 Drive Hydrostatic drive, front/rear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hydr. motor/hydr. motor Speed, infinitely variable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0-11,0 Climbing ability, vibration on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35/40 Theor. climb. abil., with/no vibr. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49/54 Static lateral inclination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45 Permissible longitudinal tilt, dies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 Permissible lateral inclination, di . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 max.perm.ambient temp. by full load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hydraulic pump, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2161538 Hydraulic motor, front, Hamm No.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2057204 Hydraulic motor, rear, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2057204

Hz Hz mm mm kN kN

km/h % % ° ° ° °C

Ref. 18507000_00

18507000.TXT

Technical data Valid from Serial-No. 0004

HD+ 110 VV TCD 2012 L04 H185 22.03.2011

L L % L L

L L L

Ref. 18507000_00

18507000.TXT

Technical data Valid from Serial-No. 0004

HD+ 110 VV TCD 2012 L04 H185 22.03.2011

m²/h m²/h m²/h m²/h m³/h m³/h m³/h m³/h m³/h

db(A) dB(A)/1p dB(A)/1p dB(A)/1p

Measuring data diesel engine Idling speed/rated speed/max. speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 950/2300/2300 UpM Operating temperature from-to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80 - 105 °C Maximum temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118 °C Measuring data hydraulic Filling circuit pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25 High-pressure limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .425 Range of adjustment from-to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .400 - 1200 Leakage press. pump max. warm/cold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0,5/1,5 Leakage oil motor front maximum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17,4 Leak.press. motor fr max. warm/cold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Leakage oil motor rear maximum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17,4 Leak.press. motor re max. warm/cold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating temp. hydr. oil tank max. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating temperature pump max. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating temper. motor front max. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating temper. motor rear max. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Measuring data vibration hydraulic Filling circuit pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25 High-pressure limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .350 Range of adjustment from-to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .400 - 1200 Filling circuit pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25 High-pressure limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .350 Range of adjustment from-to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .400 - 1200 Wor.press. la.ampl. single from*-to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Work.press. la.ampl. doub. from*-to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wor.press. sm.ampl. single from*-to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wor.press. sm.ampl. doub. from*-to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Leakage oil motor maximum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5,0 Leak. pressure motor max. warm/cold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating temperature pump max. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating temperature motor max. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Temperature vibr. bear. cover max. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . * = on resilient base. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Ref. 18507000_00

bar bar mA bar L/Min bar L/Min bar °C °C °C °C

bar bar mA bar bar mA bar bar bar bar L/Min bar °C °C °C

18507000.TXT

Technical data Valid from Serial-No. 0004

HD+ 110 VV TCD 2012 L04 H185 22.03.2011

Ref. 18507000_00

m J/N m bar

18517000.TXT

Technical data Valid from Serial-No. 0004

HD+ 110 VV TCD 2012 L04 H185-USA 22.03.2011

mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm

Drum dimensions Drums, number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Drum type, front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .smooth/nondivided Drum type, rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .smooth/nondivided Drum width, front/rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1680/1680 mm Drum diameter, front/rear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1200/1200 mm Shell thickness, front/rear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22/22 mm Weights Basic weight without cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9800 Basic weight w. ROPS-cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10150 Basic weight without cab, with ROPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9990 Cab weigth. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .350 ROPS weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .190 Operating weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10690 Operating weight with ROPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10530 Maximum weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13300 Axle load, front/rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5395/5295 Static linear load, front/rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32,1/31,5 Static surface load, front/rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0,27/0,26 Linear load with vibr., front, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104,9/92,2 Linear load with vibr., rear, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104,3/91,6 Mass of vibrating parts, front/rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2150/2150 Mass spring moun. parts, front/rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3245/3145 Spring mount.:vibr.mass, front/rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1,5/1,5 Compaction force, front, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .173/152 Compaction force, rear, I/II. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .172/151 French classification, value/class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28,9/VT2

kg kg kg kg kg kg kg kg kg kg/cm kg/cm² kg/cm kg/cm kg kg kN kN

Ref. 18517000_00

18517000.TXT

Technical data Valid from Serial-No. 0004

HD+ 110 VV TCD 2012 L04 H185-USA 22.03.2011

cm³ mm/mm Nm/UpM

L/h L/h h L/h V V/A V/W V/Ah

Vibration control Frequency setting, function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .electrical Frequency regulation, function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Option Vibr. setting, front, rear, double . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .front, rear, double Vibration system Vibrating mode, front/rear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Circ. vibr./circ. vibr. Vibration Vibration frequency, front, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42/50 Vibration frequency, rear, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42/50 Amplitude, front, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0,89/0,51 Amplitude, rear, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0,89/0,51 Centrifugal force, front, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .147/122 Centrifugal force, rear, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .147/122 Drive Hydrostatic drive, front/rear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hydr. motor/hydr. motor Speed, infinitely variable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0-11,0 Climbing ability, vibration on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35/40 Theor. climb. abil., with/no vibr. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49/54 Static lateral inclination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45 Permissible longitudinal tilt, dies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 Permissible lateral inclination, di . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 max.perm.ambient temp. by full load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hydraulic pump, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2161538 Hydraulic motor, front, Hamm No.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2057204 Hydraulic motor, rear, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2057204

Hz Hz mm mm kN kN

km/h % % ° ° ° °C

Ref. 18517000_00

18517000.TXT

Technical data Valid from Serial-No. 0004

HD+ 110 VV TCD 2012 L04 H185-USA 22.03.2011

L L % L L

L L L

Ref. 18517000_00

18517000.TXT

Technical data Valid from Serial-No. 0004

HD+ 110 VV TCD 2012 L04 H185-USA 22.03.2011

m²/h m²/h m²/h m²/h m³/h m³/h m³/h m³/h m³/h

db(A) dB(A)/1p dB(A)/1p dB(A)/1p

Measuring data diesel engine Idling speed/rated speed/max. speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 950/2300/2300 UpM Operating temperature from-to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80 - 105 °C Maximum temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118 °C Measuring data hydraulic Filling circuit pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25 High-pressure limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .425 Range of adjustment from-to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .400 - 1200 Leakage press. pump max. warm/cold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0,5/1,5 Leakage oil motor front maximum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17,4 Leak.press. motor fr max. warm/cold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Leakage oil motor rear maximum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17,4 Leak.press. motor re max. warm/cold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating temp. hydr. oil tank max. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating temperature pump max. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating temper. motor front max. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating temper. motor rear max. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Measuring data vibration hydraulic Filling circuit pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25 High-pressure limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .350 Range of adjustment from-to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .400 - 1200 Filling circuit pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25 High-pressure limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .350 Range of adjustment from-to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .400 - 1200 Wor.press. la.ampl. single from*-to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Work.press. la.ampl. doub. from*-to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wor.press. sm.ampl. single from*-to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wor.press. sm.ampl. doub. from*-to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Leakage oil motor maximum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5,0 Leak. pressure motor max. warm/cold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating temperature pump max. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating temperature motor max. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Temperature vibr. bear. cover max. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . * = on resilient base. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Ref. 18517000_00

bar bar mA bar L/Min bar L/Min bar °C °C °C °C

bar bar mA bar bar mA bar bar bar bar L/Min bar °C °C °C

18517000.TXT

Technical data Valid from Serial-No. 0004

HD+ 110 VV TCD 2012 L04 H185-USA 22.03.2011

Ref. 18517000_00

m J/N m bar

18508000.TXT

Technical data Valid from Serial-No. 0004

HD+ 110 VV-HV TCD 2012 L04 H185 22.03.2011

mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm

Drum dimensions Drums, number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Drum type, front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .smooth/nondivided Drum type, rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .smooth/nondivided Drum width, front/rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1680/1680 mm Drum diameter, front/rear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1200/1200 mm Shell thickness, front/rear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22/22 mm Weights Basic weight without cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9800 Basic weight w. ROPS-cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10150 Basic weight without cab, with ROPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9990 Cab weigth. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .350 ROPS weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .190 Operating weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10690 Operating weight with ROPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10530 Maximum weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13300 Axle load, front/rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5395/5295 Static linear load, front/rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32,1/31,5 Static surface load, front/rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0,27/0,26 Linear load with vibr., front, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97,6/97,0 Linear load with vibr., rear, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97,0/97,0 Mass of vibrating parts, front/rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2150/2150 Mass spring moun. parts, front/rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3245/3145 Spring mount.:vibr.mass, front/rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1,5/1,5 Compaction force, front, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .161/161 Compaction force, rear, I/II. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .160/160 French classification, value/class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25,7/VT1

kg kg kg kg kg kg kg kg kg kg/cm kg/cm² kg/cm kg/cm kg kg kN kN

Ref. 18508000_00

18508000.TXT

Technical data Valid from Serial-No. 0004

HD+ 110 VV-HV TCD 2012 L04 H185 22.03.2011

cm³ mm/mm Nm/UpM

L/h L/h h L/h V V/A V/W V/Ah

Vibration control Frequency setting, function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .electrical Frequency regulation, function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Option Vibr. setting, front, rear, double . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .front, rear, double Vibration system Vibrating mode, front/rear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Circ. vibr./circ. vibr. Vibration Vibration frequency, front, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45/67 Vibration frequency, rear, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45/67 Amplitude, front, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0,73/0,33 Amplitude, rear, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0,73/0,33 Centrifugal force, front, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .147/128 Centrifugal force, rear, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .147/128 Drive Hydrostatic drive, front/rear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hydr. motor/hydr. motor Speed, infinitely variable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0-11,0 Climbing ability, vibration on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35/40 Theor. climb. abil., with/no vibr. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49/54 Static lateral inclination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45 Permissible longitudinal tilt, dies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 Permissible lateral inclination, di . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 max.perm.ambient temp. by full load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hydraulic pump, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2161538 Hydraulic motor, front, Hamm No.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2057204 Hydraulic motor, rear, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2057204

Hz Hz mm mm kN kN

km/h % % ° ° ° °C

Ref. 18508000_00

18508000.TXT

Technical data Valid from Serial-No. 0004

HD+ 110 VV-HV TCD 2012 L04 H185 22.03.2011

L L % L L

L L L

Ref. 18508000_00

18508000.TXT

Technical data Valid from Serial-No. 0004

HD+ 110 VV-HV TCD 2012 L04 H185 22.03.2011

m²/h m²/h m²/h m²/h m³/h m³/h m³/h m³/h m³/h

db(A) dB(A)/1p dB(A)/1p dB(A)/1p

Measuring data diesel engine Idling speed/rated speed/max. speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 950/2300/2300 UpM Operating temperature from-to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80 - 105 °C Maximum temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118 °C Measuring data hydraulic Filling circuit pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25 High-pressure limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .425 Range of adjustment from-to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .400 - 1200 Leakage press. pump max. warm/cold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0,5/1,5 Leakage oil motor front maximum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17,4 Leak.press. motor fr max. warm/cold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Leakage oil motor rear maximum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17,4 Leak.press. motor re max. warm/cold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating temp. hydr. oil tank max. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating temperature pump max. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating temper. motor front max. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating temper. motor rear max. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Measuring data vibration hydraulic Filling circuit pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25 High-pressure limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .350 Range of adjustment from-to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .400 - 1200 Filling circuit pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25 High-pressure limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .350 Range of adjustment from-to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .400 - 1200 Wor.press. la.ampl. single from*-to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Work.press. la.ampl. doub. from*-to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wor.press. sm.ampl. single from*-to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wor.press. sm.ampl. doub. from*-to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Leakage oil motor maximum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6,7 Leak. pressure motor max. warm/cold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating temperature pump max. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating temperature motor max. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Temperature vibr. bear. cover max. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . * = on resilient base. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Ref. 18508000_00

bar bar mA bar L/Min bar L/Min bar °C °C °C °C

bar bar mA bar bar mA bar bar bar bar L/Min bar °C °C °C

18508000.TXT

Technical data Valid from Serial-No. 0004

HD+ 110 VV-HV TCD 2012 L04 H185 22.03.2011

Ref. 18508000_00

m J/N m bar

18510000.TXT

Technical data Valid from Serial-No. 0003

HD+ 110 VT TCD 2012 L04 H185 22.03.2011

Machine dimensions Total length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4600 Wheel base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3400 Total width with cabin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1790 Total width with edge press. equip.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1790 Loading width, minimum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1790 Working width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1680 Max. working width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1820 Lateral overhang, left/right . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55/55 Total hight without cab.(steer.wh.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2185 Total hight with cabin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3050 Total hight with ROPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3100 Loading hight, minimum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2185 Curb clearance, left/right . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .790/790 Ground clearance, centre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .330 Turning radius, inside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5250 Turning radius, outside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6930 Center of gravity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .800

mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm

Drum dimensions Drums, number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 Drum type, front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .smooth/nondivided Drum width, front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1680 mm Drum diameter, front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1200 mm Shell thickness, front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22 mm Wheel dimensions Width over tires, rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1620 Number of tires, rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 Size of tires, rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11.00-20 Diameter of tires, rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1030 Tire width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .310 Inflation pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 Weights Basic weight without cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8915 Basic weight w. ROPS-cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9265 Basic weight without cab, with ROPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9105 Cab weigth. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .350 ROPS weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .190 Operating weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9820 Operating weight with ROPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9660 Maximum weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13300 Axle load, front/rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5395/4425 Load per tire, rear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1106,3 Static linear load, front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32,1 Static surface drum load, front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0,27 Linear load with vibr., front, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104,9/92,2 Mass of vibrating parts, front. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2150 Mass of elast. mounted parts, front. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3245 Spring mounted:vibrat. mass, front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1,5 Compaction force, front, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .173/152 Compaction force, rear, I/II. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43/43 French classification, value/class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28,9/VX2

Ref. 18510000_00

mm mm bar

kg kg kg kg kg kg kg kg kg kg kg/cm kg/cm² kg/cm kg kg kN kN

18510000.TXT

Technical data Valid from Serial-No. 0003

HD+ 110 VT TCD 2012 L04 H185 22.03.2011

cm³ mm/mm Nm/UpM

L/h L/h h L/h V V/A V/W V/Ah

Vibration control Frequency setting, function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .electrical Frequency regulation, function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Option Vibration system Vibrating mode, front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Circular vibrator Vibration Vibration frequency, front, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42/50 Hz Amplitude, front, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0,81/0,47 mm Centrifugal force, front, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120/99 kN Drive Hydrostatic drive, front/rear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hydr. motor/hydr. motor Speed, infinitely variable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0-11,0 Climbing ability, vibration on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30/40 Theor. climb. abil., with/no vibr. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39/44 Static lateral inclination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45 Permissible longitudinal tilt, dies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 Permissible lateral inclination, di . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 max.perm.ambient temp. by full load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hydraulic pump, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2161538 Hydraulic motor, front, Hamm No.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2057204 Hydraulic motor, rear, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1286986

km/h % % ° ° ° °C

Ref. 18510000_00

18510000.TXT

Technical data Valid from Serial-No. 0003

HD+ 110 VT TCD 2012 L04 H185 22.03.2011

L L % L L

L L L

Brake system Service brake, mode of action . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .hydrostatic Service brake, application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Drive lever Parking brake, mode of action . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Spring-loaded/mechanical Parking brake, application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .electr. a. autom. Emergency brake, mode of action . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .hydr./mech. Emergency brake, application. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Emergency stop Sprinkler system Water sprinkler, type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Pressure Pump, water sprinkler, type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Membrane pump Actuation, sprinkling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .interval/manual Additive sprinkling, type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Pressure Pump, additive sprinkling, type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Membrane pump Actuation, additive sprinkling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Push button Service parts Engine oil filter, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00234486 Fuel filter, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2043673 Fuel prefilter, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .01292404 Air filter, type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .dry + prefractionator Air filter cartridge, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2051200 Safety filter cartridge, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2051202 Hydraulic oil filter, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .01285491 Hydr. oil filter, steer., Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00383279 Ref. 18510000_00

18510000.TXT

Technical data Valid from Serial-No. 0003

HD+ 110 VT TCD 2012 L04 H185 22.03.2011

m²/h m²/h m²/h m²/h m³/h m³/h m³/h m³/h m³/h

db(A) dB(A)/1p dB(A)/1p dB(A)/1p

bar bar mA bar L/Min bar L/Min bar °C °C °C °C

bar bar mA bar bar bar bar L/Min bar °C °C °C

Ref. 18510000_00

18510000.TXT

Technical data Valid from Serial-No. 0003

HD+ 110 VT TCD 2012 L04 H185 22.03.2011

Ref. 18510000_00

m J/N m bar

18509000.TXT

Technical data Valid from Serial-No. 0004

HD+ 110 VO TCD 2012 L04 H185 22.03.2011

mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm

Drum dimensions Drums, number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Drum type, front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .smooth/nondivided Drum type, rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .smooth/nondivided Drum width, front/rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1680/1680 mm Drum diameter, front/rear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1200/1200 mm Shell thickness, front/rear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22/17 mm Weights Basic weight without cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9425 Basic weight w. ROPS-cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9775 Basic weight without cab, with ROPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9615 Cab weigth. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .350 ROPS weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .190 Operating weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10315 Operating weight with ROPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10155 Maximum weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13300 Axle load, front/rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5395/4920 Static linear load, front/rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32,1/29,3 Static surface load, front/rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0,27/0,24 Linear load with vibr., front, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104,9/92,2 Mass of vibrating parts, front/rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2150/1775 Mass spring moun. parts, front/rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3245/3145 Spring mount.:vibr.mass, front/rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1,5/1,8 Compaction force, front, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .173/152 Compaction force, rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .245 French classification, value/class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28,9/VT2

kg kg kg kg kg kg kg kg kg kg/cm kg/cm² kg/cm kg kg kN kN

Ref. 18509000_00

18509000.TXT

Technical data Valid from Serial-No. 0004

HD+ 110 VO TCD 2012 L04 H185 22.03.2011

mm/mm Nm/UpM

L/h L/h h L/h V V/A V/W V/Ah

Vibration control Frequency setting, function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .electrical Frequency regulation, function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Option Vibr. setting, front, rear, double . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .front, rear, double Vibration system Vibrating mode, front/rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Circular vibrator/osci. Vibration Vibration frequency, front, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42/50 Hz Amplitude, front, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0,81/0,47 mm Centrifugal force, front, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120/99 kN Oscillation Oscillation frequency, rear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39 Tangential amplitude, rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1,44 Oscillation force, rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .144 Oscillation moment, rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55,5 Drive Hydrostatic drive, front/rear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hydr. motor/hydr. motor Speed, infinitely variable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0-11,0 Climbing ability, vibration on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35/40 Theor. climb. abil., with/no vibr. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49/54 Static lateral inclination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45 Permissible longitudinal tilt, dies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 Permissible lateral inclination, di . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 max.perm.ambient temp. by full load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hydraulic pump, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2161538 Hydraulic motor, front, Hamm No.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2057204 Hydraulic motor, rear, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2057297

Hz mm kN kNm

km/h % % ° ° ° °C

Ref. 18509000_00

18509000.TXT

Technical data Valid from Serial-No. 0004

HD+ 110 VO TCD 2012 L04 H185 22.03.2011

L L % L L

L L

Ref. 18509000_00

18509000.TXT

Technical data Valid from Serial-No. 0004

HD+ 110 VO TCD 2012 L04 H185 22.03.2011

m²/h m²/h m²/h m²/h m³/h m³/h m³/h m³/h m³/h

db(A) dB(A)/1p dB(A)/1p dB(A)/1p

Measuring data diesel engine Idling speed/rated speed/max. speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 950/2300/2300 UpM Operating temperature from-to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80 - 105 °C Maximum temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118 °C Measuring data hydraulic Filling circuit pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25 High-pressure limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .425 Range of adjustment from-to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .400 - 1200 Leakage press. pump max. warm/cold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0,5/1,5 Leakage oil motor front maximum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17,4 Leak.press. motor fr max. warm/cold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Leakage oil motor rear maximum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17,4 Leak.press. motor re max. warm/cold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating temp. hydr. oil tank max. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating temperature pump max. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating temper. motor front max. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating temper. motor rear max. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Measuring data vibration hydraulic Filling circuit pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25 High-pressure limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .350 Range of adjustment from-to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .400 - 1200 Wor.press. la.ampl. single from*-to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Work.press. la.ampl. doub. from*-to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wor.press. sm.ampl. single from*-to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wor.press. sm.ampl. doub. from*-to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Leakage oil motor front maximum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5,0 Leakage oil motor rear maximum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4,4 Leak. pressure motor max. warm/cold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating temperature pump max. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating temperature motor max. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Temperature vibr. bear. cover max. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . * = on resilient base. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Ref. 18509000_00

bar bar mA bar L/Min bar L/Min bar °C °C °C °C

bar bar mA bar bar bar bar L/Min L/Min bar °C °C °C

18509000.TXT

Technical data Valid from Serial-No. 0004

HD+ 110 VO TCD 2012 L04 H185 22.03.2011

Ref. 18509000_00

m J/N m bar

Tightening torques # 2020568 For screws with metric thread in steel like in DIN 931; 912; 934... The torque wrench settings are valid with and without Loctite.

Metric screws

Metric screws with fine thread

Torque (Nm)

Appendix

Torque (Nm)

Dimension

8.8

10.9

12.9

5,5

8,1

9,5

16,5

M10

M12

117

135

M14

125

185

215

M16

195

280

330

M18

280

390

460

M20

390

560

650

M22

530

750

M24

670

M27 M30

Dimension

8.8

10.9

12.9

M8x1

24,5

M10x1,25

M12x1,25

125

150

M12x1,5

122

145

M14x1,5

135

200

235

M16x1,5

205

300

360

M18x1,5

310

440

520

M20x1,5

430

620

720

M22x1,5

580

820

960

880

M24x2

730

1040

1220

960

1120

M27x2

1070

1500

1800

1000

1400

1650

M30x2

1490

2120

2480

1350

1900

2250

1/2

Tightening torques # 2020568 Tightening torques for screwed hydraulic connections – whitworth-pipe thread Thread

in steel

Tightening torques for wheel mounting Dimension

in aluminum

Torque in Nm 8.8

10.9

Spherical collar nut G1/8

20 Nm

15 Nm

M16x1,5

240

340

G1/4

40 Nm

25 Nm

M18x1,5

330

460

G3/8

80 Nm

45 Nm

M20x1,5

500

640

G1/2

110 Nm

80 Nm

M22x1,5

640

750

G3/4

200 Nm

370 Nm

G1¼

600 Nm

G1/8

10 Nm

M 10 x 1

G 1 1/2

800 Nm

G1/4

20 Nm

G3/8

Appendix

Tightening torques VSTI – steel/aluminum Thread

Torque

Thread

Torque

Shouldered nut with lockwasher M16x1,5

180

260

10 Nm

M18x1,5

260

360

M 12 x 1,5

20 Nm

M20x1,5

350

450

40 Nm

M 14 x 1,5

30 Nm

M22x1,5

450

550

G1/2

60 Nm

M 16 x 1,5

35 Nm

G3/4

90 Nm

M 18 x 1,5

40 Nm

140 Nm

M 20 x 1,5

50 Nm

M 22 x 1,5

60 Nm

M 26 x 1,5

70 Nm

M 27 x 2

90 Nm

M 33 x 2

140 Nm

2/2

Sealants, lubricants, liquid plastics # 2071621 Identification

+ , / 0 1 2 3 4 " #

$ % (

& Appendix

Hamm Ident-No.

Gebindegröße

Description

Solidity

382620 263397 393037 393029 382639 263419 1234188 1234196 382604 323705 231347

50ml 250ml 50ml 250ml 50ml 250ml 50ml 250ml 50ml 250ml 500ml

Liquid plastic for bolt connecting all sizes besides galvanized screws Liquid plastic for bolt connecting all sizes

removable

Liquid plastic for joints, e.g. hub-shaft bushing, carrier surfaces, repairs Liquid plastic for joints with narrow gaps, e.g. roller bearing Liquid plastic to tighten surfaces (adhesive gab max. 0.5 mm) is no longer used

hardly removable removable

1225757 1204025 1227114

1kg 200kg 1kg

392693

250ml

High-grade grease, resistant to pressure and temperatures, for high-speed roller bearings High-grade grease, resistant to pressure, water-repellent for low-speed roller bearings, couplings, shafts Liquid plastic for tightening pip threads up to 3“

1215809

300ml

Sealants to tighten water, oil and fuel tanks

Low base oil viscosity High base oil viscosity easily removable easily removable

2065035

400g

Wirtgen Group multi-purpose grease

2065020 2065025 2065026

5l 20l 208l

Wirtgen Group engine oil 15W40

2112355 2112354 2065028 2065029

5l 20l 20l 208l

Wirtgen Group engine oil 10W40

1238051 2065037 2065030 2065031 2117378 2117379 2120296

5l 20l 5l 20l 5l 20l 5l 20l

Wirtgen Group special gear oil

removable

easily removable

Wirtgen Group hydraulic oil HVLP 46

Wirtgen Group gear oil 85W90 Separating agent Antifreeze

1/1

Service Training Questionnaire for your training! In order to improve the quality of our trainings to your favour, we kindly ask you to fill in this questionnaire. However, only honest and constructive criticism is useful.

Date: Topic of the training: Trainer:

1. Assessment of the training excellent

good

satisfactory

insufficient

poor

Overall impression of the training Related to practice Quantity of the training matter Training progress Structure of the training documents Content of the training documents Comprehensibility of the training documents Positive aspects of the training:

Negative aspects of the training (short description why)

Following added:

topics

should

Following topics should be left out:

Seite 1 von 2

Service Training 2. Assessment of the speaker excellent

good

satisfactory

insufficient

poor

insufficient

poor

Overall impression Expertise Content of the speech Style of the speech Use of media Linguistic qualities Remarks speaker:

regarding

the

3. Assessment of the surroundings excellent

good

satisfactory

Premises Media / technology Meals Organisation

4. Information of the training participant Field of duty in your company/subsidiary?

How long have you been working with HAMM products?

In how many trainings have you already participated at company HAMM?

5. Proposals, ideas, helpful suggestions

Seite 2 von 2

List of participants Trainer:

Place/ Date:

Topic:

Family name: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

First name:

Company:

Position

Signature: